SD-V392SU - Electro Tech Online

Transcription

FILE NO. 810-200401
SERVICE MANUAL
DVD VIDEO PLAYER & VIDEO
CASSETTE RECORDER
SD-V392SU
DOCUMENT CREATED IN JAPAN, Dec., 2003
Introduction
2
Connections
DIGITAL VIDEO
DVD VIDEO PLAYER & VIDEO
CASSETTE RECORDER
SD-V392
OWNER’S MANUAL
14
Basic setup
22
Playback
(VCR)
29
Recording
(VCR)
34
Other functions
(VCR)
39
Basic playback
(DVD)
42
Advanced
playback
(DVD)
45
Function setup
(DVD)
55
Others
67
©2004 Toshiba Corporation
04/01 U
Printed in Thailand
This device does not tape-record copy protected DVD Video Discs.
Introduction
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC
SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER
(OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE
PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO
QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.
The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended
to alert the user to the presence of important operating and
maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature
accompanying the appliance.
WARNING: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, do not expose this appliance to rain
or moisture.
CAUTION: TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT USE THIS POLARIZED PLUG WITH AN
EXTENSION CORD, RECEPTACLE OR OTHER OUTLET UNLESS THE BLADES CAN
BE FULLY INSERTED TO PREVENT BLADE EXPOSURE.
WARNING: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference
by one or more of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
CAUTION: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the partly responsible for compliance with the
FCC Rules could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
CAUTION: THIS DIGITAL VIDEO PLAYER EMPLOYS A LASER SYSTEM.
TO ENSURE PROPER USE OF THIS PRODUCT, PLEASE READ THIS USER'S GUIDE CAREFULLY AND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. SHOULD THE UNIT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE, CONTACT AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE LOCATION-SEE SERVICE PROCEDURE.
USE OF CONTROLS, ADJUSTMENTS OR THE PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER
THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
TO PREVENT DIRECT EXPOSURE TO LASER BEAM, DO NOT TRY TO OPEN THE ENCLOSURE. VISIBLE LASER RADIATION MAY BE PRESENT WHEN THE ENCLOSURE IS OPENED.
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM.
Location of the required Marking
The rating sheet and the safety caution are on the rear of the unit.
CERTIFICATION: COMPLIES WITH FDA RADIATION PERFORMANCE
STANDARDS, 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J.
2
1. READ INSTRUCTIONS
All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the unit is operated.
2. RETAIN INSTRUCTIONS
The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference.
3. HEED WARNINGS
All warnings on the unit and in the operating instructions should be adhered to.
4. FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS
All operating and use instructions should be followed.
5. CLEANING
Unplug this unit from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners.
Use a damp cloth for cleaning the exterior cabinet only.
6. ATTACHMENTS
The manufacturer of this unit does not make any recommendations for attachments, as they may cause
hazards.
7. WATER AND MOISTURE
Do not use this unit near water. For example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, laundry tub, in a wet
basement, or near a swimming pool.
PORTABLE CART WARNING
(symbol provided by RETAC)
8. ACCESSORIES
Do not place this unit on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table.
The unit may fall, causing serious injury, and serious damage to the unit.
8A. An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops,
excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the appliance and cart
combination to overturn.
9. VENTILATION
Slots and openings in the cabinet back or bottom are provided for ventilation,
S3125A
to ensure reliable operation of the unit, and to protect it from overheating.
These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the unit
on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This unit should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat
source. This unit should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper
ventilation is provided and/or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to.
10. POWER SOURCE
This unit should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the rating plate. If you are not
sure of the type of power supply to your home, consult your appliance dealer or local power company. For
units intended to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions.
11. GROUNDING OR POLARIZATION
This unit is equipped with a polarized alternating-current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the
other). This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to
insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact your
electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Instead of the polarized alternating-current line plug, your unit
may be equipped with a 3-wire grounding-type plug (a plug having a third (grounding) pin). This plug will
only fit into a grounding-type power outlet. This too, is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug
into the outlet, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet.Do not defeat the safety purpose of
the grounding-type plug.
12. POWER-CORD PROTECTION
Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed
upon or against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point
where they exit from the appliance.
Introduction
CAUTION:
The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an
equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence
of uninsulated dangerous voltage within the product's
enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a
risk of electric shock to persons.
3
Introduction
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS / Power source
24. LASER BEAM
Do not look into the opening of the disc tray or ventilation opening of the product to see the source of the
laser beam. It may cause sight damage.
25. DISC
Do not use a cracked, deformed, or repaired disc. These discs are easily broken and may cause serious
personal injury and product malfunction.
26. NOTE TO CATV SYSTEM INSTALLER
This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that
provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical.
Introduction
13. LIGHTNING
To protect your unit from a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time,
unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the
unit due to lightning and power line surges.
14. POWER LINES
An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric
light or power circuits, or where it can fall onto or against such power lines or circuits. When installing an
outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits,
as contact with them might be fatal.
15. OVERLOADING
Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords, as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.
16. OBJECT AND LIQUID ENTRY
Do not push objects through any openings in this unit, as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short
out parts that could result in fire or electric shock. Never spill or spray any type of liquid into the unit.
17. OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING
If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the unit, be sure the antenna or cable system is
grounded to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges, Section 810 of the
National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast
and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding
conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for
the grounding electrode.
18. SERVICING
Do not attempt to service this unit yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous
voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
For example:
a. When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged.
b. If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the unit.
c. If the unit has been exposed to rain or water.
d. If the unit does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls
that are covered by the operating instructions, as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in
damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the unit to its normal
operation.
e. If the unit has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.
f . When the unit exhibits a distinct change in performance, this indicates a need for service.
19. REPLACEMENT PARTS
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician uses replacement parts specified by
the manufacturer or those that have the same characteristics as the original part.
Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards.
20. SAFETY CHECK
Upon completion of any service or repairs to this unit, ask the service technician to perform safety checks to
determine that the unit is in proper operating condition.
21. HEAT
The product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other
products (including amplifiers) that produce heat.
22. DISC TRAY
Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing. It may cause serious personal injury.
23. CONNECTING
When you connect the product to other equipment, turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from
the wall outlet. Failure to do so may cause an electric shock and serious personal injury. Read the owner's
manual of the other equipment carefully and follow the instructions when making any connections.
EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER THE
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE
GROUND CLAMP
ANTENNA
DISCHARGE UNIT
(NEC SECTION 810-20)
ELECTRIC SERVICE
EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
GROUND CLAMPS
POWER SERVICE GROUNDING
ELECTRODE SYSTEM
(NEC ART 250, PART H)
NEC-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
S2898A
Power source
TO USE AC POWER SOURCE
Use the AC polarized line cord provided for operation on AC. Insert
the AC cord plug into a standard 120V 60Hz polarized AC outlet.
AC Outlet
Wider Hole
and Blade
Notes:
• Never connect the AC line cord plug to other than the specified
voltage (120V 60Hz). Use the attached power cord only.
• If the polarized AC cord does not fit into a non-polarized AC
outlet, do not attempt to file or cut the blade. It is the user’s
responsibility to have an electrician replace the obsolete outlet.
• If you cause a static discharge when touching the unit and the
unit fails to function, simply unplug the unit from the AC outlet
and plug it back in. The unit should return to normal operation.
Polarized AC Cord Plug
(One blade is wider than the other.)
4
5
Introduction
Precautions
When shipping the DVD/VCR, the original shipping
carton and packing materials come in handy. For
maximum protection, repack the unit as it was
originally packed at the factory.
Do not use volatile liquids, such as insect spray, near
the DVD/VCR. Do not leave rubber or plastic
products to contact the DVD/VCR for a prolonged
period. They will leave marks on the finish.
The top and rear panels of the DVD/VCR may
become warm after a long period of use. This is not a
malfunction.
When the DVD/VCR is not in use, be sure to remove
the disc and the video cassette turn off the power.
If you do not use the DVD/VCR for a long period, the
unit may not function properly in the future. Turn on
and use the DVD/VCR occasionally.
Notes on locating
Place the DVD/VCR on a level surface. Do not use it
on a shaky or unstable surface such as a wobbling
table or inclined stand. The loaded disc or the video
tape may become dis-aligned and damage the DVD/
VCR.
When you place this DVD/VCR near a TV, radio, or
VCR, the playback picture may become poor and the
sound may be distorted. In this case, place the DVD/
VCR away from the TV, radio, or VCR.
Notes on moisture condensation
Moisture condensation damages the DVD/VCR.
Please read the following carefully.
le of mo
Examp ensat isture
ion!
cond
Tape
To obtain a clear picture
The DVD/VCR is a high technology, precision device. If
the video head, the head drum, the optical pick-up lens
or disc drive parts are dirty or worn down, the picture
quality will deteriorate. To obtain a clear picture, we
recommend regular inspection and maintenance
(cleaning or parts replacement) every 1,000 hours of
use depending on the operating environment. For
details, contact your nearest dealer.
6
Structure of disc contents
Do not touch the playback side of the disc.
Moisture condensation occurs, for example, when you
pour a cold drink into a glass on a warm day. Drops of
water form on the outside of the glass. In the same way,
moisture may condense on the head drum or the optical
pick-up lens inside this unit, one of the most crucial
internal parts of the DVD/VCR.
Normally, DVD video discs are divided into titles, and
the titles are sub-divided into chapters. VIDEO CDs and
audio CDs are divided into tracks.
DVD video disc
DVD video disc
Title 1
Chapter 1
Title 2
Chapter 2
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Playback side
Do not attach paper or tape to discs.
Video CD/Audio CD
Head drum
Video CD/Audio CD
Moisture condensation occurs during the
following cases.
When you bring the DVD/VCR directly from a cold
place to a warm place.
When you use the DVD/VCR in a room where you
just turned on the heater, or a place where the cold
wind from the air conditioner directly hits the unit.
In summer, when you use the DVD/VCR in a hot and
humid place just after you move the unit from an air
conditioned room.
When you use the DVD/VCR in a humid place.
Track 1
Do not use the DVD/VCR when moisture
condensation may occur.
If you use the DVD/VCR in such a situation, it may
damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc or
the video tape, connect the power cord of the DVD/
VCR to the wall outlet, turn on the DVD/VCR, and
leave it for two or three hours. After two or three
hours, the DVD/VCR will have warmed up and
evaporated any moisture. Keep the DVD/VCR
connected to the wall outlet and moisture
condensation will seldom occur.
Wa
it!
Wall outlet
Track 2
Track 3
Track 4
Track 5
On cleaning discs
Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and
sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center
outwards with a soft cloth. Always keep the disc
clean.
Each title, chapter or track is assigned a number, which
is called “title number”, “chapter number” or “track
number” respectively.
There may be discs that do not have these numbers.
Notes on copyright
It’s too
warm!
Notes on cleaning
Use a soft, dry cloth for cleaning.
For stubborn dirt, soak the cloth in a weak detergent
solution, wring well and wipe. Use a dry cloth to wipe
it dry.
Do not use any type of solvent, such as thinner and
benzine, as they may damage the surface of the
DVD/VCR.
If you use a chemical saturated cloth to clean the unit,
follow that product’s instructions.
On handling discs
Introduction
Notes on handling
Notes on discs
If you cannot wipe off the dust with a soft cloth, wipe
the disc lightly with a slightly moistened soft cloth and
finish with a dry cloth.
Do not use any type of solvent such as thinner,
benzine, commercially available cleaners or antistatic
spray for vinyl LPs. It may damage the disc.
On storing discs
Do not store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight
or near heat sources.
Do not store discs in places subject to moisture and
dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier.
Store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing
objects on discs outside of their case may cause
warping.
It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show,
broadcast on cable, play in public, and rent copyrighted
material without permission.
This device does not tape-record copy protected DVD
Video Discs.
The device is not to be used for copying copyrighted
content without the express written permission of the
copyright owner.
Obtaining such permission is the sole responsibility of
the user.
This product incorporates copyright protection
technology that is protected by method claims of certain
U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights
owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights
owners. Use of this copyright protection technology
must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is
intended for home and other limited viewing uses only
unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision
Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is
prohibited.
7
Introduction
Contents
Notes on discs (continued)
Playable discs
This DVD/VCR can play the following discs.
Disc Mark
Contents
Maximum
playback time
Disc
Size
Approx. 4 hours
(single sided disc)
12 cm
“ ” may appear on the TV screen during operation.
A “ ” means that the operation is not permitted by the
DVD/VCR or the disc.
For example, sometimes it is unable to stop the
playback of copyright message of the disc when the
STOP (3) button is pressed. Alternatively, the “ ” may
also indicate that the feature is not available for the disc.
Audio
+
Video
(moving
pictures)
DVD
video
discs
Approx. 8 hours
(double sided disc)
Approx. 80 minutes
(single sided disc)
Playing a disc ................................................. 42
Connections
Antenna connections ...................................... 14
CATV (CABLE TV) connections ..................... 16
Connecting to a TV ........................................ 18
Connecting to optional equipment .................. 20
8 cm
Approx. 160 minutes
(double sided disc)
Notes on region numbers
The region number of this DVD/VCR is 1. If region
numbers, which stand for their playable area, are printed
on your DVD video disc and you do not find 1 or ALL ,
disc playback will not be allowed by the player. (In this
case, the DVD/VCR will display a message on-screen.)
Video
CDs
DIGITAL VIDEO
Audio
+
Video
(moving
pictures)
On Video CDs
Audio
CDs
This DVD/VCR supports Video CDs equipped with the
PBC (Version 2.0) function. (PBC is the abbreviation of
Playback Control.) You can enjoy two playback
variations depending on types of discs.
Basic setup
Setting the video channel ............................... 22
Setting the language ...................................... 23
Clock setting ................................................... 24
Tuner setting .................................................. 27
12 cm
Approx. 74 minutes
8 cm
Approx. 20 minutes
Playback (VCR)
12 cm
Approx. 74 minutes
8 cm
(CD
single)
Loading and unloading a cassette tape ......... 29
Cassette tape playback .................................. 30
Special playback ............................................ 31
Convenience function ..................................... 32
Approx. 20 minutes
Audio
• You cannot play discs other than those listed above.
• You cannot play discs of DVD-RAM, DVD-ROM,
Photo CD, etc., or non standardized discs even if they
may be labeled as above.
• Some CD-R/RWs can not be played back depending
on the recording conditions.
• This DVD/VCR uses the NTSC color system, and
cannot play DVD video discs recorded in any other
color system (PAL, SECAM, etc.).
Advanced playback (DVD)
MP3/WMA/JPEG playback ............................ 45
Zooming ......................................................... 50
Locating desired scene .................................. 50
Marking desired scenes ................................. 51
Repeat playback ............................................ 52
A-B Repeat playback ..................................... 52
Program playback (CD) .................................. 53
Random playback (CD) .................................. 53
Changing angles ............................................ 54
Title selection ................................................. 54
DVD menu ...................................................... 54
Function setup (DVD)
Recording a TV program ................................ 34
One-touch Timer Recording (OTR) ................ 36
Timer recording .............................................. 37
Changing soundtrack language ..................... 55
Setting surround sound .................................. 55
Setting subtitles .............................................. 56
Karaoke playback ........................................... 56
E.B.L. (Enhanced Black Level) ...................... 57
Setting the aspect ratio of TV screen ............. 58
Setting on screen display ............................... 59
Status display of disc ..................................... 59
Dynamic Range Control ................................. 60
Parental control setting .................................. 61
To change the parental level .......................... 62
Temporary disabling of rating level by DVD disc .. 63
Setting OSD language ................................... 64
Setting language ............................................ 65
Selecting PROGRESSIVE scan ..................... 66
Other functions (VCR)
Others
Stereo recording and playback ...................... 39
Second Audio Program (SAP) ........................ 39
Duplicating a video tape ................................. 40
Recording a DVD/CD disc .............................. 41
Language code list ......................................... 67
Before calling service personnel .................... 68
Specifications ................................................. 69
LIMITED WARRANTY ................................... 70
Recording (VCR)
The following discs are also available.
DVD-R/RW discs of DVD video format
CD-R/CD-RW discs of CD-DA, Video CD, SVCD,
MP3, WMA or JPEG format
Kodak Picture CD and FUJICOLOR CD format
Some of these discs may be incompatible.
• Video CD not equipped with PBC function
(Version 1.1)
Sound and movie can be played on this DVD/VCR in
the same way as an audio CD.
• Video CD equipped with PBC function
(Version 2.0)
In addition to operation of a Video CD not equipped
with the PBC function, you can enjoy playback of
interactive software with search function by using the
menu displayed on the TV screen (Menu Playback).
Some of the functions described in this owner’s
manual may not work with some discs.
Basic playback (DVD)
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS .......................... 2
Power source ................................................... 5
Precautions ...................................................... 6
Notes on discs .................................................. 7
Contents. .......................................................... 9
Identification of controls ................................. 10
Introduction
About this owner’s manual
This owner’s manual explains the basic instructions of
this DVD/VCR. Some DVD video discs are produced in
a manner that allows specific or limited operation during
playback. As such, the DVD/VCR may not respond to all
operating commands. This is not a defect in the DVD/
VCR. Refer to instruction notes of discs.
Introduction
8
9
Introduction
Identification of controls
See the page in
Display window
for details.
VCR indicator (VCR)
Still indicator
Introduction
Play indicator
Front panel
Disc inserted indicator (DVD)
VCR/DVD mode selector button 22
Cassette loading slot 29
DVD indicator 42
OPEN/CLOSE button 42
Recording
indicator (VCR)
Disc inserted
indicator (CD)
EJECT button 29
AM/PM indicator
(AM is not displayed)
Disc tray 42
VCR indicator 22
Multifunctional indicator
Track indicator (CD)
Progressive indicator
Tape loaded indicator (VCR)
Timer Recording indicator (VCR)
VCR operation status
Press CALL to display information on screen.
To cancel the display, press CALL again.
ON/STANDBY
button 22
REC button 34
AUDIO (L/R)/VIDEO IN
(LINE IN 2) jacks 40
Remote sensor 13
STOP button 30
Display window 11
CHANNEL M/? buttons 34
PLAY button 30
FF (Fast Forward)
button 30
While watching TV
HI-FI STEREO
CLOCK
REW (Rewind) button 30
STEREO AND
SECOND
AUDIO
PROGRAM
(SAP)
Rear panel
8 : 47AM MON
STEREO SAP
CH 125
CHANNEL
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL AUDIO
OUT jack (dust protection cap) 20
8 : 30AM
Recording :
OPERATING
MODE
MON
HI-FI
Rec/Pause :
Play :
AUTO REPEAT
00 : 00 : 00 SP
TAPE SPEED
REAL TIME COUNTER
When connecting the optical digital cable, remove
the cap and fit the connector into the jack firmly.
When not using the jack, keep the cap inserted
to protect it from dust intrusion.
VCR Icons
While operating a tape
DAY OF THE WEEK
STEREO
00 : 15 : 12 SP
TAPE IN
Stop :
Eject :
OUTPUT SELECTION
DVD/CD/VCD operation status
Each press of DISPLAY, the status display of the disc will appear on the screen and change as follows.
DISC OPERATION
DVD
DVD COAXIAL DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT jack 20
DVD/VCR common AUDIO
(L/R)/VIDEO OUT jacks 18
RF IN jack
14
00:34:56 01:12:33
ELAPSED
TIME
TOTAL
TIME
00:34:56 01:12:33
1/99 Chapter 1/999
1/9
1/8 Eng DolbyDigital
1/32 Eng
TITLE NO.
Title
ANGLE NO.
CHAPTER NO.
A KIND OF AUDIO
AUDIO LANGUAGE
SUBTITLE LANGUAGE
DISC
OPERATION
TRACK NO.
DVD S-VIDEO
OUT jack 19
S-VIDEO/COMPONENT
Video selector switch 19
10
DVD AUDIO (L/R)
OUT jacks 19
AC power cord
DVD COMPONENT
OUT jacks 19
CD/VCD
34:56
Track 11/99
71:33
TOTAL
TIME
ELAPSED TIME
5
AUDIO (L/R)/VIDEO
IN (LINE IN1) jacks 40
RF OUT jack
14
11
Introduction
Identification of Controls (continued)
The instructions in this manual describe the functions on the remote control. See the page in
for details.
Inserting Batteries
CALL button 24
DISPLAY button 59
Power (
VCR
DVD
CALL
DISPLAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
OPEN/CLOSE
TV/VCR button 22
COUNTER RESET button 32
ANGLE button 54
INPUT SELECT
PROGRESSIVE
REC/OTR
0
AUDIO SELECT
ATR
TV/VCR
AUDIO
SUBTITLE
COUNTER RESET SP/SLP
ANGLE
PLAY MODE
SP/SLP button 34
PLAY MODE button 52
TIMER REC
A-B RPT CLOCK/COUNTER
– INDEX
SKIP
INDEX +
SKIP
REC button 34
OTR button 36
PLAY button 30
2
Install two “AAA” batteries
(supplied), paying attention to the
polarity diagram in the battery
compartment.
3
Replace the compartment
cover.
AUDIO SELECT button 39
AUDIO button 55
CLOCK/COUNTER button 33
INDEX + button 33
SKIP
button 44
A-B RPT button 52
FWD button 30
REW
REW button 30
SLOW
PAUSE/STILL
STOP
ZERO RETURN
MARKER
JUMP
VCR MENU
SETUP
VCR MENU button 23
SETUP button 47
SET +
CH –
TOP MENU button 54
TOP MENU
RETURN
MENU
CM SKIP
ZOOM
CH +
ENTER
Direction buttons 45
CANCEL
The precautions below should be followed when using batteries in this device:
1. Use only the size and type of batteries specified.
2. Be sure to follow the correct polarity when installing the batteries as indicated in the battery compartment. Reversed batteries may cause damage to the device. To avoid a potential short circuit, insert the “–” end first.
3. Do not mix different types of batteries together (e.g. Alkaline and Carbon-zinc) or old batteries with fresh ones.
4. If the device is not to be used for a long period of time, remove the batteries to prevent damage or injury from
possible battery leakage.
5. Do not try to recharge batteries not intended to be recharged; they can overheat and rupture. (Follow battery
manufacturer’s directions.)
Remote control basics
PAUSE/STILL button 31
MARKER button 51
ZERO RETURN button 32
JUMP button 50
Battery precautions
FWD
STOP button 30
SLOW button 31
/
Slide the battery compartment
cover in the direction of the
arrow.
ATR button 31
SUBTITLE button 56
INDEX – button 33
SKIP
button 44
PLAY
TIMER REC button 37
/
1
OPEN/CLOSE button (DVD) 42
EJECT
PROGRESSIVE button 66
/
) button 22
EJECT button (VCR) 29
VCR DVD selector button 22
Direct channel
selection buttons 28
Number buttons 45
INPUT SELECT button 40
(
Introduction
Remote control
RETURN button 58
CM SKIP button 31
ZOOM button 50
SET –
*MENU button 54
)
SET +/- buttons 23
ENTER button 23
Channel +/– buttons 34
CANCEL button 37
) to turn the DVD VCR on or off.
• Press POWER (
• Select your desired operating mode (DVD or VCR) using VCR DVD.
(DVD or VCR indicator on the front panel will show you which mode is selected.)
• Press CH + or CH – to move through the channels one channel at a time.
• The CH +/– ( / ) and SET +/– ( / ) are also used to navigate on-screen menu system.
• You can directly access specific channels using Number buttons.
• Each press of VCR DVD on the remote control, switches the screen between the VCR screen (VCR mode) and the
DVD screen (DVD mode).
Operation
• Aim the remote control at the remote sensor and press control buttons to
operate.
• Operate the remote control within 30° angle on either side of the remote
sensor, up to a distance of Approx. 7 meters.
Approx. 7 meters
* MENU button
Use the MENU button to display the menu included on
many DVD video discs. To operate a menu, follow the
instructions in “DVD Menu.” 54
12
13
Connections
Antenna connections
If you are using an antenna system, follow these instructions. If you are a cable (CATV) subscriber, skip ahead to page 16
for the proper connections.
After you have connected the antenna to the DVD/VCR, you must connect the DVD/VCR to the TV.
Below are 3 common methods of connecting your DVD/VCR to a TV. Find the type of TV you are using and follow the
connection diagram.
Antenna to DVD/VCR connection
The DVD/VCR must be connected “between” the antenna and the TV. First, disconnect the antenna from the TV and
connect it to the DVD/VCR. Then connect the DVD/VCR to the TV. Below are 3 common methods of connecting an antenna
system to a DVD/VCR. Find the type of antenna system you are using and follow the connection diagram.
This DVD/VCR has a single 75 ohm output for connection to a TV. If your TV has separate VHF and UHF antenna
inputs (numbers 2 and 3 below), use a splitter to connect the DVD/VCR to the TV for VHF and UHF reception.
Connections
1
DVD/VCR to TV connection
Combination VHF/UHF Antenna with 75 ohm Coaxial Cable
DVD/VCR
TV
IN
(ANT)
Note:
If a VHF or UHF antenna is used,
set the TV/CATV menu option to
the “TV” mode.
VHF/UHF IN
75 ohm Coaxial Cable
OUT
(TV)
2
75 ohm Coaxial Cable (supplied)
TV with single 75 ohm VHF/UHF antenna
input
Combination VHF/UHF Antenna with 300 ohm Twin Lead (Flat) Wire
DVD/VCR
TV
Note:
Matching Transformer 300 ohm Input 75
ohm output (not supplied)
IN
(ANT)
OUT
(TV)
(supplied)
Splitter 75 ohm Input
75/300 ohm outputs
(not supplied)
UHF
VHF
TV with 300 ohm UHF and 75 ohm VHF
antenna inputs
300 ohm Twin Lead (Flat) Wire
(not supplied)
3
Separate VHF and UHF Antennas
DVD/VCR
TV
VHF
UHF
Combiner 75/300 ohm Inputs 75 ohm output
(not supplied)
300 ohm Twin Lead (Flat) Wire
(not supplied)
UHF
IN
(ANT)
OUT
(TV)
Note:
(supplied)
Splitter 75 ohm Input
300 ohm outputs
(not supplied)
Note:
the “TV” mode.
VHF
TV with 300 ohm UHF and 300 ohm VHF
antenna inputs
If both VHF and UHF antennas have 300 ohm twin lead (flat) wires, use a combiner having two 300 ohm inputs and
one 75 ohm output.
Notes: • A clear picture will not be obtained by the DVD/VCR unless the antenna signal is good. Connect the antenna to
the DVD/VCR properly.
• For better quality recording, an indoor antenna or a telescopic antenna is not recommended. The use of an outdoor type
antenna is required.
• If you are not sure about the connection, please refer to qualified service personnel.
14
the “TV” mode.
15
Connections
CATV (CABLE TV) connections
Many cable companies offer services permitting reception of extra channels including pay or subscription channels. This
DVD/VCR has an extended tuning range and can be tuned to most cable channels without using a cable company
supplied converter box, except for those premium channels which are intentionally scrambled. If you subscribe to a
premium channel which is scrambled, you must have a descrambler box for proper reception.
This DVD/VCR cannot receive scrambled programs since it does not contain a descrambler. In order to receive scrambled programs, your existing descrambler must be used. Descrambler boxes are available from cable companies. Consult your local cable company for more information concerning connection to their descrambler equipment. There are
many ways to connect your DVD/VCR to a cable system. Below are six common methods of connection.
DVD/VCR
4
DVD/VCR
TV
Splitter
TV
A/B Switch
VHF/UHF
IN
(ANT)
IN
(ANT)
VHF/UHF
Incoming Cable
IN (ANT)
A
Incoming Cable
IN (ANT)
Connections
1
IMPORTANT: Make sure the TV/CATV menu option is set to the “CATV” mode.
Converter/Descrambler
OUT
(TV)
B
OUT
(TV)
Allows: *
*
*
Prevents: *
Allows: * Recording of nonscrambled channels.
* Use of the programmable timer.
* Recording of one channel while watching another.
Watching scrambled channels while recording another channel.
* Using the DVD/VCR tuner to select channels.
Converter/
Descrambler
TV
IN
(ANT)
Incoming
Cable
DVD/VCR
5
DVD/VCR
2
Recording of one channel while watching another.
Using the programmable timer to record only the channel selected at the converter box.
Recording of all channels through the converter box.
TV
Splitter
IN
(ANT)
VHF/UHF
IN (ANT)
OUT
(TV)
VHF/UHF
IN (ANT)
A/B Switch
OUT
(TV)
Incoming Cable
A
B
Allows: * Recording of channels through the converter box
(scrambled and unscrambled).
* Using the programmable timer to record only the
channel selected at the converter box.
Note:
To record from converter/descrambler,
DVD/VCR tuner must be tuned to the converter output channel, usually channel 3
or 4.
Prevents: * Recording one channel while watching another.
* Using the DVD/VCR tuner to select channels.
Allows: *
*
*
*
Prevents:
Recording of nonscrambled channels.
Recording of one channel while watching another.
Watching premium channels through the converter while recording nonscrambled channels.
Using the programmable timer.
Recording scrambled channels.
DVD/VCR
3
6
DVD/VCR
TV
TV
Splitter
IN
(ANT)
IN
(ANT)
Incoming Cable
VHF/UHF
IN (ANT)
VHF/UHF
IN (ANT)
Incoming Cable
OUT
(TV)
OUT
(TV)
A/B Switch
A
B
Allows: * Recording of nonscrambled channels.
* Use of the programmable timer.
* Recording an unscrambled channel while watching
any channel selected at the converter box.
Prevents:
Note:
If you are playing a tape or using the tuner
built into the DVD/VCR, the converter must
be set to the video channel output of the
DVD/VCR (either 3 or 4).
Recording scrambled channels.
Allows: * Recording of all channels through the converter box.
* Recording a scrambled or unscrambled channel while watching another (scrambled or
unscrambled) channel.
* Using the programmable timer to record only the channel selected at the converter box.
Prevents: Using the DVD/VCR tuner to select channels.
Note: Whenever a Converter/Descrambler box is placed before the DVD/VCR, you must tune the DVD/VCR to the output of
the Converter/Descrambler box, usually channel 3 or 4.
16
17
Connections
S-video output/input
An S-Video connection is superior to Video (Yellow) output. Use this method for DVD playback when the connected television has SVideo input, and does not have component video inputs.
Connecting to a TV
Component video outputs/inputs
Connect the DVD/VCR to your TV.
Note: This method transports VHS and DVD-video signals. For enhanced DVD-video performance, we recommend you
also connect the S-video or ColorStream® component video outputs to your TV/monitor. (See page 19.)
PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs
Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video inputs that are capable of reproducing a progressively scanned video
signal. Connenting to these inputs allows you to view the highest quality pictures with less flicker.
INTERLACED outputs/inputs
Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video inputs. Connecting to these inputs allows you to enjoy the highest quality
DVD picture playback.
Notes:
• Actual labels for component video inputs may vary depending on the TV manufacturer. (ex. Y, R-Y, B-Y or Y, CB, CR)
• In some TVs or monitors, the color levels of the playback picture may be reduced slightly or the tint may change. In such a
case, adjust the TV or monitor for optimum performance.
Note: The S-video output and component video output transports the DVD-video signal exclusively and will deliver
enhanced DVD video picture performance.
Signal flow
Connections
Connecting to an audio system and TV equipped with S-video input/component video inputs
Connecting to a TV
Signal flow
(white)
To ANALOG
AUDIO OUT
(red)
(yellow) (red)
(white)
To wall outlet
To ANALOG AUDIO OUT
To VIDEO
OUT
Audio/video cable (supplied)
To audio inputs
To video input
(yellow)
(red)
To SVIDEO
OUT
To PR/CR
VIDEO
OUT
To PB/CB
VIDEO
OUT
When you make this connection, set the S-VIDEO/
COMPONENT Video selector switch to the desired
position.
And also you must select the corresponding video
input on your TV.
To wall outlet
To Y
VIDEO
OUT
Component video
cable (not supplied)
Audio cable (not supplied)
(white)
To Y video input
To audio inputs of
the amplifier
(red)
(white)
To PB/CB video input
To PR/CR video input
TV or monitor with
audio/video inputs
To S-video input
S-video cable (not supplied)
If you connect the DVD/VCR to your TV
with the DVD OUT jacks, select the
corresponding video input on your
television to watch DVD video discs.
Notes:
• Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected TV as well.
• When you connect the DVD/VCR to your TV, be sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before
making any connections.
• If your television set has one audio input, connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD/VCR to a Y cable adapter (not
supplied) and then connect to your TV.
• Connect the DVD/VCR directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD/VCR to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the
playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected.
18
TV or monitor with
ColorStream®
component video inputs
Audio system
Notes:
• Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well.
• When you connect the DVD/VCR to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the
wall outlet before making any connections.
• If you place the DVD/VCR near a tuner or radio, the radio broadcast sound might be distorted. In this case, place the DVD/
VCR away from the tuner and radio.
• The output sound of the DVD/VCR has a wide dynamic range. Be sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to a moderate
listening level. Otherwise, the speakers may be damaged by a sudden high volume sound.
• Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the DVD/VCR’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the
speakers may be damaged.
• When connecting to a TV using the Video or S-video jack, make sure that the Progressive indicator “ ” on the
display window is not lit. If it is lit, the Video and S-video outputs do not feed the correct signals and you cannot see
any picture. To turn off the Progressive indicator, select PROGRESSIVE scan Off (see page 66).
19
Connections
Warning
When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), excessive noise may be output from the analog stereo jacks. To avoid
possible damage to the audio system, you should take proper precautions when the ANALOG AUDIO OUT (L/R) jacks of the
DVD/VCR are connected to an amplification system. (Do not leave the ANALOG AUDIO OUT (L/R) wires dangling.) To enjoy
DTS Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channel DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be connected to the
BITSTREAM/PCM AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD/VCR.
Connecting to optional equipment
You can enjoy high quality dynamic sounds of DVD video discs or audio CDs by
connecting the DVD/VCR to optional audio equipment.
For connection to your TV, see “Connecting to a TV”
18 19
.
: Front speaker
: Rear speaker
: Sub woofer
: Center speaker
: Signal flow
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder
Manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” “Pro
Logic” and the double-D symbol are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder
MPEG2 sound
You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic realistic sound by connecting an amplifier equipped with
an MPEG2 audio decoder or MPEG2 audio processor.
• Use DVD video discs encoded via
the MPEG2 recording system.
• Use DVD video discs encoded via
the Dolby Digital recording
system.
Amplifier equipped with an
MPEG2 audio decoder
To COAXIAL
type digital
audio input
Amplifier equipped with a
Dolby Digital decoder
To COAXIAL
type digital
audio input
To OPTICAL
type digital
audio input
Optical digital cable
To OPTICAL
type digital
audio input
Connect either.
75 Ω coaxial cable
Connect either.
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic
Dolby Surround Pro Logic
You can enjoy the dynamic realistic sound of Dolby Surround Pro Logic by connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left
front speakers, a center speaker, and one or two rear speakers).
2 channel digital stereo
You can enjoy the dynamic sound of 2 channel digital stereo by connecting an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker
system (right and left front speakers).
With an amplifier equipped with Dolby Digital
Connect the equipment the same way as described in “Connecting to an amplifier
equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s owner’s manual and set
the amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround Pro Logic sound.
With an amplifier not equipped with Dolby Digital
Connect the equipment as follows.
*
Connections
Dolby Digital
Dolby Digital is the surround sound technology used in theaters showing the latest movies,
and is now available to reproduce this realistic effect in the home. You can enjoy motion
picture and live concert DVD video discs with this dynamic realistic sound by connecting the
DVD/VCR to a 6 channel amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital
processor. If you have a Dolby Pro Logic Surround decoder, you will obtain the full benefit of
Pro Logic from the same DVD movies that provide full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital
soundtracks, as well as from titles with the Dolby Surround mark.
Amplifier equipped with
a digital audio input
To COAXIAL
type digital
audio input
* Connect one or two rear speakers.
The output sound from the rear speakers
will be monaural even if you connect two
rear speakers.
Dolby Surround Pro Logic
To OPTICAL
type digital
audio input
Connect either.
To audio input
To ANALOG
AUDIO OUT
Audio cable
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with a DTS decoder
Digital Theater Systems (DTS)
DTS is a high quality surround technology used in theaters and now available for home use,
on DVD video discs or audio CDs.
If you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain the full benefit of 5.1 channel DTS
encoded sound tracks on DVD video discs or audio CDs.
“DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are
trademarks of Digital Theater Systems,
Inc.
• Use DVD video discs or audio
CDs encoded via the DTS
recording system.
a DTS decoder
To COAXIAL
type digital
audio input
To OPTICAL
type digital
audio input
Connect either.
Notes:
• DO NOT connect the BITSTREAM/PCM AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD/VCR to the AC-3 RF input of a Dolby Digital Receiver.
This input on your A/V Receiver is reserved for Laserdisc use only and is incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM AUDIO
OUT jack of the DVD/VCR.
• Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD/VCR to the “OPTICAL” or “COAXIAL” input of a Receiver or
Processor.
• Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well.
• When you connect the DVD/VCR to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the
wall outlet before making any connections.
• The output sound of the DVD/VCR has a wide dynamic range. Be sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to a moderate listening
level. Otherwise, the speakers may be damaged by a sudden high volume sound.
• Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the DVD/VCR’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the
speakers may be damaged.
20
21
Basic setup
Setting the video channel
When a TV is connected with the 75 ohm coaxial cable only.
To view playback of a recorded tape or DVD disc, or to watch a
program selected by the VCR's channel selector, the TV must be set to
channel 3 or 4 (video channel).
POWER
3
4
TV/VCR
VCR DVD
Setting the language
VCR DVD
You can choose from three different languages (English,
French and Spanish) for the on-screen displays.
1,4
1–3
1–3
Setting the video channel
Press and hold 3 or 4 on the remote for 3
seconds in standby mode.
3
2
OR
4
The video channel will
start to flash for 3
seconds in the display
window.
Press POWER to turn on the DVD/VCR.
For a push-button TV tuner
Preparation:
If CH 3 or 4 corresponding to the video channel cannot
be tuned on your TV, proceed as follows: set the VCR
3/4 channel selector and the TV to CH 3 or 4, play
back a prerecorded tape and tune the TV to receive a
sharp color picture from the video cassette recorder.
Refer to your TV owner's manual for details.
• Turn ON the TV and select to the corresponding
video input.
• Press VCR DVD selector to select the VCR mode.
(The VCR indicator will light.)
Note:
If the unit does not operate properly, or No key operation
(by the unit and/or the remote control): Static electricity, etc.,
may affect the player's operation. Disconnect the AC power cord
once, then connect it again.
1
The VCR menu screen will appear.
Press SET + or – to select “SYSTEM
SETUP”, then press ENTER.
If you use the unit for the first time and
press VCR MENU, instead of the main
menu screen the “SYSTEM SETUP”
menu screen in step 2 may appear.
VCR MENU
SETUP
SET +
SET –
Notes:
• Both the VCR and the DVD have their own player menus 57 .
• If no buttons are pressed for more than 60 seconds, the VCR
MENU screen will return to normal TV-operation automatically.
Press VCR DVD selector to select the VCR mode.
VCR
DVD
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
The VCR indicator on the
front panel will light.
2
Press SET + or – to select “LANGUAGE”, then
press ENTER.
Turn ON the TV and set to CH 3 or 4 to correspond with the channel selected in step 1.
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
5
VCR MENU
SETUP
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
CH +
ENTER
4
Press VCR MENU until the MENU screen is
cleared.
Press VCR MENU.
CH –
3
4
Basic setup
1
Setting the language
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
Press TV/VCR to select the VCR position.
TV/VCR
The VCR indicator will
appear in the display
window.
SYSTEM SETUP
CLOCK SET
LANGUAGE/IDIOMA/LANGUE
NO NOISE BACKGROUND
ON OFF
ON OFF
AUTO CLOCK
STANDARD TIME
DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME
á
3
Press SET + or – to select the desired language:
English (ENGLISH), Spanish (ESPAÑOL) or
French (FRANCAIS), then press ENTER.
SET +
6
Select any channel to receive a TV station in your area.
The channel number will appear on the screen for
about 4 seconds.
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
22
23
Basic setup
CALL
POWER
VCR DVD
Clock setting
The AUTO CLOCK function will automatically set the built-in clock
(Month, Day, Year and Time) when the DVD/VCR is connected to an
Antenna or Cable system and it is turned off. The DVD/VCR searches for
a station in your area containing the necessary AUTO CLOCK setting
signals. Once received, it will take approximately 4 minutes for the clock
to set itself automatically.
1,5
2,4
2,3
To set AUTO CLOCK to off
Preparation:
When shipped from factory the AUTO CLOCK is set to “ON”.
But if you do not want AUTO CLOCK setting:
• Turn ON the TV and select the corresponding video input.
1
2
3
Connect the Antenna or Cable system.
1
To set DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME
In the rare event that you live within broadcast range of two
stations in two different time zones, the DVD/VCR may
recognize the wrong station for the AUTO CLOCK setting.
To correct the situation:
You can set the DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME automatically or
manually.
1
Press VCR MENU.
VCR MENU
SETUP
VCR MENU
SETUP
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
SET +
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
CH +
ENTER
Press SET + or – to select “SYSTEM SETUP”,
then press ENTER.
CH +
ENTER
4
5
Press CALL to check the clock setting on
the on screen display.
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
Press SET + or – to select “DAYLIGHT
SAVING TIME”, then press ENTER.
SYSTEM SETUP
CLOCK SET
NO NOISE BACKGROUND
ON OFF
AUTO CLOCK ON OFF
STANDARD TIME
SET +
SET +
CH +
ENTER
CH 125
SET –
SYSTEM SETUP
CLOCK SET
NO NOISE BACKGROUND
ON OFF
AUTO CLOCK ON OFF
STANDARD TIME
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
CH +
ENTER
3
SET –
Press SET + or – to select “STANDARD TIME”,
then press ENTER.
SYSTEM SETUP
CLOCK SET
NO NOISE BACKGROUND
ON OFF
AUTO CLOCK ON OFF
STANDARD TIME
SET +
CH +
ENTER
Press SET + or – to select “AUTO CLOCK”.
CH –
8 : 47AM MON
STEREO SAP
2
CH –
CH –
CALL
DISPLAY
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
3
CH +
ENTER
á
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
SET +
CH –
Wait at least three minutes and press
POWER.
SET –
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
SET +
then press ENTER.
CH –
2
VCR MENU
SETUP
CH –
2
á
• If you press POWER, the Auto Clock
set is not programmed.
Press VCR MENU.
then press ENTER.
á
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
• If you use a cable box, turn it on.
Make sure the DVD/VCR is turned off.
1
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
Press VCR MENU.
Plug the AC Power cord to the AC outlet.
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
Press SET + or – to select one of the
options, then press ENTER. Press VCR
MENU until the MENU screen is cleared.
3
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
ON:
4
Press SET + or – to select your time zone,
then press ENTER.
OFF:
VCR MENU
SETUP
á
AUTO:
00 : 00 : 00 SP
6
If the clock is not set, check the antenna
condition. The AUTO CLOCK may not
function properly if the reception condition
is not good.
SET +
4
Press ENTER to select “OFF”.
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
SYSTEM SETUP
CLOCK SET
NO NOISE BACKGROUND
ON OFF
AUTO CLOCK ON OFF
STANDARD TIME
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
AUTO CLOCK adjustment
Basic setup
AUTO CLOCK setting
To set STANDARD TIME
ATLANTIC : GMT–4hours
EASTERN : GMT–5hours
CENTRAL : GMT–6hours
MOUNTAIN : GMT–7hours
PACIFIC
: GMT–8hours
ALASKA
: GMT–9hours
HAWAII
: GMT–10hours
AUTO
: AUTO SET
(GMT: Greenwich Mean Time)
When you want to set the DAYLIGHT
SAVING TIME manually, on the first
Sunday in April you set to “ON”, and
on the last Sunday in October you set
to “OFF”.
SET +
CH –
for manual setting
(forward one hour)
for manual setting
(back one hour)
for automatic setting
(read XDS in the signal)
CH +
ENTER
SET –
ON
OFF
The auto clock adjustment will be updated at 6:00
AM, 12:00 PM and 6:00 PM everyday when the
DVD/VCR turned off.
• If you use a cable box and you want AUTO CLOCK
adjustment to be performed, the cable box must be
left on.
• The AUTO CLOCK adjustment is not effective when
there is a difference of more than 5 minutes exists
between the built-in clock time and the actual time.
5
Press VCR MENU repeatedly to return to the
normal screen.
VCR MENU
SETUP
• When the AUTO CLOCK is set to
“OFF”, the AUTO CLOCK adjustment does not function.
• Set the clock manually 26 .
24
5
Press VCR MENU twice to return to the
normal screen.
AUTO
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
VCR MENU
SETUP
Notes:
• When shipped from factory, the DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME is
Notes:
set to “AUTO” position.
• To be able to select the standard time, the clock must first be • When the clock is not set, DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME setting
set by AUTO CLOCK once.
is not available.
• If you live in Newfoundland and the AUTO CLOCK does not • When there is no DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME in your area, alfunction properly, set the AUTO CLOCK menu option to “OFF”
ways select “OFF” position in step 3.
and set the clock manually.
25
Basic setup
Clock setting (continued)
Tuner setting
If the AUTO CLOCK process did not set the date and time correctly,
you must set them manually for timer recording and DAYLIGHT
SAVING TIME.
1
2–4
CANCEL
2–4
TV/CATV selection
Manual clock Setting
Press VCR MENU.
6
After setting the clock, date and time starts
functioning automatically.
8 : 30AM SAT
VCR MENU
SETUP
1,4
1,3
1,2
Setting channels automatically
Preparation:
video input.
1
Basic setup
EXAMPLE: Setting the clock to “8:30 AM” March,
27 (SAT), 2004.
1
VCR DVD
This DVD/VCR is equipped with a channel memory feature which allows
channels to skip up or down to the next channel set into memory,
skipping over unwanted channels. Before selecting channels, they must
be programmed into the DVD/VCR’s memory. In addition to normal
VHF and UHF channels, this DVD/VCR can receive up to 113 Cable
TV channels. To use this DVD/VCR with an antenna, set the TV/CATV
menu option to the TV mode. When shipped from the factory, this menu
option is in the CATV mode.
Repeat left step 1 and press SET + or – to
select “AUTO CH MEMORY”.
CH SETUP
SET +
CH –
TV CATV
AUTO CH MEMORY
ADD/DELETE
CH +
ENTER
SET –
1
2
then press ENTER.
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
Press VCR MENU. Press SET + or – to select
“CH SETUP”, then press ENTER.
VCR MENU
SETUP
To make corrections any time during the process
Press CANCEL repeatedly until the item you want to
change blinks, then press SET + or –.
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
SET +
CH –
Note:
After a power failure or disconnection of the power, the timer
settings will be lost. In this case, reset the present time.
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
2
Press ENTER.
Auto tuning will begin. The channel display will count up and when finished,
the screen returns to normal.
CH +
ENTER
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
SET –
SET +
CH 002
CH –
CH +
ENTER
3
Press SET + or – to select “CLOCK SET”,
then press ENTER.
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
SYSTEM SETUP
CLOCK SET
NO NOISE BACKGROUND
ON OFF
AUTO CLOCK ON OFF
STANDARD TIME
2
Press SET + or – to select “TV/CATV”.
CH SETUP
SET +
CH –
SET –
TV CATV
AUTO CH MEMORY
ADD/DELETE
CH +
ENTER
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
4
Press SET + or – to set the month, then press
ENTER.
3
Press ENTER to select the TV or CATV mode.
The arrow indicates the selected mode.
SET +
CH –
MONTH
SET +
DAY
CH –
CH +
ENTER
3
SET –
1 (MON)
YEAR
2004
TIME
12 : 00AM
CH +
CH SETUP
TV CATV
AUTO CH MEMORY
ADD/DELETE
ENTER
SET –
〈+/–/ENTER/CANCEL/MENU 〉
5
Set the day, year and time as in step 4.
MONTH
3
DAY
27 (SAT)
YEAR
2004
TIME
4
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
Press VCR MENU until the menu screen is
cleared.
VCR MENU
SETUP
8 : 30AM
á+/–/ENTER/CANCEL/MENU ñ
26
TV
- VHF/UHF channels
CATV - CABLE TV channels
Note:
You can’t select “CH SETUP” if you set the channel to “L1” or
“L2”.
27
Playback (VCR)
Basic setup
Loading and unloading a cassette tape
Tuner setting (continued)
NUMBER BUTTONS
Use only video cassette tapes marked
and
EJECT
.
3
Loading
1,2
1,2
Push the center of the tape until it is automatically
inserted.
Noise elimination
1
When you don't want to receive a weak signal broadcast, a
Blue back screen can be obtained by selecting the NO NOISE
BACKGROUND “ON”. When the unit is shipped from the factory, the NO NOISE BACKGROUND is set to “ON”.
Repeat the step 1 on page 27. Then press SET +
or – to select the “ADD/DELETE” and press
ENTER.
CH SETUP
SET +
CH –
TV CATV
AUTO CH MEMORY
ADD/DELETE
CH +
ENTER
1
Repeat the steps 1~2 on page 26 and press
SET + or – to select “NO NOISE
BACKGROUND”.
SYSTEM SETUP
CLOCK SET
NO NOISE BACKGROUND
ON OFF
AUTO CLOCK ON OFF
STANDARD TIME
SET –
á+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
SET +
CH –
2
CH +
ENTER
To Add or Delete desired channels
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
1 Press Number buttons or SET + or – to select
a channel number you want to add or delete.
2 To add channels
Press ENTER until “ADD” appears on the
screen.
To delete channels
Press ENTER until “DELETE” appears on the
screen. The channel number will blink.
2
Insert the cassette tape with its labeled side facing up
and the erase prevention tab positioned at your left. An
inverted cassette tape cannot be inserted.
Basic setupPlayback (VCR)
To ADD/DELETE channels
Erase prevention tab
Automatic power ON
When you insert a cassette tape the DVD/VCR power will turn ON automatically.
Automatic playback
When loading a cassette tape without an erase prevention tab, playback will start automatically.
Unloading
1
Press EJECT on the front panel or on the Remote.
2
Remove the cassette tape.
Press ENTER to select “ON” or “OFF” position.
SYSTEM SETUP
CLOCK SET
NO NOISE BACKGROUND
ON OFF
AUTO CLOCK ON OFF
STANDARD TIME
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
3 Repeat 1 to 2 to add or delete other channel.
3
SET +
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CH –
CH +
ENTER
cleared.
To prevent accidental erasure
VCR MENU
SETUP
SET –
3
Automatic tape eject
This DVD/VCR will automatically rewind the tape when the tape has ended. Once the tape is rewound to its beginning,
the cassette tape will be ejected automatically.
To prevent accidental erasure
Remove the erase prevention tab with a screwdriver.
0
To record again
Cover the hole with a piece of adhesive tape.
Screwdriver
cleared.
VCR MENU
SETUP
Erase prevention tab
Adhesive tape
Tape speed and maximum recording time
Video cassette tape
Tape Speed
T-160
T-120
T-90
T-60
T-30
SP (Standard Play)
2-2/3 hours
2 hours
1-1/2 hours
1 hour
30 minutes
SLP (Super Long Play)
8 hours
6 hours
4-1/2 hours
3 hours
1-1/2 hours
28
29
Playback (VCR)
Cassette tape playback
VCR DVD
To play a prerecorded tape.
Special playback
SLOW
ATR
REW
REW
PLAY
PLAY
FWD
PAUSE/STILL
FWD
STOP
CM SKIP
SET +/–
Playback
Picture search
Adjusting tracking condition
Stop the playback or recording via STOP on remote.
• Turn ON the TV and select the corresponding video input.
(The VCR indicator will light).
To rewind the tape:
Reverse picture search function
Press REW once or twice during playback.
Forward picture search function
Press FWD once or twice during playback.
To return to playback, press PLAY.
Automatic tracking adjustment
Whenever you insert a tape and start playback, the
automatic tracking feature continuously analyzes the signal
to enable optimum picture quality during playback.
1
Press REW.
Load a prerecorded tape
(When loading a cassette tape without the erase
prevention tab, playback will start automatically).
SPEED SEARCH TIMES
REW
TAPE SPEED
To forward the tape:
Press FWD.
2
To start playback
FWD
Press PLAY.
Playback will start. “ ” will appear
on the screen for about 4 seconds.
PICTURE SEARCH SPEED
PRESS ONCE PRESS TWICE
SP (Standard Play)
3X
LP (Long Play)
7X
9X
SLP (Super Long Play)
9X
15 X
5X
Slow motion
To discontinue the tape-winding, press STOP. To switch to
playback directly (without STOP), press PLAY.
Forward/Reverse picture search mode
To stop playback
Press STOP once.
The tape will stop but remain fully
loaded and ready to play.
“ ” will appear on the screen for
about 4 seconds.
STOP
When the tape is being winded, you can switch to picture
search mode (see next page). To do this, press REW or
FWD and hold it down. The unit will resume the tape
advance or rewinding as soon as the button is released.
During playback press SLOW.
To return to playback, press PLAY or SLOW.
Slow tracking and vertical lock adjustment
If noise bars appear in the picture during slow motion,
press the SET + /– to reduce the noise bars.
If the still picture jitters excessively, press SET +/– to
stabilize the still picture.
Frame by frame picture
Press PAUSE/STILL during playback.
Press SLOW repeatedly: The picture advances frame by
frame.
To return to playback, press PLAY or PAUSE/STILL.
CM skip
Notes:
• This VCR selects the playback tape speed SP, LP or SLP automatically.
• The Cassette tape and DVD disc can be played back simultaneously. If you press VCR DVD selector, the tape playback
and DVD playback alternate with each other on the screen
(via CH3, 4 or video connection).
30
Press ATR to reactivate automatic tracking again.
“AUTO TR.” will appear on the screen.
Still picture
Press PAUSE during playback.
To resume normal playback, press PLAY or PAUSE/STILL.
PLAY
Manual tracking adjustment
If automatic tracking cannot eliminate noises well during
playback, press SET +/– to eliminate the noise. “MANUAL
TR.” will appear on the screen. Press it briefly for a fine
adjustment, or press and hold for a coarse adjustment.
Playback (VCR)
Rewind or forward the tape
Preparation:
Press CM SKIP during playback. The DVD/VCR will search
forward through approximately 30 seconds of the tape (e.g.
unwanted commercial time) for each press of CM SKIP
(maximum six presses) and then resume normal playback.
For example : 1 press: 30 seconds of tape
2 press: 60 seconds of tape
3 press: 90 seconds of tape
AUTO TR.
Notes:
• The audio output is muted during SPEED SEARCH, STILL,
FRAME ADVANCE and SLOW MOTION.
• During picture search mode there will be noise bars. This is
not a defect.
• Playback will commence after approx. 5 minutes to protect
the video tape against excessive wear during pause mode.
Video head cleaning
Video head clogging
The video heads are the means by
which the DVD/VCR reads the picture
from the tape during playback. In the
unlikely event that the heads become
dirty enough to be clogged, no picture
will be displayed. This can easily be
determined if, during playback of a
known good tape, there is good sound,
but no picture (picture is extremely
snowy). If this is the case, have the
DVD/VCR checked and cleaned by
qualified service personnel.
Good Picture
Snowy Picture
Notes:
• DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CLEAN THE VIDEO HEADS OR
SERVICE THE UNIT BY REMOVING THE REAR COVER.
• Video heads may eventually wear out and should be replaced when they fail to produce clear pictures.
• To help prevent video head clogging, use only good quality VHS tapes. Discard worn out tapes.
31
Playback (VCR)
Convenience function
Repeat playback
Zero return function
The entire video tape will play until its end. The tape will
automatically rewind to the beginning and the playback will
be repeated.
This function rewinds the tape to the “00:00:00” counter position
automatically.
Press VCR MENU.
Press SET + or – to select “AUTO
REPEAT”.
CH –
CH +
ENTER
STOP
Clock/counter display
Press CLOCK/COUNTER. The clock and tape counter
alternate with each other in the display window.
COUNTER
Press CLOCK/COUNTER.
The counter display shows the tape running time during playback or recording.
CLOCK/COUNTER
CLOCK/COUNTER
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
SET +
VCR MENU
SETUP
1
CLOCK/COUNTER
INDEX +/–
CLOCK
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
2
Press ENTER to select “ON” or “OFF”.
If “ON” is selected, the playback
will be repeated endlessly.
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
SET +
CH –
2
CH +
ENTER
SET –
Press COUNTER RESET at the desired tape
position.
Press VCR DVD selector. The DVD mode and the
VCR mode alternate with each other in the display.
The counter display will be reset to
“00:00:00” position (e.g. the beginning
of recording).
DVD mode
VCR
DVD
COUNTER RESET
ANGLE
Video index search system
This function enables you to locate the beginning of any recording
made on the VCR.
Recording an INDEX mark
The Index Search function automatically records an INDEX mark
on the tape whenever a recording
is initiated.
INDEX +
SKIP
STOP
3
VCR MENU
SETUP
3
If you press CALL, “ ” will
appear on the screen 11 .
Press STOP when playback or recording is
completed.
Press ZERO RETURN.
The tape will automatically rewind or fast
forward to the “00:00:00” counter position.
STOP
4
To commence playback, press PLAY.
PLAY
or
is displayed
INDEX NO. (up to 9)
VCR mode
á
cleared.
INDEX
Index search
Press INDEX + or – during stop or play mode.
For Succeeding programs: Press INDEX +.
For Preceding programs: Press INDEX –.
(As many as 9 index points can be accessed via this
method.)
When the INDEX + or – is pressed,
+3
the unit starts searching the INDEX
NO. selected and finds the portion,
then playback starts automatically.
To stop the Index Search, press
STOP.
– INDEX
SKIP
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
CH 001
Playback (VCR)
1
VCR DVD
CALL
COUNTER RESET
CLOCK/COUNTER
VCR MENU
PLAY
STOP
ZERO RETURN
ENTER
SET +/–
ZERO RETURN
JUMP
The playback will be repeated
endlessly.
Notes:
• If you rewind the tape beyond “00:00:00”, a minus sign (“–”)
will be displayed in front of the time.
• When you load a tape, the counter will reset to “00:00:00”.
• The counter does not function on nonrecorded (blank)
sections of the tape. When you rewind, fast forward or play
tapes through blank sections, the counter stops.
Notes:
• When you record an INDEX mark at the very beginning of the
tape, the mark may not be found.
• During INDEX search, the tape may stop and begin to play at a
slightly different location.
• INDEX may not function properly with old or worn out video tapes.
• INDEX marks may not be found if it is extremely close to the point
where the search began.
• In recording, if you stop recording temporarily, the INDEX mark
is not recorded on the tape.
SQPB (S-VHS Quasi Playback)
You can playback video cassette tapes recorded in the
S-VHS system.
However, the picture will not have the high resolution of
S-VHS system.
To cancel repeat mode:
Follow the above step 1, then press ENTER to select
“OFF” position. Press VCR MENU to return to the TV.
Note: You cannot record S-VHS video format with this VCR.
32
33
Recording (VCR)
VCR DVD
Recording a TV program
4
2
5
Recording and viewing the same TV program.
TV/VCR
PAUSE/STILL
STOP
4
To stop recording
Recording a TV program
Preparation:
video input.
4
Press Number button or CH +/– to select the
channel to be recorded.
SET +
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CH –
Press STOP to stop recording.
“ ” will appear on screen for about
4 seconds.
CH 110
Auto Rewind feature
This VCR will automatically rewind the tape when the tape
has ended (except during OTR and timer recording). It will
also eject the tape.
STOP
CH +
ENTER
SET –
The DVD/VCR will automatically turn on.
TV mode direct channel selection:
All channels can be instantly selected by using two
buttons. (for example, to select channel 2, press “0”, then
“2”. If you press only “2”, channel selection will be delayed
for two seconds.) For channels 10 and above, press the 2
digits in order.
CATV mode direct channel selection:
1-9
2
Press SP/SLP to select the desired tape speed
SP or SLP.
The tape counter and “SP” or “SLP”
will appear on the screen for about 4
seconds.
SP/SLP
PLAY MODE
Press 0 twice and then 1-9 as required.
Example: To select “2”, Press 002.
10-12
Press 0 first and then the remaining 2 digits in
order from left to right.
Example: Press 012 for “12”.
13-99
Press 2 digits in order.
100-125 Press the 3 digits in order.
Press PAUSE/STILL to avoid recording unwanted
material. Press again to continue the recording.
“
” will appear on screen for
about 4 seconds.
PAUSE/STILL
VHF/UHF/CATV CHANNELS
TV
VHF
2-13
UHF
14-69
00 : 00 : 00 SP
3
To stop recording temporarily
Recording (VCR)
1
Load a cassette tape with the erase prevention
tab intact.
0
Select “TV” or “CATV” to the appropriate
position 27 .
TV
- VHF/UHF channels
5
CATV
VHF
2-13
STD/HRC/IRC
14-36 (A) (W)
37-59 (AA) (WW)
60-85 (AAA) (ZZZ)
86-94 (86) (94)
95-99 (A-5) (A-1)
100-125 (100)(125)
01 (5A)
Notes:
• The pause function will be released after 5 minutes to prevent
damage to the tape or the VCR. The VCR will change to the
STOP mode.
• You can select a recording channel in the recording pause
mode.
Recording one program while
watching another
Press REC.
“ ” will appear on the screen
for about 4 seconds and “REC” will
appear on the display window.
REC/OTR
CH 110
While the VCR is recording, select your desired channel
on the TV.
When a TV is connected with an antenna cable only,
press TV/VCR to select the TV position.
The “VCR” display will go off and recording will continue.
Select the TV channel you want to watch by using the
TV channel selector.
Note:
Some CATV hookups do not permit viewing one channel
while recording another. See pages 16 and 17 .
INDEX
34
35
Recording (VCR)
VCR DVD
One-touch Timer Recording (OTR)
4
2
5
The One-touch Timer Recording feature provides a simple and
convenient way to make a timed recording.
VCR DVD
EJECT
Timer recording
Timer recording can be programmed on-screen with the remote control.
The built-in timer allows automatic unattended recording of up to 8
programs within 1 month.
2,3
TIMER REC
1,5
STOP
1–3
4
CANCEL
One-touch Timer Recording (OTR)
Preparation:
video input.
Example: One-touch Timer Recording for 30 minutes.
2
4
Press Number button or CH +/– to select the
channel to be recorded.
1
2
SET +
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CH –
CH 110
CH +
ENTER
SET –
0
Load a cassette tape with the erase
prevention tab intact.
The VCR will automatically turn on.
5
Press OTR. Recording begins. Press the button
again to stop recording after 30 minutes. Each
additional press of OTR will increase recording
time as shown in the chart below, up to a
maximum of 6 hours.
The OTR and recording time will
appear on the screen for about 4
seconds. And, “ ” will appear on
the display.
SP or SLP.
Press Recording time
NORMAL REC
once
0:30
twice
1:00
3 times
1:30
4 times
2:00
5 times
The tape counter and “SP” or “SLP”
will appear on the screen for about 4
seconds.
SP/SLP
PLAY MODE
Preparation:
• Load a cassette tape with the erase prevention tab
intact.
• Check the time and date are correct 24 .
Example: Program a timer recording for the 26th day,
channel 125 (CATV), 11:00 - 11:30 PM on timer program
number 1 (Tape speed: SLP).
1
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
SET +
VCR MENU
SETUP
CH –
CH +
ENTER
DATE
START
26(SU)
11:00PM 11:30PM 125 SLP
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
END
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
CH
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
á+/Ð/ENTER/CANCEL/MENU ñ
6
Press TIMER REC. The timer symbol ( ) will
appear on the display and the VCR stands by
for recording.
TIMER REC
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
2
Press SET + or – to select one of the program
line, then press ENTER.
DATE
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
START END
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
CH
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
OTR 0 : 30
CH 110
3
00 : 00 : 00 SP
Press SET + or – to select the date, then press
ENTER.
INDEX
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
To cancel OTR
DATE
START
END
CH
26(SU)
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
SET +
Set “TV” or “CATV” option to the appropriate
position 27 .
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Press STOP or turn off the power.
4
Set the start time, end time, channel and tape
speed as in step 3.
STOP
“
• To return to the normal screen,
press VCR MENU twice.
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
á
+/Ð/ENTER/CANCEL/MENU ñ
TV
- VHF/UHF channels
VCR MENU
SETUP
Press VCR MENU. Select “TIMER REC SET”,
then press ENTER.
á
3
To enter other programs, repeat step 2
through 4.
SET –
Press Recording time
3:00
6 times
4:00
7 times
5:00
8 times
6:00
9 times
10 times NORMAL REC
REC/OTR
5
DATE
START
26(SU)
11:00PM 11:30PM 125 SLP
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
” will appear on screen for about 4 seconds.
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
END
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
CH
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Note:
If you wish to watch the DVD playback during OTR or standard
recording, press VCR DVD selector to change to DVD mode and
perform the DVD playback 43 .
Notes:
• Press CANCEL to move cursor backward for correction.
• To record from external source set the channel to “L1” or
“L2”.
At the same time, VCR mode will
change to DVD mode automatically.
You can use DVD even if the VCR is
in the timer recording mode.
If you do not use the DVD, turn the
power off.
Notes:
• The timer recording will start at 5 seconds before the time
you predetermined.
• If the timer symbol(
) does not appear on the display in
spite of the pressing of TIMER REC, the cassette may not
have been loaded. 29
• If the cassette is ejected in spite of the pressing of TIMER
REC, the erase prevention tab of the cassette may have
been removed. 29
Notes:
• If the timer symbol ( ) blinks when the timer recording ended,
the TV program has not been completely recorded because of
an insufficient tape length. Press TIMER REC to cancel the
timer program or press EJECT to remove the cassette tape.
• During timer recording standby mode, the VCR mode cannot be
operated. To use the VCR, press TIMER REC at first, then press
VCR DVD selector to change to VCR mode. After you use the
VCR, press TIMER REC again to put the VCR into timer
recording standby mode.
• If you press TIMER REC during timer recording, the recording
operation will be interrupted. If you press TIMER REC again
within the programmed time, the recording operation will start
again.
• After a power failure or disconnection of the power plug, all
programmed recording settings and time display will be lost
upon resumption of power. In this case, reset the clock 24 and
reprogram any timer recording.
36
37
Recording (VCR)
VCR DVD
Timer recording (continued)
Stereo recording and playback /
Second Audio Program (SAP)
SET +/–
Setting
procedure
To set
daily/weekly
timer
1
When you press SET – repeatedly, the
DATE indicator will change as follows, in
this case the day is Friday.
The current day (Friday)
VCR MENU
ENTER
VCR MENU
CANCEL
CANCEL
ENTER
VCR
DVD
SU-SA (Sunday to Saturday)
WKL-WE
(Weekly Wednesday)
2
WKL-TH (Weekly Thursday)
DATE
START END
To confirm Timer program:
At step 1 on the previous page select “TIMER REC
SET” and press ENTER.
The timer program list will appear on the screen.
CH
WKL-WE
SET +
SET +
CH –
CH +
DATE
START END
26(SU)
11:00PM 11:30PM 125 SLP
CH +
SET –
SET –
á+/–/ENTER/CANCEL/MENUñ
If the programs overlap another
Do not overlap timer programs as portions of the
conflicting programs will be lost. The first recording
time has priority over the next recording time as shown
in the diagram below.
á+/–/ENTER/CANCEL/MENUñ
3
To cancel Timer program:
Press SET + or – to select the unwanted program,
then press CANCEL to cancel the program.
DATE
SET +
CANCEL
CH –
CH +
ENTER
8 : 00
9 : 00
10 : 00
11 : 00
SET –
Program 1
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐÐÐÐ
START END
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
Ð:ÐÐ
CH
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
ÐÐÐ
+/Ð/ENTER/CANCEL/MENU ñ
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
Ð
STEREO
Note:
When using a CATV system, stereo TV programs may be
transmitted over a mono cable channel. In this case
“STEREO” will not appear and the sound will be in mono.
Deleted Parts
Program 3
Non Recorded Portion Parts
Prog.1
Prog.2
Prog.3
4
Press VCR MENU repeatedly until the menu
screen is cleared.
VCR MENU
SETUP
Notes:
• The daily/weekly recording can be made continuously until the
recording is canceled or the tape reaches the end.
Notes:
• During timer recording the automatic rewinding mechanism • If there are other timer record programs remaining, TIMER
does not function.
REC must be pressed to reactivate the timer, otherwise the
remaining timer record programs will be ignored.
• You cannot confirm the Timer program during timer recording
operation.
• You can correct or cancel a programmed setting in program
confirm mode.
1
Press VCR MENU. Then press SET + or – to
select “SAP”.
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
SET +
VCR MENU
SETUP
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
AUDIO SELECT
AUDIO
Output selection
When viewing an MTS stereo TV program, or playing a
prerecorded VHS Hi-Fi stereo videotape, press AUDIO
SELECT to select how the audio will be heard through
the speakers. Normally set to the Hi-Fi stereo position,
this button can be set to the MONO position if the stereo
broadcast or videotape audio is of poor quality. The “R”
and “L” positions allow the audio from the Right or Left HiFi channel to be heard over both TV speakers. This
button has no effect when viewing a MONO videotape or
TV program. Each time when you press the button,
OUTPUT SELECTION display appears on the screen for
several seconds. Refer to the chart below.
OUTPUT
SELECTION
SOUND HEARD ON BOTH
SPEAKERS
STEREO
L CH
R CH
MONO
STEREO
LEFT CHANNEL AUDIO
RIGHT CHANNEL AUDIO
MONO
á
Program 2
Recording
Control Settings
Your DVD/VCR is fitted with a SAP broadcast system which
enables you to switch to a second audio program when
viewing a selected channel.
This function applies only when the program is broadcast
in multi-languages through the SAP broadcast system.
CH
ENTER
ENTER
Second Audio Program (SAP)
The VHS Hi-Fi audio system permits high fidelity recording of MTS STEREO TV broadcasts.
MO-FR (Monday to Friday)
Stereo recording and playback
When a MTS STEREO broadcast is received, “STEREO” will
appear on the screen for about 4
seconds and the program can
be viewed or recorded in stereo.
The Hi-Fi stereo recording procedure is the same as for normal
recordings.
The timer symbol ( ) will
disappear. Then press VCR DVD
selector to change to VCR mode.
MO-SA (Monday to Saturday)
One month later
minus one day
CH –
SET +/–
If the Timer has been activated, press TIMER
REC to deactivate the Timer.
TIMER REC
AUDIO SELECT
TIMER REC
To confirm or cancel a program
Weekly (e.g. WKL-TU: each Tuesday) or daily (e.g. MOSA: Monday to Saturday) Timer recording
Follow the procedure of timer recording on the previous
page. At step 3 press SET + or – repeatedly until the
desired setting appears. Then press ENTER.
38
Recording (VCR)
1
Timer recording
2
Press ENTER to select “ON”.
Then press VCR MENU until the
menu screen is cleared.
MENU
TIMER REC SET
AUTO REPEAT ON OFF
ON OFF
SAP
CH SETUP
SYSTEM SETUP
VCR MENU
SETUP
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
+/-/ENTER/MENU ñ
á
Listening to SAP
When the VCR is turned on or a channel selection is
made, make certain the letters “SAP” appears on the
screen for about 4 seconds. This means that the “Second
Audio Program” broadcasting is available.
STEREO SAP
SAP
OR
Notes:
• When playing back a tape that is not recorded in Hi-Fi stereo
mode, the audio will automatically be monaural.
• When listening to a VHS Hi-Fi video tape or MTS broadcast
through the VHF/UHF jack (Audio/Video cable not connected),
the sound will be monaural.
39
Duplicating a video tape
Recording a DVD/CD disc
VCR DVD
If you connect the DVD/VCR to another VCR or Camcorder, you can duplicate
a previously recorded tape. Make all connections before turning on the power.
2
You can record disc material in DVD, Audio CD, etc. onto a Video
tape with this DVD/VCR.
2
1
4
5
5
Duplicating a video tape
Preparation:
• Turn ON the TV and select the corresponding video
input.
• Load a cassette tape with the erase prevention tab
intact.
• Load a previously recorded tape into the playback
VCR or Camcorder.
Duplicating a DVD or CD disc
Preparation:
Connection with second VCR
• Turn ON the TV and select the corresponding video
input.
• Load a cassette tape with the erase prevention tab intact.
• Load a DVD/CD disc.
Playback VCR
To VIDEO OUT
1
It is recommended that you set the
tape speed to the SP mode on the
recording VCR for best results.
To AUDIO (L) OUT
Recording VCR
00 : 00 : 00 SP
2
To AUDIO (R) IN
To VIDEO IN
INPUT SELECT
PROGESSIVE
To AUDIO (L) IN
L1: on the rear panel
L2: on the front panel
3
4
Press REC on the recording VCR.
Press VCR DVD selector to select the DVD mode.
The DVD indicator will light.
Connection with Camcorder
3
Press PLAY to start playback.
PLAY
To AV Jack
Recording VCR
The duplicating process begins.
4
Press REC to start recording.
5
Press STOP if you finish recording.
REC/OTR
REC/OTR
To AUDIO (R) IN
To AUDIO (L) IN
AUDIO/VIDEO cable (not supplied)
To VIDEO IN
5
DISC IS COPY PROTECTED
VCR
DVD
Playback Camcorder
Press PLAY on the playback VCR or Camcorder.
SP or SLP.
SP/SLP
PLAY MODE
AUDIO/VIDEO cable (supplied)
Press INPUT SELECT once or twice to select
AUDIO/VIDEO input position.
“L1” or “L2” will appear in the display.
1
Notes:
• You may not be able to record the beginning of the disc.
Begin VCR recording once program playback commences
on the DVD.
• When the scanning mode is set to the progressive mode,
you cannot duplicate a disc material onto a video tape.
When REC/OTR is pressed, the PROGRESSIVE indicator
“ ” on the display window will flash and “Please Set
Off” will appear on the screen.
• You can not record discs encoded with copy guard
function. The following icon and text will show up on the
TV screen.
2
To AUDIO (R) OUT
SP or SLP.
SP/SLP
PLAY MODE
1
4
3
Press STOP after duplicating a video tape.
For duplicating a previously recorded tape from a
camcorder, follow the camcorder manufacturer’s
instructions. A typical camcorder dubbing hookup is
shown above.
The DVD/VCR will change to the
VCR mode automatically and the
playback picture or sound will be
duplicated on the video cassette
tape.
If you wish to stop a DVD/CD disc,
press VCR DVD selector to change
the DVD mode, then press STOP.
40
41
Playing a disc
This section shows you the basics on how to play a disc.
To obtain a higher quality picture
CAUTION
Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing.
Neglecting to do so may cause serious personal injury.
4
VCR DVD
OPEN/CLOSE
3, 5
PLAY
PAUSE/STILL
STOP
1
DVD
VCD
CD
Display window
2
STOP PLAY
Press ON/STANDBY (I /
).
The DVD/VCR turns on.
5
To pause playback (still mode)
Press PAUSE/STILL during playback.
To resume normal playback, press
the PLAY button.
• The sound is muted during still
mode.
Press OPEN/CLOSE or PLAY on the unit.
The disc tray closes automatically.
On the TV-screen, “ ” changes to
“Reading” and then playback
commences.
OR
2
About
The
icons on the heading bar show the playable discs for the
function described under that heading.
: You can use this function with DVD video discs.
: You can use this function with Video CDs.
: You can use this function with Audio CDs and CD-R/RW CDs.
Basic playback
Preparations:
• When you want to view a disc, turn on the TV and select the corresponding video input connected to the DVD/VCR. This
may include S-video or component video inputs which are exclusive to DVD playback.
• When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio system, turn on the audio system and select the input
connected to the DVD/VCR.
1
Occasionally, some picture noise not usually visible during a normal broadcast
may appear on the TV screen while playing a DVD video disc because the high
resolution pictures on these discs include a lot of information. While the amount of
noise depends on the TV you use with this DVD/VCR, you should generally
reduce the sharpness adjustment on your TV when viewing DVD video discs.
To stop playback
Press STOP.
• A menu screen will appear on the TV screen, if
the disc has a menu feature.
Press VCR/DVD SELECT to select the DVD mode.
The DVD indicator will light.
To remove the disc
Reading
Press OPEN/CLOSE.
3
Press OPEN/CLOSE.
The disc tray opens.
6
Press
/
or
/
to select title.
Screen saver function
The screen saver operates when you leave the unit in
DVD stop mode for about five minutes.
The screen will repeatedly get dark gradually and back
to normal.
To turn off the PBC
SET +
CH –
Press number button 1 in the stop mode, then press
ENTER.
CH +
ENTER
SET –
4
Place the disc on the disc tray.
7
Press ENTER.
SET +
CH –
CH +
• Title is selected and play
commences.
ENTER
With the playback
side down
SET –
8
Press STOP to end playback.
• There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc
in the correct guide on the disc tray. If the disc is
out of the guide, it may damage the disc and
cause the DVD/VCR to malfunction.
• Do not place a disc which is unplayable in this
DVD/VCR.
• The unit records the stopped point,
depending on the disc. “ ”
appears on the screen. Press
PLAY to resume playback (from
the scene point).
• If you press STOP again or unload
the disc (“ ” appears on the
screen.), the unit will clear the
stopped point.
To start playback in the stop mode
Press PLAY.
42
Remove the disc after the disc tray
opens completely.
Playing a Disc while the VCR section is
recording or standing by for timer recording
1) Start to record.
Follow steps 1~5 on page 34.
• If the DVD/VCR is standing by for recording, turn on
the DVD/VCR.
2) Press VCR DVD selector to select DVD mode. The
DVD indicator will light.
3) Play a disc.
Follow steps 3 ~ 5 on page 42.
• Press PLAY if the DVD/VCR does not start to play a
disc automatically.
4) Stop to play.
Press STOP to stop play back a disc.
Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close
the disc tray after you remove the disc.
Notes:
• If a non-compatible disc is loaded, “Incorrect Disc”, “Region Code Error” or “Parental Error” will appear on the TV screen
according to the type of loaded disc. In this case, check your disc again (See pages 8 and 61).
• Some discs may take a minute or so to start playback.
• When you set a single-faced disc label downwards (ie. the wrong way up) and press the OPEN/CLOSE button or the PLAY
button on the unit, “Reading” will appear on the display for 30 seconds and then “Incorrect Disc” will continue to be displayed.
• Some discs may not work the resuming facility.
• Resuming cannot function when you play a PBC-featured Video CD while the PBC is on. To turn off the PBC, see above.
• Some playback operations of DVDs may be intentionally fixed by software producers. Since this unit plays DVDs according
to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. Also refer to the
instructions supplied with the DVDs.
• Do not move the DVD/VCR during playback. Doing so may damage the disc.
• Use the OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Do not push the disc tray while it is moving. Doing so may
cause the DVD/VCR to malfunction.
• Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs on the disc tray. Doing so may cause the DVD/VCR to
malfunction.
• In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a movie is completed. Prolonged display of an on-screen
menu may damage your television set, permanently etching that image onto its screen. To avoid this, be sure to press the
ON/STANDBY (I / ) button on your remote control once the movie is completed.
• There may be a slight delay between you pressing the button and the function activating.
43
Playing a disc (continued)
MP3/WMA/JPEG playback
You can play discs at various speeds.
REW
SKIP
OPEN/CLOSE
0–9
This player can play back the MP3/WMA/JPEG-data which has been recorded
on CD-R or CD-RW. To produce the MP3/WMA/JPEG-data, you need a
Windows-PC with CD-ROM drive and a MP3/WMA/JPEG-encoding Software
(not supplied).
The Apple-HFS-System can not be played.
/
PLAY
FWD
PAUSE/STILL
SLOW
PLAY
STOP
ENTER
▲/▼/
DVD
VCD
CD
Playing in fast reverse or fast forward directions
To resume normal playback
Press REW or FWD during playback.
FWD
REW
Press PLAY.
PLAY
REW: Fast reverse playback
FWD: Fast forward playback
Each time you press the REW or
FWD button, the playback speed
changes.
DVD
VCD
Notes:
• The DVD/VCR mutes sound and subtitles during reverse
and forward scan of DVD video discs. However, the DVD/
VCR plays sound during fast forward or fast reverse play
of audio CDs.
• The playback speed may differ depending on the disc.
1
Press OPEN/CLOSE.
2
Press OPEN/CLOSE or PLAY.
PLAY
Press PLAY.
3
A file menu screen will appear on the TV screen.
Press
Playing in slow-motion
Press SLOW during playback.
DVD
VCD
CD
SET –
Press PLAY.
Each time you press the SLOW
button, the slow-motion speed
changes.
-/72 --:-Pops
8
Japan
9
Bay Bridge
CLOSE MY EYES 10
DIVE TO BLUE 11
12
Honey
13
BLUE EYES
14
Blurry Eyes
flower
Lies and Truthwinter fall
Rain
Strawberry
Welcome party
Thailand
/0-9/Enter/Play Mode
PLAY
Note:
The sound is muted during slow-motion playback.
4
/
or
/
or Number keys to select
Press
the desired file, then press ENTER.
The file is selected and play commences.
SET +
CH –
or
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CH +
ENTER
Locating a chapter or track
Press SKIP
to select folder.
CD-R
CH –
SLOW
or
SET +
CH +
ENTER
repeatedly to display the chapter or track number you want.
• In case the folder includes more than
or
to display
15 tracks, press
next file list.
SET –
Playback starts from the selected chapter or track.
INDEX +
SKIP
-/72 --:--
CD-R
To locate succeeding chapters or
tracks.
– INDEX
SKIP
Playback starts from the beginning of
the current chapter or track.
When you press twice in quick successions,
playback starts from the beginning of
the preceding chapter or track.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Pops
8
Japan
9
Bay Bridge
CLOSE MY EYES 10
DIVE TO BLUE 11
12
Honey
13
BLUE EYES
14
Blurry Eyes
flower
Lies and Truthwinter fall
Rain
Strawberry
Welcome party
Thailand
-/72 --:--
CD-R
15
16
Pops
Mother
Hold Your Last
0
• When PLAY has been pressed after
displaying the file menu, or when the
disc tray has been closed after pressing
PLAY in step 2, playback begins
automatically starting from the first file.
In this case, if the first file is an MP3/
WMA file, only MP3/WMA files are
played back in order.
If the first file is a JPEG file, the first
JPEG file is played back.
Notes:
may appear at the upper left of the screen. This symbol means either the feature you tried is not
• A “Prohibition” symbol
available on the disc, or the DVD/VCR can not access the feature at this time. This does not indicate a problem with the DVD/
VCR.
• The unit is capable of holding a still video image or On screen display image on your television screen indefinitely. If you leave
the still video image or On screen display image displayed on your TV for an extended period of time, you risk permanent
damage to your television screen. Projection televisions are very susceptible.
PLAY
• The unit records the stopped point.
“ ” appears on the screen. Press
PLAY to resume playback (from the
scene point).
• If you press STOP again or unload the
disc, the unit will clear the stopped point.
44
Limitations on MP3/WMA/JPEG CD playback
• MP3/WMA/JPEG CD is the disc that is standardized by
ISO9660, its file name must include 3-digits extension
letters, “mp3”, ”wma”, “jpg”.
• The directory and file names of the MP3/WMA/JPEG CD
must be correspond to the ISO standardized files.
• This unit can read 200 files per disc. If a disc has more than
200 files, it reads up to 200 files, the remaining files will be
omitted.
• The unit is able to recognize up to a maximum of 50
directories per disc.
• MP3/WMA CDs cannot be used for playback for the
purpose of recording.
• If the CD has both audio tracks and MP3/WMA/JPEG files,
only audio tracks are played.
• It may take more than one minute for this unit to read MP3/
WMA/JPEG files depending on its structure.
• Music recorded by “Joliet Recording Specification” can be
played back, the file name is displayed (within 16 letters) on
the screen. Long file names will be condensed.
• The music files recorded by “Hierarchical File System”
(HFS) cannot be played.
• The unit can play back baseline and progressive JPEG files.
Limitations on display
• The maximum number for display is 16 letters. Available
letters for display are the following: capital or small
alphabets of A through Z, numbers of 0 through 9, and _
(under score).
• Other letters than those above are replaced in hyphen.
Notes on MP3/WMA/JPEG files
To play back MP3/WMA/JPEG CD in the recorded order,
1. Use MP3/WMA/JPEG software that records data
alphabetically or numerically.
2. Name each file including two-digit or three-digit number
(e.g. “01” “02” or “001” “002”).
3. Refrain from making too many sub-folders.
Advanced
Basic playback
(DVD) playback (DVD)
PLAY
Note:
The sound is muted during frame by frame playback.
MP3/WMA/JPEG CD Information
On the TV-screen,“Reading” will appear.
Reading will take as
Reading
much time as the
number of file.
Each time you press the PAUSE/
STILL button, the picture advances
one frame.
DVD
VCD
5
The disc tray will open.
Place a disc on which MP3
or WMA files have been
recorded onto the tray.
Playing frame by frame
Press PAUSE/STILL during still playback.
/
MP3/WMA playback
CD
WMA disc compatibility with this player is limited as follows:
1) Sampling Frequency: within 32 -- 48 kHz
2) Bit Rate: within 48 -- 192kbps.
Mono WMA files and WMA files (under 48kbps) cannot
be played back on this player.
CAUTION:
• Some MP3/WMA/JPEG CDs can not be played back
depending on the recording conditions.
• The CD-R/RW that has no music data or non-MP3/WMA/
JPEG files can not be played back.
45
MP3/WMA/JPEG playback (continued)
OPEN/CLOSE
0–9
You can select your desired JPEG file on the file menu and picture menu.
The selected JPEG file is automatically adjusted to the TV screen. (When the
aspect ratio of the JPEG file is different to your TV screen, the black bar will
appear at the top and bottom, or the both sides of the TV screen.
SKIP
/
PLAY
STOP
TOP MENU
MENU
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
SETUP
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
JPEG CD playback
5
The disc tray will open.
Place a disc on which
JPEG files have been
recorded onto the tray.
OPEN/CLOSE
You can continuously play back all JPEG files automatically.
After the setting below, start playing the disc on which JPEG files have been recorded.
Press ENTER.
The selected picture appears on the TV
screen.
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
1
SET –
2
On the TV-screen, “Reading” will appear.
Reading will take
Reading
as much time as
the number of file.
OPEN/CLOSE
A file menu screen will appear on the TV screen.
Press
or
to select folder.
6
-/36
Press
/
or
the desired file.
/
or Number keys to select
SET +
1
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
CD-R
Collection
1
Pic-1
2
Pic-2
3
Pic-3
4
Pic-4
5
Pic-5
6
Pic-6
7
Pic-7
-/36
8 Pic-8
9 Pic-9
10 Pic-10
11 Pic-11
12 Pic-12
13 Pic-13
14 Pic-14
/0-9/Enter/Play Mode/Menu
To display a picture menu, press MENU.
(To return to a file menu, press TOP MENU.)
Press
/
or
/
to select the desired file.
The file menu appears on the TV
screen.
If you want to watch the other file,
repeat steps 4~5.
Notes:
• The picture menu is displayed when the FUJICOLOR CD or
the Kodak Picture CD are played. To display the file menu
press TOP MENU.
• During MP3/WMA/JPEG-Playback, you can not use SEARCH,
A-B Repeat functions.
• You can use Repeat (Track or All), Random functions and
Program playback for MP3/WMA/JPEG CD Playback. (See
pages 52 and 53.)
• In the case of a CD containing a mixture of MP3, WMA and
JPEG files, the files are played back by selecting them from the
file menu.
File number
VCR MENU
SETUP
CH +
/Enter/Setup/Return
SET –
2
Press
or
to select “JPEG Interval”.
Language Picture Sound Parental Other
SET +
CH –
Off
E.B.L.
4:3
Tv Screen
On
Display
JPEG Interval Off
All
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH +
ENTER
SET –
3
Press ENTER or
SET –
to select your desired time.
CH +
ENTER
/
Off
E.B.L.
4:3
Tv Screen
On
Display
JPEG Interval 5 Seconds
All
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
Off:
Plays back one file at a time.
MENU
TOP MENU
/Menu
46
To make SETUP screen disappear, press SETUP.
ENTER
CH –
Elapsed time
Folder
or
.
• To display next list, press SKIP
• When PLAY has been pressed after displaying the
file menu, or when the disc tray has been closed
after pressing PLAY in step 2, playback begins
automatically starting from the first file. In this
case, if the first file is a JPEG file, the first JPEG
file is played back. If the first file is an MP3/WMA
file, only MP3/WMA files are played back in order.
CH –
File menu information
Media type
4
SET +
Operation
to
SET +
STOP
or
CD-R
Collection
1
Pic-1
2
Pic-2
3
Pic-3
4
Pic-4
5
Pic-5
6
Pic-6
7
Pic-7
8 Pic-8
9 Pic-9
10 Pic-10
11 Pic-11
12 Pic-12
13 Pic-13
14 Pic-14
/0-9/Enter/Play Mode/Menu
4
VCR MENU
SETUP
Press OPEN/CLOSE or PLAY.
PLAY
3
Press SETUP in the stop mode. Press
select “Picture”, then press ENTER.
1
Setting the JPEG Interval
Press OPEN/CLOSE.
: Indicates MP3 file
: Indicates WMA file
: Indicates JPEG file
5 Seconds:
Plays back images in the form of a slide show at 5
second intervals.
10 Seconds:
Plays back images in the form of a slide show at 10
second intervals.
15 Seconds:
Plays back images in the form of a slide show in 15
second intervals.
47
MP3/WMA/JPEG playback (continued)
ANGLE
SETUP
ZOOM
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
▲/▼/
Press SETUP in the stop mode.
or
to select “Picture”, then press
Press
ENTER.
VCR MENU
SETUP
4
To make SETUP screen disappear, press
SETUP.
This unit will allow you to zoom in on the JPEG image.
1
Press ZOOM during playback.
Enlarged JPEG images are displayed.
You can make the images even larger
by repeatedly pressing ZOOM.
CM SKIP
ZOOM
VCR MENU
SETUP
1
2
Off
3
/Enter/Setup/Return
or
SET –
You may move the frame from the
centre position to UP, DOWN, LEFT or
RIGHT direction.
CH +
In the zoom mode press ZOOM repeatedly to
return to a 1:1 view ( Off).
CM SKIP
ZOOM
You can display JPEG images rotating at 90 degree intervals.
Off
E.B.L.
4:3
Tv Screen
On
Display
JPEG Interval Off
All
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
1
Press ANGLE during playback.
Images are rotated 90 degrees to the right.
2
COUNTER RESET
ANGLE
Press ANGLE repeatedly until the desired
angle is selected.
Pressing ANGLE four times returns the image
to its original angle.
COUNTER RESET
ANGLE
3
Press ENTER or
file type.
SET +
/
to view a different part of the
CH +
ENTER
/
Changing angles (JPEG CD)
to select “Select Files”.
SET +
CH –
CH –
3
CH +
Press
/
SET –
SET –
2
/
SET +
ENTER
Press
frame.
ENTER
SET +
CH –
2
• Images are displayed at the
same angle until the disc is
removed.
to select your desired
CH –
When playing back a CD containing a mixture of MP3, WMA and JPEG files, only MP3/WMA or JPEG files can be displayed on
the file menu.
1
/
Zooming (JPEG CD)
Setting the Select Files
Off
E.B.L.
4:3
Tv Screen
On
Display
JPEG Interval Off
Pictures Only
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH +
ENTER
SET –
All:
Displays all files.
Music Only:
Displays only MP3/WMA files.
Pictures Only:
Displays only JPEG files.
48
49
DISPLAY
Zooming/Locating desired scene
Marking desired scenes
0–9
▲/▼/
The unit stores the points that you want to watch again up to 3 points.
You can resume playback from each scene.
▲/▼
/
JUMP
ZOOM
ENTER
CANCEL
DVD
VCD
Zooming
The centre part of the image will be
zoomed in.
Each press of ZOOM will change the
ZOOM 1 (x 1.3), 2 (x 1.5) and 3
(x 2.0).
2
/
/
/
to view a different part of the
1
Press MARKER during playback.
MARKER
1
Returning to the Scenes
Press MARKER during playback or stop mode.
MARKER
Marker
1
Marker
2
Marker
1
00
27
54
Marker
3
Marker
2
01
16
25
Marker
3
02
08
31
/Enter/Cancel/Marker
/Enter/CancelMarker
SET +
CH –
You may move the frame from the
centre position to UP, DOWN, LEFT or
RIGHT direction.
CH +
ENTER
SET –
3
1
Press
frame.
Marking the Scenes
DVD
VCD
2
Select the blank Marker using
or
.
Then press ENTER at the desired scene.
In the zoom mode press ZOOM repeatedly to
return to a 1:1 view ( Off).
• Repeat this procedure to set
the other 2 scenes.
CM SKIP
ZOOM
2
Press
SET +
CH +
ENTER
Notes:
• You can select the Pause, Slow or Search playback in the zoom mode.
• Some discs may not respond to zoom feature.
CH –
Marker
1
Marker
2
Marker
3
00
27
Time
/Enter/0
2
Press
or
“Chapter”.
3
1
CH –
2
3
9/Cancel/Jump
to select the “Time”, “Title” or
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
SET +
0
27
54
01
16
25
3
02
08
31
3
Press ENTER.
SET +
CH +
• If you input a wrong number, press
CANCEL.
• Refer to the package supplied with
the disc to check the numbers.
Playback starts from the marked
scene.
SET –
MARKER
To cancel the Marker
Follow the above steps 1~2, then press CANCEL.
Notes:
• Some discs may not work with the marking operation.
• The marking is canceled when you open the disc tray or turn
the power off.
• Some subtitles recorded around the marker may fail to
appear.
Press ENTER. Playback starts.
SET +
CH +
Press MARKER to remove this display.
Press Numbered buttons (0–9) to change the
number.
Title
Chapter
00
2
Marker
3
Locating desired scene
Jump
1
Marker
54
SET –
Use the title, chapter and time recorded on the disc to locate the desired point to play back.
To check the title, chapter and time, press DISPLAY.
Press JUMP during playback or stop mode.
Marker
ENTER
ENTER
ZERO RETURN
JUMP
to select the Marker 1-3.
CH +
CH –
1
or
SET +
SET –
CH –
DVD
VCD
CD
Press ZOOM during playback.
CM SKIP
ZOOM
CANCEL
DVD
VCD
This unit will allow you to zoom in on the frame image. You can then make selections by switching the position of the
frame.
1
MARKER
ENTER
CH –
CH +
ENTER
ENTER
SET –
SET –
• When you change the title,
playback starts from Chapter 1
of the selected title.
• Some discs may not work in the
above operation.
Note:
In case of the Video-CD playback with PBC, the JUMP does not work. To turn off PBC, see page 43 .
50
51
Repeat playback/A-B Repeat playback
Program playback/Random playback (CD)
PLAY MODE
A-B RPT
0–9
You can arrange the order of tracks on the disc.
PLAY MODE
PLAY
▲/▼/
ENTER
▼/
DVD
VCD
CD
Repeat playback of Title, Chapter and Track
SP/SLP
PLAY MODE
2
/
A-B Repeat playback
A-B repeat playback allows you to repeat material between
two selected points.
1
CANCEL
Program Playback
VCD
CD
1
Press A-B RPT during playback.
Off
Repeat
:
Off
Press
/
or
/
to select “Program
Playback” and press ENTER.
SET +
A
CH –
2
SET +
CH +
ENTER
Repeat
Title
:
/Enter/Play Mode
SET –
CH +
Play Mode
: Program
Repeat
: Off
1
4
2
5
3
6
CH +
ENTER
Press
or
to select Play Mode, then press
/
or to select “Program”.
CH –
CH –
:
The start point is selected.
SET +
Repeat
:
Chapter
/Enter/Play Mode
Play Mode
/Enter/Play Mode
A-B RPT
DVD
/
or ENTER once or twice to select
Press
“Chapter” or “Title”.
:
Repeat
Off
/Enter/Play Mode
4
Press PLAY MODE in the stop mode.
SP/SLP
PLAY MODE
SET –
10
8
11
9
12
1 7
2 3
3 11
ENTER
Clear
SET –
CD/VCD
to select “Repeat”.
Press
/
or ENTER once or twice to select
Press
“Track” or “All”.
2
A-B RPT
The end point is selected. Playback
starts at the point that you selected.
Playback stops at the end point, returns to Point A automatically, then
starts again.
3
Press / or / to select the programming
position. Use Numbered buttons (0–9) to input
the Track numbers.
SET +
Play Mode
:
Off
Track
Repeat
:
/Enter/Play Mode
CH +
A B
:
Play Mode
Off
Repeat
:
All
/Enter/Play Mode
ENTER
SET +
CH –
SET –
CH +
ENTER
Play Mode
Repeat
1
Press PLAY MODE again to make the screen
disappear.
Press PLAY to start Repeat playback.
To resume normal playback, select Repeat “Off”.
Press A-B RPT again.
Notes:
Some discs may not work with the repeat operation.
10
11
12
To cancel program playback
Select “Clear” and press ENTER.
• To program others, repeat Step 3.
• If you input a wrong number, press
CANCEL.
SET –
3
7
8
9
Program Playback
/Enter/0 9/Cancel/Play Mode
A-B RPT
“
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 9
2 3
3 11
Clear
0
4
5
6
: Program
: Off
7
8
9
• The program is canceled when
you open the disc tray or turn the
power off.
CH –
Play Mode
:
Off
Repeat
:
Off
/Enter/Play Mode
CH +
ENTER
9/Cancel/Play Mode
: Program
: Off
Press A-B RPT again.
SET +
CH –
4
5
6
Clear
Program Playback
/Enter/0
The programmes you selected will start
to playback in the order.
To return to normal playback, select
Play Mode: “Off”.
Play Mode
Repeat
7
1
Press PLAY MODE during playback or stop mode.
DVD
VCD
CD
/
ENTER
SET –
10
11
12
Program Playback
/Enter/0 9/Cancel/Play Mode
Note:
In playing back the Video CD with PBC, you can not set
Program playback.
Random Playback
VCD
CD
Off ” appears on the screen.
Notes:
• In A-B repeat mode, subtitles near point A or B may not
appear.
• A-B Repeat playback is not available in multi-angle scenes.
• A-B Repeat playback does not work when Repeat playback
is on.
• You may not be able to set A-B Repeat, depending on the
scenes of the DVD.
• A-B repeat does not work with an interactive DVD, MP3/
WMA/JPEG CD and Video CD with PBC.
1
2
Press PLAY MODE in the stop mode.
SP/SLP
PLAY MODE
Press
/
to select Play Mode, then press
/
to select “Random”.
SET +
CH –
3
Press PLAY.
PLAY
The Random Playback will start.
Note:
In playing back the Video CD with PBC, you can not set
Random playback.
Play Mode
: Random
Repeat
: Off
/Enter/Play Mode
CH +
ENTER
SET –
52
53
Changing angles/Title selection/DVD menu
ANGLE
PLAY
Changing soundtrack language/
Setting surround sound
AUDIO
TOP MENU
MENU
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
Changing Angles
Press ANGLE during playback.
The current angle will appear.
COUNTER RESET
ANGLE
Changing soundtrack language
DVD
VCD
When playing back a disc recorded with multi-angle facility, you can change the angle that you are viewing the scene from.
1
/
2
Press ANGLE repeatedly until the desired angle
is selected.
You can select the language when you play a multilingual disc.
1
Press AUDIO during playback.
AUDIO SELECT The current soundtrack language will
AUDIO
appear.
COUNTER RESET
ANGLE
In case of Video CD playback
Audio type changes as follows each time you press AUDIO.
LR
Spatializer Off
1/9
R
Spatializer Off
L
Spatializer Off
2/8 Fra Dolby Digital
Spatializer Off
Note:
Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to change the
angles even if multi-angles are recorded on the DVD.
2
Press AUDIO repeatedly until the desired language is selected.
AUDIO SELECT The on-screen display will disappear
AUDIO
after a few seconds.
Title Selection
Two or more titles are recorded on some discs. If the title menu is recorded on the disc, you can select the desired title.
1
Press TOP MENU during playback.
TOP MENU
Title menu appears on the screen.
3
/
or
/
The playback of the selected title will
start.
SET +
CH +
to select the desired title.
Note:
Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to select the title.
Depending on the DVD, a “title menu” may simply be called a
“menu” or “title” in the instructions supplied with the disc.
CH +
ENTER
SET –
Setting surround sound
This DVD/VCR equipped with a “SPATIALIZER VIRTUAL SURROUND”. It can produce the effect of being in a cinema
or a concert hall.
SET –
SET +
CH –
DVD
VCD
CD
PLAY
ENTER
1
During disc playback press AUDIO.
AUDIO SELECT
AUDIO
1/8 Eng Dolby Digital
DVD Menu
Spatializer Off
Some DVDs allow you to select the disc contents using the menu.
When you play back these DVDs, you can select the subtitle language and sound-track language, etc. using the menu.
1
Press MENU during playback.
The DVD menu appears on the screen.
MENU
• Press MENU again to resume
playback at the scene when you
pressed MENU.
3
Press ENTER.
2
/
or
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
/
Press
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
or
CH +
ENTER
SET –
or
to select the
Note:
The “SPATIALIZER VIRTUAL SURROUND” is effective only
for the sound of disc.
to select “On”.
SET +
CH –
The menu continues to another
screen. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to set
the item completely.
SET –
Press
2
To cancel Surround mode:
Follow the left steps 1~2, then press
“Off” position.
Spatializer On
Advanced playback
Function (DVD)
setup (DVD)
2
Press
Spatializer Off
Press ENTER or PLAY.
CH –
Notes:
• If the desired language is not heard after pressing the
button several times, the language is not recorded on
the disc.
• Changing soundtrack language is cancelled when you
open the disc tray. The initial default language or available
language will be heard if the disc is played back again.
Spatializer® 3-Dimensional Sound Processing provided by
Desper Products. Inc.
Certain audio features of this product manufactured under
a license from Desper Products, Inc., Spatializer® and the
circle-in-square device are trademarks owned by Desper
Products, Inc.
to select the desired item.
Note:
Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to resume
playback from the scene point when you pressed MENU.
SET –
54
55
Setting subtitles/Karaoke playback
E.B.L. (Enhanced Black Level)
SUBTITLE
AUDIO
To select the black level of playback pictures, set your preference
and monitor’s ability.
SETUP
RETURN
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
▲/▼/ /
Turning the subtitles on and off
Setting E.B.L.
When playing back a disc recorded with subtitles, you can turn the subtitles on or off.
Press SUBTITLE during playback until “Off”
appears.
ATR
SUBTITLE
Off
Note:
Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to turn
the subtitles on even if they are recorded on it.
Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to turn
the subtitles off.
1
Press SETUP in the stop mode or No Disc.
Press
or
to select “Picture”.
VCR MENU
SETUP
4
To make SETUP screen disappear, press SETUP
or RETURN while the SETUP screen is being displayed.
VCR MENU
SETUP
SET +
CH –
Changing the subtitle language
RETURN
CH +
/Enter/Setup/Return
ENTER
SET –
You can select the language when playing back a disc recorded with multi-lingual subtitles.
Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback until
your desired language appears.
1
ATR
SUBTITLE
1/32 Eng
2
Press
or ENTER, then press
“E.B.L.”.
SET +
or
to select
CH –
Off
E.B.L.
4:3
Tv Screen
On
Display
JPEG Interval Off
All
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH +
ENTER
SET –
Advanced playback
Function (DVD)
setup (DVD)
2
The on-screen display will disappear after a few
seconds.
Notes:
• Changing subtitle language is cancelled when you open
the disc tray.
• Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to change
the subtitles even if multilingual subtitles are recorded
on it. While playing the DVD, the subtitle may change
when: -you open or close the disc tray -you change the
title.
• In some cases, the subtitle language is not changed to
the selected one immediately.
Karaoke playback
You can turn the vocal on or off recorded on the DVD KARAOKE.
1
During DVD KARAOKE disc playback, press
AUDIO.
AUDIO SELECT
AUDIO
Spatializer Off
2
Press ▲ or ▼ until the KARAOKE symbol (
appears.
• If you play non-Karaoke disc, the KARAOKE
symbol ( ) does not appear.
Notes:
• The vocal output feature is used during playback of
Dolby Digital (multi-channel) recorded DVD KARAOKE
discs. This feature allows you to turn off vocal audio
tracks, or restore them for background accompaniment.
• When playing Karaoke, connect appropriate audio
equipment such as an amplifier to the DVD/VCR.
3
Press
/
or ENTER to select “On” or “Off”.
SET +
CH +
CH –
ENTER
SET –
)
On
E.B.L.
4:3
Tv Screen
On
Display
JPEG Interval Off
All
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
On: Enhanced grey scale (0 IRE cut off)
Off: Standard grey scale (7.5 IRE cut off)
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
Off
SET –
3
Press
or
SET +
CH –
CH +
to select “On” or “Off”.
On : The primary vocal is output
when it is recorded on the disc.
Off : The primary vocal is not output.
ENTER
SET –
56
57
Setting the aspect ratio of TV screen
DISPLAY
Setting on screen display/Status display of disc
You can select the aspect ratio for your TV.
The following pages describe the setup/operation in DVD mode.
SETUP
RETURN
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
SETUP
RETURN
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
Setting on screen display
Setting the aspect ratio of TV screen
1
Press
or
VCR MENU
SETUP
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
/Enter/Setup/Return
SET –
2
Press
“Tv Screen”.
SET +
CH –
or
to select
CH +
ENTER
SET –
Off
E.B.L.
4:3
Tv Screen
On
Display
JPEG Interval Off
All
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
You have the following screen sizes to choose from:
4:3
Letter box:
Select this mode when connecting to a conventional TV.
When playing back a wide screen-DVD disc, it displays
the wide picture with black bands at the top and bottom of
screen.
Pan scan:
4:3
It displays the wide picture on the whole screen with left
and right edges automatically cut off.
Wide:
16:9
Select this mode when connecting to a wide-screen TV.
A wide screen picture is displayed full size.
4
or RETURN while the SETUP screen is being displayed.
On screen display can be switched on or off when you press the buttons.
1
Press
or
VCR MENU
SETUP
3
Press
/
or ENTER to select “On” or “Off”.
SET +
CH –
Off
E.B.L.
4:3
Tv Screen
Off
Display
JPEG Interval Off
All
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH +
ENTER
SET –
SET +
CH –
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH +
ENTER
SET –
2
On:
Off:
Press
“Display”.
SET +
CH –
or
to select
CH +
ENTER
SET –
VCR MENU
SETUP
Off
E.B.L.
4:3
Tv Screen
On
Display
JPEG Interval Off
All
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
4
On screen displays appear when you press
the buttons (factory setting).
On screen displays do not appear when you
press any buttons.
To make SETUP screen disappear, press SETUP or
RETURN while the SETUP screen is being displayed.
VCR MENU
SETUP
RETURN
RETURN
or ENTER.
or
to select your desired screen
Press
type, then press ENTER.
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
Off
E.B.L.
4:3
4:3
Tv Screen
On
4:3
Display
16:9
JPEG Interval Off
All
Select Files
/Enter/Setup/Return
Note:
If the DVD disc is not formatted in the pan & scan style, it displays 4:3 style.
DVD
VCD
CD
3
Press
Status display of disc
Each press of DISPLAY, the status display of the disc
will appear on the screen and change as follows.
Video CD
00:12
04:32
PBC
00:12
04:32
Track -/-
DVD
00:34:56 01:12:33
00:34:56 01:12:33
1/99 Chapter 1/999
1/9
1/8 Eng DolbyDigital
1/32 Eng
Title
Audio CD
34:56
71:33
Track 11/99
To make status display disappear, press DISPLAY again.
When you playback the CD disc, the status display will
appear on the screen and continue displaying.
58
59
Dynamic Range Control
Parental control setting
DRC (Dynamic Range Control) enables you to control the dynamic range so as to
achieve a suitable sound for your equipment.
0–9
Some discs are specified not suitable for children. Such discs can be limited
not to play back with the unit.
▲/▼/ /
SETUP
RETURN
ENTER
CANCEL
SETUP
RETURN
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
Dynamic Range Control
4
Press SETUP in the stop mode.
Press
or
to select “Sound”.
1
VCR MENU
SETUP
Parental control setting
DVD
or RETURN while the SETUP screen is being
displayed.
Press
or
to select “Parental”. Then press
or ENTER.
1
VCR MENU
SETUP
VCR MENU
SETUP
4
Press ENTER to store the password.
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
Password
Parental
Note: Now the rating is locked and the
setting cannot be changed unless you
enter the correct password.
SET –
Off
Password
SET +
SET +
CH –
Parental
RETURN
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH +
0
CH –
ENTER
1
9/Cancel
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH +
ENTER
0
SET –
SET –
2
Press
or ENTER to select “Dialogue”.
SET +
CH –
Off
Dialogue
CH +
Notes:
• This function works only during playback of Dolby Digital
recorded discs.
• The level of Dynamic Range Reduction may differ
depending on DVD video disc.
ENTER
2
/Enter/Setup/Return
Press
or
or
to select “Parental”, then press
until the level you require appears.
5
SET +
CH +
ENTER
Press SETUP or RETURN to remove the parental control screen.
VCR MENU
SETUP
CH –
SET –
9/Cancel
Password
1
Parental
SET –
RETURN
/Enter/Setup/Return
/Enter/Setup/Return
Press
desired setting.
SET +
or
to select
• Level Off: The parental control setting does not function.
• Level 8: All DVD software can be played back.
• Level 1: DVD software for adults cannot be played
back.
• Select from the level 1 to level 8. The limitation will be
more severe as the level number is lower.
CH –
On : DRC(TV)
Off : DRC(Std)
Off
Dialogue
CH +
ENTER
SET –
/Enter/Setup/Return
On:
3
Loud sound such as explosion or the
like is toned down slightly when played
back. This makes it suitable for when it is
connected to a stereo.
It plays back at the recording level on the
disc.
Off:
Press
or
to select “Password”.
Press number buttons (0-9) to input a 4-digit password.
Notes:
• If each setup (pages 57~66) has been completed, the
unit can always be worked under the same
conditions (especially with DVD discs).
Each setup will be retained in the memory if you turn
the power off.
• Depending on the discs, the unit cannot limit playback.
• Some discs may not be encoded with specific rating
level information though its disc jacket says “adult.” For
those discs, the age restriction will not work.
3
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
Password
1234
Parental
1
SET –
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9/Cancel
/Enter/Setup/Return
0
Be sure to remember this number!
• If you input a wrong number,
press CANCEL.
60
61
To change the parental level
OPEN/CLOSE
0–9
Temporary disabling of rating level by DVD disc
OPEN/CLOSE
0–9
Depending on the DVD disc, the disc may try to temporarily cancel the rating
level that you have set.
It is up to you to decide whether to cancel the rating level or not.
PLAY
▲/▼
STOP
SETUP
RETURN
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
RETURN
ENTER
To change the parental level
1
Press
or
to select “Parental”.
Then press
or ENTER.
VCR MENU
SETUP
Temporary disabling of rating level by DVD disc
5
Press
or
to select “Password”, then press
number buttons (0–9) to enter the password.
SET +
CH –
CH +
Note: You can change the password
if you want.
Password
Parental
0
Password
Parental
CH +
1
9/Cancel
/Enter/Setup/Return
4
7
Press number buttons (0–9) to enter the password you have stored.
2
3
5
6
9
8
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
9876
5
6
1
SET –
2
If the DVD disc has been designed to temporarily
cancel the Rating level, the screen which follows
the “Reading” screen will change, depending on
which disc is played. If you select “YES” with the
ENTER key, “Your disc exceeds the parental
control level#.” screen will then appear.
Reading
Password
Parental
0
Your disc exceeds
the parental control level#.
5
Parental Control Level
Cancel Picture
9/Cancel
0
Password
Parental
7
9/Cancel
Press SETUP or RETURN
to remove the parental control screen.
/Enter/Return
3
VCR MENU
SETUP
1
SET –
0
RETURN
9/Cancel
/Enter/Setup/Return
or
to select “Parental”, then press
to change the parental level.
SET +
CH +
Password
Parental
5
SET –
/Enter/Setup/Return
0
Please enter the
4 - digit password
CH +
If you forget the password...
1. Press OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray.
2. Remove the disc.
3. Press OPEN/CLOSE again to close the disc tray.
“No Disc” appears on the screen.
4. While holding 7 down on the remote control, press
STOP on the front panel. “PASSWORD CLEAR” appears on the screen.
5. Enter a new password again.
If you wish to cancel the set rating level temporarily,
or , then
select “Parental Control Level” with
press ENTER. If the 4-digit password at step 2 on
page 62 has been set, the password entering
screen will appear as shown in step 4.
Alternatively, if the password has not been set,
playback will commence. If you don’t know (or have
forgotten) the password, select “Cancel Picture”.
The setting screen will disappear. Press OPEN/
CLOSE to remove the disc.
Enter/0 9/Cancel/Return
RETURN
5
Playback will commence if the entered
password was correct.
Note:
This temporary cancellation of rating level will be kept until the
disc is ejected.
When the disc is ejected, the original rating level will be set again
automatically.
CH +
ENTER
62
9
SET +
CH +
Parental
The rating is now unlocked.
ENTER
8
SET –
Now the parental level is changed and
locked.
SET +
CH –
ENTER
SET +
CH –
7
If you interrupt the entering, press
RETURN.
ENTER
Press ENTER.
1234
Press ENTER.
Press
or
6
OPEN/CLOSE
/Enter/Setup/Return
4
3
5
0 9/Cancel
/Enter/Setup/Return
0
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH –
2
4
3
Password
0
3
Enter the password with number buttons (0–9).
Then press ENTER.
1
CH –
SET –
1
4
PLAY
SET –
1
ENTER
2
Load a DVD disc and press PLAY or OPEN/
CLOSE on the unit (see page 42).
ENTER
SET +
CH –
1
SET +
CH –
CH +
ENTER
SET –
OPEN/CLOSE
63
Setting OSD language
Setting language
The setup language can be selected.
You can select the language of “Menu”, “Subtitle” and “Audio” if their languages
are recorded onto the disc more than one language.
SETUP
SETUP
RETURN
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
RETURN
ENTER
▲/▼/ /
DVD
VCD
CD
1
Setting OSD language
Setting language
Press SETUP in the stop mode or NO DISC.
or
Press
to select “Other”.
VCR MENU
SETUP
4
displayed.
1
Press
or
to select “Language”.
VCR MENU
SETUP
4
displayed.
VCR MENU
SETUP
VCR MENU
SETUP
SET +
SET +
CH –
RETURN
RETURN
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH +
CH –
/Enter/Setup/Return
CH +
ENTER
ENTER
SET –
SET –
2
Press
or ENTER to select “OSD Language”.
SET +
If the unit does not operate properly: Static electricity,
etc., may affect the player's operation. Disconnect the
AC power cord once, then connect it again.
CH –
2
Press
desired langugage item.
to select
Note:
If the selected language is not recorded on the disc, the firstpriority language is selected.
SET +
CH –
Menu
Subtitle
Audio
CH +
OSD Language English
CH +
or
ENTER
ENTER
SET –
English
Automatic
English
SET –
/Enter/Setup/Return
/Enter/Setup/Return
3
Press
or ENTER and then press
or
to
select desired language (e.g. English), then
press ENTER.
Press
or ENTER.
or
to select your desired language,
Press
then press ENTER.
SET +
CH –
Menu
Subtitle
Audio
CH +
ENTER
SET +
OSD Language English
CH –
CH +
ENTER
3
English
Automatic
English
SET –
English
Francais
Espanol
English
Francais
Espanol
Other
/Enter/Setup/Return
SET –
English, Francais, Espanol:
The selected language will be heard or seen.
Other:
Other language can be selected (see “Language code
list” on page 67).
Original: (Audio)
The unit will select the first priority language of each
disc.
Automatic: (Subtitle)
• The unit will automatically select the same language in
the AUDIO setting.
• When the unit selects the same language as the AUDIO,
the subtitles will not appear during playback.
• When you do not use the same language as the AUDIO,
the subtitles will appear during playback.
Off: (Subtitle)
Subtitles do not appear.
/Enter/Setup/Return
64
65
Others
VCR DVD
Selecting PROGRESSIVE scan
The progressive scan capability provides the highest resolution pictures with less
flicker and line structure.
If you are using the Component video jacks, but are connecting the DVD/VCR to
a standard (analog) television, set PROGRESSIVE to Off.
If you are using the Component video jacks for connection to a TV or monitor that
is compatible with a progressive scan signal, set PROGRESSIVE to On.
DVD
VCD
CD
• Connect to a TV equipped with component jacks.
• Turn ON the TV and set it to the corresponding video input
mode.
• Set the S-VIDEO/COMPONENT video selector switch on
the rear panel to COMPONENT position.
• Press VCR DVD selector to select the DVD mode. (The
DVD indicator will light.)
1
Press PROGRESSIVE in the stop mode.
INPUT SELECT
PROGESSIVE
The progressive indicator “
display window will light.
” on the
• The unit recognizes the picture
source (film or video) of the current
disc according to the disc information.
2
Press PLAY to start playback.
PLAY
2
Notes:
• Some discs may not be played back with the progressive
scanning mode correctly because of the disc characteristics
or recording condition.
• If your TV does not accept the progressive scan format, the
picture will appear scrambled if you select progressive scan
output from the unit. In such a case, select PROGRESSIVE
scan Off.
• Once PROGRESSIVE scan On, all other video outputs are
disabled except component video outputs.
• You cannot make the progressive scanning mode active in
following cases.
– The unit is in the VCR mode.
– The disc is played back in the DVD mode.
– The S-VIDEO/COMPONENT video selector switch is set to
S-VIDEO position.
There are two types of source content in pictures recorded in
DVD video discs: film content (pictures recorded from films
at 24 frames per second) and video content (video signals
recorded at 30 frames per second).
When the unit plays back a film source material, uninterlaced
progressive output signals are created using the original
information. When a video content is played back, the unit
interleaves lines between the interlaced lines on each to
create the interpolated picture and outputs as the progressive
signal.
Language Name Code
Language Name Code
Language Name Code
Abkhazian
1112
Fiji
1620
Lingala
2224
Language Name Code
Singhalese
2919
Afar
1111
Finnish
1619
Lithuanian
2230
Slovak
2921
Afrikaans
1116
French
1628
Macedonian
2321
Slovenian
2922
Albanian
2927
Frisian
1635
Malagasy
2317
Somali
2925
1529
Amharic
1123
Galician
1722
Malay
2329
Spanish
Arabic
1128
Georgian
2111
Malayalam
2322
Sundanese
2931
Armenian
1835
German
1415
Maltese
2330
Swahili
2933
Assamese
1129
Greek
1522
Maori
2319
Swedish
2932
Aymara
1135
Greenlandic
2122
Marathi
2328
Tagalog
3022
3017
Azerbaijani
1136
Guarani
1724
Moldavian
2325
Tajik
Bashkir
1211
Gujarati
1731
Mongolian
2324
Tamil
3011
Basque
1531
Hausa
1811
Nauru
2411
Tatar
3030
Bengali; Bangla 1224
Hebrew
1933
Nepali
2415
Telugu
3015
Bhutani
1436
Hindi
1819
Norwegian
2425
Thai
3018
Bihari
1218
Hungarian
1831
Oriya
2528
Tibetan
1225
Breton
1228
Icelandic
1929
Panjabi
2611
Tigrinya
3019
Bulgarian
1217
Indonesian
1924
Pashto, Pushto 2629
Tonga
3025
Burmese
2335
Interlingua
1911
Persian
1611
Turkish
3028
Byelorussian
1215
Irish
1711
Polish
2622
Turkmen
3021
Cambodian
2123
Italian
1930
Portuguese
2630
Twi
3033
Catalan
1311
Japanese
2011
Quechua
2731
Ukrainian
3121
Chinese
3618
Javanese
2033
Rhaeto-Romance2823 Urdu
3128
Corsican
1325
Kannada
2124
Romanian
2825
Uzbek
3136
Croatian
1828
Kashmiri
2129
Russian
2831
Vietnamese
3219
Czech
1329
Kazakh
2121
Samoan
2923
Volapük
3225
Danish
1411
Kirghiz
2135
Sanskrit
2911
Welsh
1335
Dutch
2422
Korean
2125
Scots Gaelic
1714
Wolof
3325
2928
Xhosa
3418
English
1524
Kurdish
2131
Serbian
Esperanto
1525
Laothian
2225
Serbo-Croatian 2918
Yiddish
2019
Estonian
1530
Latin
2211
Shona
2924
Yoruba
3525
Faroese
1625
Latvian, Lettish 2232
Sindhi
2914
Zulu
3631
Others
Function setup
(DVD)
To select PROGRESSIVE scan Off
Press PROGRESSIVE in the stop mode.
The progressive indicator “ ” on the display window will
go off.
66
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial settings “Menu”, “Subtitle” and/or “Audio” (see pages 65).
Selecting PROGRESSIVE scan
Preparation:
Language code list
1
67
Others
Before calling service personnel
Specifications
Check the following guide for the possible cause of a problem before contacting service.
SYMPTOMS
POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS
PAGE
DVD/VCR
DVD/VCR does not operate.
• Make sure the power cord is plugged in.
• Try another AC outlet.
• Power is off, check fuse or circuit breaker.
• Unplug unit, then plug it back in.
• Select the DVD or VCR mode before operating.
5
–
–
5
30,42
• Antenna connection is not correct or antenna cable is disconnected.
• The video channel is not in the correct position or the TV is not set to the video
channel 3 or 4.
• Check the unit is connected correctly.
• The video input selector of the TV is not set to VIDEO. Set to VIDEO (or
equivalent).
• Channel is set to the external mode.
14~17
22
No picture.
No sound.
• Check the unit is connected correctly.
• Check the input selector of the amplifier is set properly.
• The unit is in the Special playback mode.
14~19
–
31,44
The remote control does not function.
• Aim the remote control at the remote sensor.
• Operate within Approx. 7 Meters or reduce the light in the room.
• Clear the path of the beam.
• The batteries are weak. Replace the batteries.
• Check the batteries are inserted correctly.
No CATV reception.
• Check all CATV connections.
• Station or CATV system problems, try another station.
16,17
TV recording does not work.
• The erase prevention tab of the video cassette is broken off.
• The unit is in the external input mode.
29,34
Timer recording does not work.
• The time is not set correctly.
• The recording start/end time is not set correctly.
• The TIMER REC has not been pressed ( is not lit).
24
37
37
31
Noise bars on screen.
• Tracking adjustment beyond range of automatic tracking circuit. Try Manual
tracking adjustment.
• Video heads are dirty.
• The tape is worn or damaged.
Display is not shown in your language.
• Select proper language in the menu options.
64
Playback doesn’t start.
• No disc is inserted.
• The disc may be dirty. Clean up the disc.
• The unit cannot play DVD-ROMs, etc.
42
6
8
Stopping playback, slow-motion play, repeat
play, or memory play, etc. cannot be
performed.
• Some discs may not do some of the functions.
–
General
Power supply
Power consumption
Weight
Dimensions
Tuner
14~19
–
–
13
VCR
31
–
DVD
Antenna input/output
RF channel output
Color system
Video head
Audio track
Hi-Fi frequency response
Hi-Fi dynamic range
F.FWD/REW time at 25˚C (77˚F)
Applicable disc
Frequency range
S/N ratio
Harmonic distortion
Wow and flutter
Operating conditions
AC 120 V 60 Hz
Operation: 18 W, Stand by: 2 W
7.9 lbs (3.6 kg)
Width: 16-15/16 inches (430 mm)
Height: 3-7/8 inches (99 mm)
Depth: 9-13/16 inches (250.5 mm)
181 channel freq. synthesized
VHF
2-13
UHF
14-69
CATV
125 Channels
UHF/VHF In/Out: 75 Ω coaxial
Channel 3 or 4, Switchable
NTSC
4 Rotary heads
Hi-Fi sound - 2 Tracks / MONO sound - 1 Track
20 Hz to 20,000 Hz
More than 90dB
Approx. 1 minute and 48 seconds (with T-120 Cassette Tape)
DVD (12 cm, 8 cm), CD (12 cm, 8 cm)
DVD: 4 Hz-22 kHz, CD: 4 Hz-20 kHz
90dB (DVD)
0.02% (DVD)
Less than 0.01% Wrms
Temperature: 5˚C-40˚C (41˚F-104˚F), Operating status: Horizontal
Input/Output
DVD/VCR
Video input
Video output
Audio input
Audio output
1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., pin jack x 2
1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., pin jack x 1
–8 dBm, 50 kΩ, negative sync., pin jack (L/R) x 2
–8 dBm, 1 kΩ, negative sync., pin jack (L/R) x 1
DVD
S-video output
Component video output
19
66
No 4:3 (16:9) picture.
• The setup does not match your TV.
58
No on-screen display.
• Select Display “On”.
59
No surround sound.
• The setup does not match your stereo system.
20
The unit or remote operation key is not
functioning.
Playback does not start when the title is
selected.
• Turn off the unit and unplug the AC power cord for several minutes, then replug it.
–
Audio soundtrack and/or subtitle language
is not changed when you play back a DVD.
• Multilingual language is not recorded on the DVD disc.
65
No subtitle.
• Some discs have no subtitles.
• Subtitles are cleared. Press SUB TITLE.
56
Remote control (SE-R0108) ................................. 1
Angle cannot be changed.
• Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD disc.
54
Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2
• The function is prohibited with the unit or the disc.
44
appears on the screen.
• Check the Parental setup.
Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM
COAXIAL)
Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM
OPTICAL)
Audio output (ANALOG)
S-VIDEO/COMPONENT video selector
61,62
Others
(Y) 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin × 1
(C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 Ω
(Y) 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., pin jack × 1
(PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p), 75 Ω, pin jack × 2
0.5 V (p-p), 75 Ω, pin jack × 1
• The S-VIDEO/COMPONENT selector is not set correctly.
No picture, or the screen is blurred or divided • The PROGRESSIVE scan is On through the unit is connected to a TV
into two parts.
via the VIDEO OUT or the S-VIDEO OUT jack.
Optical connector × 1
–12 dB, 1 kΩ, pin jacks (L, R) × 1
Slide switch × 1
Supplied accessories
Audio/video cable ................................................. 1
75 ohm coaxial cable ............................................ 1
• Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.
68
69
Others
LIMITED WARRANTY DVD VIDEO PLAYER
LIMITED WARRANTY DVD VIDEO PLAYER (continued)
Toshiba America Consumer Products, L.L.C. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) make the
following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to original purchaser or any person receiving this set as a gift
from the original purchaser and to no other purchaser or transferee.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty
TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials
or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the
date of original retail purchase. During this period, TACP/
THI will repair or replace a defective product or part, at their
option, with a new or refurbished product or part without
charge to you. You must deliver the entire product to a
TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You are responsible
for all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to
and from the Authorized Service Station. If you live in the
U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your DVD Unit to:
Toshiba America Consumer Products L.L.C.
Returns Center
1420C Toshiba Dr.
Lebanon, TN 37087
Upon receipt we will, at our option, exchange the DVD Unit
with a new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are
requested to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are
requested to contact THI.
Rental Units
The warranty for rental units begin with the first rental or
thirty (30) days from the date of shipment to the rental firm,
whichever comes first.
Owner’s Manual
You should read the owner’s manual thoroughly before
operating this product. You should complete and mail the
enclosed Demographic card within ten (10) days after you,
or the person who has given you this product as a gift,
purchased this product. This is one way to enable TACP to
provide you with better customer service and improved
products. Failure to return the card will not affect your rights
under this warranty.
Your Responsibility
The above warranties are subject to the following
conditions:
(1) You must retain your bill of sale or provide other proof of
purchase.
(2) You must notify a TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized Service
Station within thirty (30) days after you discover a
defective product or part.
(3) All warranty servicing of this product must be made by a
TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station.
(4) U.S.A. warranties are effective only if the product is
purchased and operated in the Continental U.S.A. or
Puerto Rico.
(5) Labor service charges for set installation. Set up,
adjustment of customer controls and installation or
repair of antenna systems are not covered by this
warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate
antenna systems are your responsibility.
(6) Warranties extend only to defects in materials or
workmanship as limited above and do not extend to any
product or parts which have been lost or discarded by
you or to damage to products or parts caused by
misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such
as lighting or fluctuations in electric power, improper
installation, improper maintenance or use in violation of
instructions furnished by us; or to units which have
been altered or modified without authorization of TACP/
THI/TCL or to damage to products or part thereof which
have had the serial number removed, altered, defaced
or rendered illegible.
(7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after
the ninety (90) days and within one (1) year, or after the
warranty period has expired: Call (800)-631-3811 to
receive information concerning an exchange price.
Payment must be enclosed with product in the form of a
certified check or money order including reason for
return.
(8) Physically damaged DVD Units are not acceptable for
repair or exchange whether in or out of warranty and
will be returned as received.
(1) Refer to the troubleshooting guide in your owner’s manual. This check list may solve your problem.
(2) In the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll free number 800-631-3811, or if in Hawaii or Canada see listing below within (30)
days after you find a defective product or part.
(3) Arrange for the delivery of the product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center.
Products shipped to the Service Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original
shipping carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be
enclosed.
In the Continental United States contact:
Toll Free
800-631-3811
In Hawaii contact:
Toshiba Hawaii Inc.
327 Kamakee Street
Honolulu, HA 96814
(808)-521-5377
In Canada contact:
Consumer Electronics Group
191 McNabb Street
Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2
(905)-470-5400
22171 Fraserwood Way
Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5
(604)-303-2500
18050 Trans canada
Kirkland, Quebec H9J 4A1
(514)-390-7766
All warranties implied by state law, including the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, are
expressly limited to the duration of the limited warranties set forth above. With the exception of any warranties implied by state
law as hereby limited, the foregoing warranty is exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties, guarantees, agreements and
similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event shall TACP/THI
be liable for consequential or incidental damages.
No person, agent, distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend the terms of these warranties in
any manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must be commenced to enforce any obligation of TACP/THI arising
under the warranty or under any statute, or law of the United States or any state thereof, is hereby limited to ninety (90) days
from the date you discover or should have discovered, the defect. This limitation does not apply to implied warranties arising
under state law.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some
states do not allow limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, when an action may be brought, or the exclusion or
limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above provisions may not apply to you.
IMPORTANT: PACKING AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION
When you send the product to a Service Station, you must use the original carton box and packing material, then insert the
original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material.
Others
Limited One (1) Year Warranty
TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against
defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1)
year after the date of original retail purchase. During this
period, TACP/THI will repair or replace a defective product
or part, at their option, with a new or refurbished product or
part without charge to you, except that if a defective part is
replaced after ninety (90) days from the date of the original
retail purchase you pay labor charges involved in the
replacement. You must also deliver the entire product to a
TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You are responsible
for all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to
and from the Authorized Service Station. If you live in the
U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your DVD Unit to:
Toshiba America Consumer Products L.L.C.
Returns Center
1420C Toshiba Dr.
Lebanon, TN 37087
Upon receipt we will, at our option, exchange the DVD Unit
with a new or refurbished unit. Canadian Consumers are
requested to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are
requested to contact THI.
Commercial Units
Products sold and used for commercial use have a limited
ninety (90) day warranty for all parts and labor.
(Continued)
70
71
CAUTION
THIS DIGITAL VIDEO PLAYER EMPLOYS A LASER SYSTEM.
TO ENSURE PROPER USE OF THIS PRODUCT, PLEASE READ THIS SERVICE MANUAL CAREFULLY AND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. SHOULD THE UNIT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE,
CONTACT AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE LOCATION-SEE SERVICE PROCEDURE.
USE OF CONTROLS, ADJUSTMENTS OR THE PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN
THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
TO PREVENT DIRECT EXPOSURE TO LASER BEAM, DO NOT TRY TO OPEN THE ENCLOSURE.
VISIBLE LASER RADIATION MAY BE PRESENT WHEN THE ENCLOSURE IS OPENED. DO NOT
STARE INTO BEAM.
Location of the required Marking
The rating sheet and the safety caution are on the rear of the unit.
CERTIFICATION: COMPLIES WITH FDA RADIATION PERFORMANCE
STANDARDS, 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J.
PREPARATION OF SERVICING
The laser diode used for a pickup head may be destroyed with external static electricity.
Moreover, even if it is operating normally after repair, when static electricity discharge is received at the
time of repair, a life of product may become short.
Please perform the following measure against static electricity, be careful of destruction of a laser diode
enough at the time of repair, and work.
• It works on the desk which performed measures against static electricity, such as conductive mat.
• Soldering iron with ground wire or ceramic type is used.
• A worker needs to use a ground conductive wrist strap for body.
A1-1
IMPORTANT SERVICE SAFETY INFORMATION
Safety precautions to be followed during servicing:
1. Parts marked with an
are critical parts for safety. Replace only with the one described in the parts
list.
2. Before returning the DVD product to the customer, make the appropriate leakage current check or
resistance measurements to ensure that exposed parts are properly insulated from the supply circuit.
A leakage current check is recommended for this unit. Plug the AC line cord directly into a 120V 60Hz AC
outlet (do not use an isolation transformer for this check). Use a leakage current tester (Fig. 1) or a
metering system which complies with Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1409). Measure for current from all
exposed metal parts of the cabinet to a known earth ground: particularly, any exposed metal part having a
return path to the chassis. Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA. Any measurement not within
the limits outlined above are indicative of a potential shock hazard and corrective action must be taken
before returning the unit to the customer.
PRODUCT UNDER TEST
2-Blade polarized
type cord set
Test all exposed
metal surfaces
1.5K ohm
0.15 µF
(Reading should not be above 0.5mA)
Leakage Current Tester
TEST PROBE
Fig. 1 AC Leakage Test
A1-2
KNOWN EARTH
GROUND
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
8A.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
READ INSTRUCTIONS
All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the unit is operated.
RETAIN INSTRUCTIONS
The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference.
HEED WARNINGS
All warnings on the unit and in the operating instructions should be adhered to.
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS
All operating and use instructions should be followed.
CLEANING
Unplug this unit from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp
cloth for cleaning.
ATTACHMENTS
Do not use attachments not recommended by the unit’s manufacturer as they may cause hazards.
WATER AND MOISTURE
Do not use this unit near water. For example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub, in a wet
basement, or near a swimming pool.
PORTABLE CART WARNING
ACCESSORIES
(symbol provided by RETAC)
Do not place this unit on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table. The
unit may fall, causing serious injury, and serious damage to the unit. Use only
with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer.
An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops,
excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the appliance and cart
combination to overturn.
S3125A
VENTILATION
Slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for ventilation, to ensure reliable
operation of the unit, and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The
openings should never be blocked by placing the unit on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This unit
should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat source. This unit should not be placed in a built-in
installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions
have been adhered to.
POWER SOURCES
This unit should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the rating plate. If you are not sure
of the type of power supply to your home, consult your appliance dealer or local power company. For units
intended to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions.
GROUNDING OR POLARIZATION
This unit is equipped with a polarized alternating-current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other).
This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug
fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact your electrician to replace your
obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug. If your unit is equipped with a 3-wire
grounding-type plug, a plug having a third (grounding) pin, this plug will only fit into a grounding-type power
outlet. This too, is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact your electrician to
replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the grounding-type plug.
POWER-CORD PROTECTION
Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon
or against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they
exit from the appliance.
LIGHTNING
To protect your unit from a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time,
unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the unit
due to lightning and power line surges.
POWER LINES
An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or
power circuits, or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside antenna system,
extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits, as contact with them might be
fatal.
OVERLOADING
Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords, as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.
OBJECT AND LIQUID ENTRY
Do not push objects through any openings in this unit, as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out
parts that could result in fire or electric shock. Never spill or spray any type of liquid into the unit.
A1-3
(CONTINUED)
17. OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING
If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the unit, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded
so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Section 810 of the National
Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of
antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.
18. SERVICING
Do not attempt to service this unit yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage
or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
19. DAMAGE REQUIRING SERVICE
Unplug this unit from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following
conditions:
a. When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged.
b. If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the unit.
c. If the unit has been exposed to rain or water.
d. If the unit does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that
are covered by the operating instructions, as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in
damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the unit to its normal
operation.
e. If the unit has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.
f. When the unit exhibits a distinct change in performance, this indicates a need for service.
20. REPLACEMENT PARTS
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician uses replacement parts specified by the
manufacturer or those that have the same characteristics as the original parts.
Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards.
21. SAFETY CHECK
Upon completion of any service or repairs to this unit, ask the service technician to perform safety checks to
determine that the unit is in proper operating condition.
22. WALL OR CEILING MOUNTING
The product should be mounted to a wall or ceiling only as recommended by the manufacturer.
23. HEAT
The product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other
products (including amplifiers) that produce heat.
24. DISC TRAY
Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing. It may cause serious personal injury.
25. CONNECTING
When you connect the product to other equipment, turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the
wall outlet. Failure to do so may cause an electric shock and serious personal injury. Read the owner's manual of
the other equipment carefully and follow the instructions when making any connections.
26. SOUND VOLUME
Reduce the volume to the minimum level before you turn on the product. Otherwise, sudden high volume sound
may cause hearing or speaker damage.
27. SOUND DISTORTION
Do not allow the product output distorted sound for a longtime. It may cause speaker overheating and fire.
28. HEADPHONES
When you use the headphones, keep the volume at a moderate level. If you use the headphones continuously
with high volume sound, it may cause hearing damage.
29. LASER BEAM
Do not look into the opening of the disc tray or ventilation opening of the product to see the source of the laser
beam. It may cause sight damage.
30. DISC
Do not use a cracked, deformed, or repaired disc. These discs are easily broken and may cause serious personal
injury and product malfunction.
31. NOTE TO CATV SYSTEM INSTALLER
This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that provides
guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the
grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical.
A1-4
(CONTINUED)
EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
ANTENNA LEAD
IN WIRE
GROUND
CLAMP
ANTENNA
DISCHARGE UNIT
ELECTRIC SERVICE
EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
GROUND CLAMPS
POWER SERVICE GROUNDING
ELECTRODE SYSTEM
(NEC ART 250, PART H)
NEC-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
S2898A
A1-5
TAPE REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY
1. Remove the Top Cabinet, Front Cabinet and DVD Block. (Refer to item 1 of the
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS.)
2. Remove the screw 1 of the Deck Chassis and remove the Loading Motor. (Refer to Fig. 2)
3. Rotate the Pinch Roller Cam in the direction of the arrow by hand to slacken the Video Tape.
4. Rotate the Clutch Ass'y either of the derections to wind the Video Tape in the Cassette Case.
5. Repeat the above step 3~4. Then take out the Video Cassette from the Deck Chassis. Be careful not to
scratch on the tape.
Loading Motor
Screw 1
Capstan DD Unit
Pinch Roller Cam
Main Cam
Clutch Ass'y
Fig. 1
Main Chassis (Front Side)
Fig. 2
DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY
1. Remove the Top Cabinet and Front Cabinet. (Refer to item 1 of the DISASSEMBLY
2. INSTRUCTIONS.)
Slide the Rack Loading (White) toward the arrow direction by using a minus driver to release the lock.
3. (Refer to Fig. 1)
Draw the Tray.
Rack Loading
(White)
DVD Deck
Fig. 1
PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL
4 DIGIT PASSWORD CANCELLATION
If the stored 4 digit password in the Rating Level menu needs to be cancelled, please follow the steps below.
1. Turn Unit ON.
2. Press and hold the '7' key on the remote control unit.
3. Simultaneously press and hold the 'STOP' key on the front panel.
4. Hold both keys for more than 3 seconds.
5. The On Screen Display message 'PASSWORD CLEAR' will appear.
6. The 4 digit password has now been cleared
A1-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
• OWNER'S MANUAL
CAUTION ....................................................................................................................................
IMPORTANT SERVICE SAFETY INFORMATION ...................................................................
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS .....................................................................................................
TAPE REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY ............................................................
DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY .............................................................
PARENTAL CONTROL-RATING LEVEL ..................................................................................
TABLE OF CONTENTS ..............................................................................................................
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................................
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
1. REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS AND P. C. BOARDS ............................................
2. REMOVAL OF VCR DECK PARTS ...................................................................................
3. REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS ...................................................................................
4. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF FLAT PACKAGE IC ...............................................
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................
SERVICE MODE LIST ................................................................................................................
PREVENTIVE CHECKS AND SERVICE INTERVALS ..............................................................
RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE ............................................................................................
WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC ..........................................................................
RF SIGNAL CHECK OF DVD PCB ............................................................................................
SERVICING FIXTURES AND TOOLS .......................................................................................
PREPARATION FOR SERVICING .............................................................................................
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS ................................................................................................
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS ..................................................................................................
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE ...................................................................................................
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
DVD ..........................................................................................................................................
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP .................................................................................................
SYSTEM CONTROL ...............................................................................................................
OPERATION/DISPLAY ...........................................................................................................
Hi-Fi/DEMODULATOR ............................................................................................................
TUNER/JACK ..........................................................................................................................
POWER ...................................................................................................................................
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
DVD ..........................................................................................................................................
VCR .........................................................................................................................................
OPERATION 1/OPERATION 2/FRONT JACK/RELAY/SW ..................................................
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MPEG/MICON ........................................................................................................................
MEMORY ................................................................................................................................
RF AMP/DSP ..........................................................................................................................
AUDIO/VIDEO ........................................................................................................................
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP ................................................................................................
SYSCON ..................................................................................................................................
TUNER/JACK ..........................................................................................................................
OPERATION/DISPLAY ...........................................................................................................
Hi-Fi/DEMODULATOR ............................................................................................................
POWER ...................................................................................................................................
OPERATION1,2/FRONT AV JACK .........................................................................................
SW/RELAY/FG ........................................................................................................................
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM ...............................................................................................
WAVEFORMS .............................................................................................................................
MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW .............................................................................................
CHASSIS EXPLODED VIEWS ...................................................................................................
DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEWS ................................................................................................
MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST .........................................................................
CHASSIS REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ..................................................................................
DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ...............................................................................
ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ...........................................................................
A2-1
A1-1
A1-2
A1-3~A1-5
A1-6
A1-6
A1-6
A2-1
A3-1~A3-7
B1-1, B1-2
B2-1~B2-6
B3-1~B3-4
B4-1, B4-2
C1-1, C1-2
C2-1
C3-1, C3-2
C4-1
C4-2
C4-3
D1-1
D1-1
D2-1~D2-4
D3-1, D3-2
E-1~E-33
F-1, F-2
F-3, F-4
F-5, F-6
F-7, F-8
F-9, F-10
F-11, F-12
F-13, F-14
G-1,G-2
G-3~G-6
G-7, G-8
H-1, H-2
H-3, H-4
H-5, H-6
H-7, H-8
H-9, H-10
H-11, H-12
H-13, H-14
H-15, H-16
H-17, H-18
H-19, H-20
H-21, H-22
H-23, H-24
H-25, H-26
I-1, I-2
J1-1, J1-2
J2-1, J2-2
J3-1
K1-1
K2-1
K3-1
K4-1~K4-15
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
G-1
G-2
Outline of the product
DVD System Color System
Video Head
DVD VIDEO PLAYER & VHS Player / Recorder
NTSC
DVD, CD-DA, CD-R/RW, VIDEO CD,
SVCD, DVD-R/RW (VIDEO FORMAT ONLY)
120 mm , 80 mm
Front Disc Loading
2 Motors
1-Lens 2-Beams System
135min (4.7GB)
245min (8.5GB)
74min
74min
Fwd 2-100 times / 4 step
2-45 times (DVD, VIDEO CD)
4-40 times (CD)
Rev
2-100 times / 4 step
2-45 times (DVD, VIDEO CD)
4-40 times (CD)
Fwd
1/7-1/2 times
-Rev
--VHS Player / Recorder
NTSC
Yes
No
OVD-7
Front
3
4Head
FM Audio Head
2Head
Disc
Disc Diameter
Deck
Disc Loading System
Motor
Pick up
Playback time (Max)
DVD 1-Layer
DVD 2-Layer
CD
VIDEO CD
Search speed
Actual
Actual
Slow speed
Actual
Actual
G-3
VCR
System
System
Video System
Hi-Fi STEREO
NTSC PB(PAL60Hz)
Deck
Heads
DECK
Loading System
Motor
Audio /Control
Erase(Full Track Erase)
Tape
Rec
PAL
Speed
NTSC
Play
PAL
NTSC
Fast Forward / Rewind Time (Approx.) at 25oC
with Cassette
G-4
Tuning
System
Forward/Reverse
Picture Search
Frame Advance
Slow Speed
Broadcasting System
Tuner and
Receive CH
Intermediate
Frequency
G-5
Power
G-6
Regulation
NTSC or PAL-M
PAL or SECAM
System
Destination
Tuning System
Input Impedance
CH Coverage
Picture(FP)
Sound(FS)
FP-FS
Preset CH
RF Converter Output
Channel
Level/Impedance
Sound Selector
Stereo/Dual TV Sound
Tuner Sound Muting
Power Source
AC
DC
Power Consumption
Stand by
Per Year
Protector
Power Fuse
Safety
Radiation
Laser
A3-1
Mono/Yes
Yes
SP/SLP(EP)
SP/SLP(EP)
FF:1'48"/REW:1'48"
T-120
SP/LP/SLP(EP) = 3x,5x / 7x,9x / 9x,15x
Yes
1/10
US System M
1Tuner
US (w/CATV)
F-Synth
VHF/UHF 75 OHM
2~69,4A,A-5~A-1,A~I
J~W,W+1-W+84
45.75 MHz
41.25 MHz
4.50 MHz
Yes
3 or 4 ch
66 dBu / 75 Ohm
No
US-ST
Yes
120V 60Hz
18 W at 120V 60Hz
2 W at 120V 60Hz
-- W
Yes
UL / CSA
FCC / IC
DHHS
G-7
Temperature
Operation
Storage
G-8
G-9
Operating Humidity
Signal
Video Signal
RGB Signal
Audio Signal
Output Level
S/N Ratio (Weighted)
Horizontal Resolution
Output Level
Input Level Microphone
Input Level Line
Output Level Line
Hi-Fi Audio Signal
Digital Output Level
S/N Ratio at (Weighted)
Harmonic Distortion (1KHz) Typical
Frequency Response : DVD Mode at DVD
DVD Mode at VIDEO CD
DVD Mode at SVCD
DVD Mode at CD
VCR Mode at SP
VCR Mode at LP
VCR Mode at SLP
Dynamic Range : More than
Frequency Response
Wow And Flutter : Less than
Channel Separation : More than
Harmonic Distortion : Less than
A3-2
5oC - 40oC
-20oC - 60oC
Less than 80% RH
1 V p-p/75 ohm (DVD,VCR)
65 dB(DV50 dB(VCR)
500 Lines230 Lines(VCR Mode)
-8 dBm/ 50k ohm(VCR)
-8 dBm/ 1k ohm (VCR, 0dBm=0.775Vrms)
-12dBm/ 1k ohm (DVD, -20dBFs 0dBFs=2.0Vrms)
0.5 V p-p / 75 ohm(DVD)
90dB(DVD), 42dB(VCR at SP)
0.02% (DVD), 1.5% (VCR at SP)
4 Hz - 22 KHz
4 Hz - 20 KHz
4 Hz - 20 KHz
4 Hz - 20 KHz
100Hz - 10kHz
100Hz - 4kHz
90dB
20Hz ~20kHz
0.01 %Wrms
60 dB
0.01
G-10
On Screen
Menu
Display (DVD)
Menu Type
Language
Menu
Sub Title
Audio
Picture
TV Screen Size
OSD Display On/Off
JPEG Interval
Select Files
E.B.L. (Enhanced Black Level)
Sound
DRC (Dynamic Range Control)
dts Decode
Output (5.1ch/2ch)
Surround On/Off
Center On/Off
Sub Woofer On/Off
Parental
Password Lock/Unlock
Rating Level
Other
OSD Language (Set up Language)
Output (RGB/Composite)
Open
Close
No disc
Reading
Play
Still/Pause
Stop
Prohibit Mark
Step
Skip (>>|)
Skip (|<<)
Random
Repeat
Slow+ ##
Slow- ##
Search+ ##
Search- ##
Jump
Resume
Title No.
Chapter No.
Track No.
Time
Sub Title No.
Angle No.
Vocal On/Off
Audio No.
Audio Stereo L/R
Zoom
Marker No.
Spatializer (N-2-2)
Program Play Back
MP3/WMA/JPEG
Folder Name
File Name
File No
Time
Track No
Progressive Scan Out ON/OFF
A3-3
Yes
Character
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (CD, VIDEO CD,SVCD MP3, WMA, JPEG )
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (VIDEO CD, SVCD)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (CD, VIDEO CD, SVCD, MP3, WMA, JPEG )
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (MP3, WMA Only)
Yes
Yes
On Screen
Menu
Display(VCR)
G-11
G-12
G-13
Menu Type
Timer Rec Set
Auto Repeat On/Off
SAP On/Off
CH Set-Up
TV/CATV
Auto CH Memory
Add/Delete
System Set Up
Clock Set
Language
No Noise Back Ground
Auto Clock
Standard Time
Daylight Saving Time
G-CODE (or SHOWVIEW or PLUSCODE) No. Entry
Stereo, Audio Output, SAP
Play/Stop/FF/Rew/Rec/OTR(ITR)/T-Rec/Pause/Eject/Tape In
(Symbol Mark)
CH/AV (LINE)
Clock
Repeat
Tape Counter
Index
Tape Speed
ATR / Manual Tracking
Hi-Fi
Zero Return
OSD Language
DVD OSD
VCR OSD
Clock,Timer Calendar
and Timer
Timer Events
Back-up
One Touch Recording Max Time
OTPB Valid Time
Timer Back-up (at Power Off Mode)
Display
DISPLAY
DISPLAY type
Clock/Counter,CH,Timer Rec,OTR, Play
Rec,FF(Cue),Rew(Rev),Stop,ATR,Eject
VCR
DVD
CD
Clock
AM
PM
Counter
VCR
DVD
CD
Eject
Counter Remain
Play
Stop
Rec
FF / Cue
REW /Review
Pause/Still
OTR
T-Rec
Chapter
TITLE
TRACK
Repeat
Hi-Fi
SP
LP
SLP
CH
RF Output CH
Tape In
Remocon Custom Code
Progressive Scan Out
A3-4
Yes
Character
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (Calendar 12H)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Eng Fre Spa
Eng Fre Spa
1990/1/1 ~ 2081/12/31
8 Program/ 1 Month
6 Hours
No
5 sec
Yes
LED Module (Amber, "Rec" &Timer symbol = Red)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (12h)
No
Yes
Yes (hour:min)
Yes (hour:min)
Yes (min:sec)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
G-14
Remote
Control
Unit
Glow in Dark Remocon
Format
Custom Code
Power Source
Total Keys
Keys
Voltage(D.C)
UM size x pcs
Power
DISPLAY/CALL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Input Select
Input Select / PROGRESSIVE
UP/ SET+ / TRACKING+
DOWN/ SET- / TRACKINGLEFT/CHRIGHT/CH+
VCR/DVD
TV/VCR
DVD MENU
TITLE (TOP MENU)
SETUP MENU/VCR MENU
SELECT/ENTER
CLEAR/CANCEL
RETURN
PLAY
STOP
PAUSE/STILL/STEP
FF(Cue)/SEARCH+
REW(Review)/SEARCHREC/OTR
SKIP+ / INDEX+
SKIP- / INDEXAUDIO / AUDIO SELECT
ANGLE/COUNTER RESET
SUB TITLE/ATR
PLAY MODE/SPEED
T-REC
CLOCK / COUNTER
JUMP/ZERO RETURN
ZOOM/CM SKIP
REPEAT A-B
SLOW(Forward)
MARKER
OPEN/CLOSE
EJECT
A3-5
RC-HL
Yes
NEC (TOSHIBA)
45-BA
3V
UM-4 x 2 pcs
46 Key
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
G-15
Features
(DVD)
Auto Power Off
Parental Lock
Video CD Playback
MP3 Playback
WMA Playback
JPEG Playback
Progressive Scan Out
Digital Out
Down Mix Out
G-16
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dolby Digital
MPEG
PCM
DTS
(Dolby Digital)
(DTS)
No
Spatializer (N-2-2)
Screen Saver
Auto Stop
Tray Lock
Audio DAC
Features
Auto Head Cleaning
(VCR)
Auto Tracking
HQ (VHS Standard High Quality)
Auto Power On, Auto Play, Auto Rewind, Auto Eject
Auto Power Off
Forward/Reverse Picture Search
VIDEO PLUS+ (SHOWVIEW, G-CODE)
One Touch Playback
Auto CH Memory
AREA CODE
Auto Clock Set
Index Search
SQPB (Option)
CATV
Energy Star
MTS (SAP)
CM Skip (30sec x 6 Times)
Copy Disc to Tape
Accessories Owner's Manual
Language
w/Guarantee Card
Buyer Model No.
Remote Control Unit
Guarantee Card
Registration Card
Warning Sheet
Service Station List
Important Tag
AC Plug Adapter
Quick Set-up Sheet
Battery
UM size x pcs
AC Cord
AV Cord (1.2m)
75 Ohm Coaxial Cable (0.9m)
S-Video Cable
21pin cable
800 No Sticker
Toll Free Insert Sheet
Safety Tip
Sheet Information (Return)
Netflix Card
A3-6
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
192kHz / 24bit
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes (by Conditioning)
English
Yes
SD-V392
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes (Spanish)
Yes
UM-4 x 2 pcs
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
G-17
Interface
Switch
Front
Rear
Volume
Terminals
Front
Rear
Power
Play
Eject (VCR)
Stop
Rec/OTR
Open/Close (DVD)
CH +
CH FF/ Search(>>)
Rew/Search(<<)
Still/Pause
Shuttle (Search/REV/FWD)
DVD/VCR
Main Power SW
Attenuator
S-Video/Component Video Selector
RF Out (Slide SW)
Main Power SW
Phones Volume
Mic Volume
Echo Volume
Rec/OTR
Video In
Audio In
Video Output
Audio Output
Indicator
G-18
G-19
Set Size
Weight
G-20
Carton
G-21
Cabinet Material
G-22
Environment
Optical Out (Option)
Video Input (Option)
Audio Input (Option)
RF Input / Output
Euro Scart
AC Inlet
LED
Power
Rec
T-Rec
TV/VCR
DVD
VCR
Surround
Level Meter
Approx.
W x D x H (mm)
Net (Approx.)
Gross (Approx.)
Master Carton
Content
Material
Dimensions
W x D x H(mm)
Description of Origin
Gift Box
Material
W/Color Photo Label
Dimensions
W x D x H(mm)
Design
Description of Origin
Buyer Model No.
Drop Test
Natural Dropping At
Height (cm)
Container Stuffing
Cabinet
Front
PCB
Non-Halogen Demand
Eyelet Demand
Pb Free
Lead-free Solder
Other
Cd Free
A3-7
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
RCA x 1 (Black/Silver)
RCA x 2 (Stereo, Black/Silver)
RCA x1 (Yellow)
S-Video x 1 (DVD Signal Only)
Component x1 (RCA 3pin, DVD Signal Only)
RCA x 4(Stereo, Red/White)
Coaxial x 1 (Digital Audio, DVD Signal Only)
Yes (Digital Audio, DVD Signal Only)
RCA x 1 (Yellow)
RCA x 2 (Stereo, Red/White)
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes (GREEN)
Yes (GREEN)
No
No
430 x 250.5 x 99
3.6kg (7.9lbs)
4.7kg (10.4lbs)
No
--- Sets
--- / ------Yes
Double / White
No
497 x 360 x 180
As Per BUYER 's
Yes
SD-V392
1 Corner / 3 Edges / 6 Surfaces
80 cm
1,985 Sets/40' container
PS 94V2 or More / DECABROM
No
No
No
No
No
1-3: DVD DECK (Refer to Fig. 1-3)
1. REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS
AND P.C. BOARDS
1. Make the short circuit on the position as shown Fig. 1-3
using a soldering. If you remove the DVD Deck with no
soldering, the Laser may be damaged.
2. Unlock the support 1 and remove the Deck Top Holder
in the direction of arrow (A).
3. Remove the 3 screws 2.
4. Remove the screw 3.
5. Disconnect the following connectors:
(CP2601, CP2602 and CP2603).
6. Remove the DVD Deck in the direction of arrow (B).
8. Remove the Front Angle in the direction of arrow (C).
10. Remove the DVD Angle.
1-1: TOP CABINET, FRONT CABINET, OPERATION 1/2
PCB AND FRONT JACK PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-1)
2. Remove the Top Cabinet in the direction of arrow (A).
(CP651 and CP652).
4. Unlock the 8 supports 2.
5. Remove the Front Cabinet in the direction of arrow (B).
7. Remove the Operation 1/2 PCB and Front Jack PCB in
the direction of arrow (C).
8. Remove the 3 Pin Shield.
Top Cabinet
1
DVD Deck
Deck Top Holder
1
Pick Up PCB
3
2
2
1
1
Operation 1 PCB
33
3
3
2
(A)
Front Jack PCB
3
2
2
2
(A)
1
3
3 Pin Shield
1
(B)
3
33
3
3
(B)
2
(C)
2
Make the sort circuit
using a soldering.
DVD Angle
4
4
5
2
2
2
(C)
Operation 2 PCB
Front Cabinet
Fig. 1-1
4
Front Angle
Fig. 1-3
1-2: FLAP (Refer to Fig. 1-2)
NOTE
1. Open Flap to 90˚ and flex in direction of arrow (A), at the
same time slide in direction of arrow (B).
2. Then lift in direction of arrow (C).
When the installation of the DVD Deck, remove all the
soldering on the short circuit position after the connection of
Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector.
(A)
(C)
(B)
Flap
Fig. 1-2
B1-1
1-4: DVD PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-4)
1-6: VCR PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-6)
(CP4002 and CP8102).
4. Remove the DVD PCB in the direction of arrow.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the screw 1.
Remove the 2 screws 2.
Remove the screw 3.
Remove the VCR PCB in the direction of arrow.
3
1
VCR PCB
1
1
DVD PCB
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Fig. 1-4
Fig. 1-6
1-5: VCR DECK (Refer to Fig. 1-5)
NOTE
Do not remove the cable at the FE Head section. The FE
Head may be damaged if you remove the cable by force.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Move the Cassette Holder Ass’y to the back side.
Remove the screw 1.
Remove the FE Head.
Disconnect the following connectors:
(CP101, CP102, and CP3001).
6. Remove the AC Head Cover and VCR Deck in the
direction of arrow.
1
22
2
FE Head
AC Head Cover
VCR Deck
Fig. 1-5
B1-2
2. REMOVAL OF VCR DECK PARTS
NOTE
2-1: TOP BRACKET (Refer to Fig. 2-1)
1. In case of the Locker R installation, check if the one
position of Fig. 2-3-B are correctly locked.
2. When you install the Cassette Side R, be sure to move
the Locker R after installing.
1. Extend the 2 supports 1.
2. Slide the 2 supports 2 and remove the Top Bracket.
NOTE
1. After the installation of the Top Bracket, bend the support
1 so that the Top Bracket is fixed.
Locker R
Top Bracket
1
Check if this position
is locked.
Cassette Side R
1
Top Bracket
2
2
Main Chassis
Fig. 2-3-B
Main Chassis
2-4: LINK UNIT (Refer to Fig. 2-4)
Fig. 2-1
1. Set the Link Unit to the Eject position.
2. Unlock the support 1.
3. Remove the (A) side of the Link Unit first, then remove
the (B) side.
2-2: CASSETTE HOLDER ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-2)
1. Move the Cassette Holder Ass'y to the front side.
2. Push the Locker R to remove the Cassette Side R.
3. Remove the Cassette Side L.
Main Chassis
Cassette Side R
Link Unit
Locker R
Main Chassis
(B)
(A)
Link Unit
Main Chassis
Main Chassis
Link Unit
Cassette Side L
Fig. 2-4
Fig. 2-2
2-5: LINK LEVER/FLAP LEVER (Refer to Fig. 2-5)
2-3: CASSETTE SIDE L/R (Refer to Fig. 2-3-A)
1. Extend the support 1.
2. Remove the Link Lever.
3. Remove the Flap Lever.
1. Remove the Locker Spring.
2. Unlock the 4 supports 1 and then remove the Cassette
Side L/R.
3. Unlock the support 2 and then remove the Locker R.
Locker Spring
1
Cassette Holder
1
1
2
Flap Lever
Locker R
1
Link Lever
1
Cassette Side R
Fig. 2-5
Cassette Side L
Fig. 2-3-A
B2-1
2-6: LOADING MOTOR/WORM (Refer to Fig. 2-6-A)
2-7: TENSION ASS’Y (Refer to Fig. 2-7-B)
2. Remove the Loading Motor.
3. Remove the Worm.
1. Turn the Pinch Roller Cam clockwise so that the Tension
Holder hook is set to the position of Fig. 2-7-A to move
the Tension Arm Ass’y.
2. Remove the Tension Spring.
3. Unlock the 2 supports 1 and remove the Tension Band.
4. Unlock the support 2 and remove the Tension Arm Ass’y.
5. Unlock the support 3 and remove the Tension Connect.
6. Float the hook 4 and turn it clockwise then remove the
Tension Holder.
Loading Motor
Worm
Tension Arm Ass’y
Main Chassis
• Screw Torque: 3 ± 0.5kgf•cm
1
Fig. 2-7-A
Fig. 2-6-A
NOTE
1
1. In case of the Worm installation, check if the value of the
Fig. 2-6-B is correct.
2. In case of the Loading Motor installation, hook the wire
on the Cassette Opener as shown Fig. 2-6-C.
3. When installing the wires between Capstan DD Unit and
Loading Motor, connect them correctly as shown Fig. 26-D.
Tension Connect
1
Tension Band
3
Tension Spring
Tension Arm Ass’y
Tension Holder
2
4
19.2 ± 0.1mm
Fig. 2-7-B
Safety surface for pressing
of the insert.
NOTE
Fig. 2-6-B
1. In case of the Tension Band installation, note the direction of the installation. (Refer to Fig. 2-7-C)
2. In case of the Tension Band installation, install correctly
as Fig. 2-7-D.
3. In case of the Tension Connect installation, install as the
circled section of Fig. 2-7-E.
Loading Motor
Cassette Opener
Tension Band
Tension Connect
Fig. 2-6-C
Fig. 2-7-C
Pink
Loading Motor
Capstan DD Unit
-
L2
+
L1
White
Fig. 2-6-D
B2-2
NOTE
[OK]
Tension Connect
1. Take care not to damage the gears of the S Reel and T
Reel.
2. The Polyslider Washer may be remained on the back of
the reel.
3. Take care not to damage the shaft.
4. Do not touch the section “A” of S Reel and T Reel. (Use
gloves.) (Refer to Fig. 2-9-A) Do not adhere the stains
on it.
5. When you install the reel, clean the shaft and grease it.
(If you do not grease, noise may be heard in FF/REW
mode.)
6. After installing the reel, adjust the height of the reel.
(Refer to MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT)
Tension Band
[NG]
Tension Connect
Tension Band
Fig. 2-7-D
Tension Connect
Main Chassis
Fig. 2-7-E
Idler Gear
Idler Arm Ass’y
2-8: T BRAKE ARM/T BRAKE BAND (Refer to Fig. 2-8-A)
S Reel
1. Remove the T Brake Spring.
2. Turn the T Brake Arm clockwise and bend the hook
section to remove it.
3. Unlock the 2 supports 1 and remove the T Brake Band.
(B)
T Reel
(A)
1
(A)
T Brake Band
1
Hook section
1
1
T Brake Arm
T Brake Spring
Fig. 2-9-A
NOTE
1. In case of the S Reel and T Reel installation, check if the
correct parts are installed. (Refer to Fig. 2-9-B)
2. In case of the Idler Arm Ass’y installation, install correctly
as Fig. 2-9-C. And also set it so that the section “B” of
Fig. 2-9-A is placed under the Main Chassis tab.
Fig. 2-8-A
NOTE
1. In case of the T Brake Band installation, install correctly
as Fig. 2-8-B.
T Brake Arm
[OK]
T Brake Band
Big Hole
(S Reel)
T Brake Arm
[NG]
Small Hole
(T Reel)
Fig. 2-9-B
T Brake Band
[OK]
Clutch Gear
Fig. 2-8-B
Idler Arm Ass’y
[NG]
2-9: S REEL/T REEL/IDLER ARM ASS’Y/IDLER GEAR
(Refer to Fig. 2-9-A)
Idler Arm Ass’y
1. Remove the S Reel and T Reel.
2. Remove the 2 Polyslider Washers 1.
3. Remove the Idler Arm Ass’y and Idler Gear.
Clutch Gear
Fig. 2-9-C
B2-3
2-10: CASSETTE OPENER/PINCH ROLLER BLOCK/P5
ARM ASS’Y (Refer to Fig. 2-10-A)
1. Unlock the support 1 and remove the Cassette Opener.
2. Remove the Pinch Roller Block and P5 Arm Ass’y.
Cassette Opener
1
Spring Position
Fig. 2-11-B
Pinch Roller Block
2-12: FE HEAD (RECORDER ONLY) (Refer to Fig. 2-12)
P5 Arm Ass’y
2. Remove the FE Head.
Main Chassis
1
Fig. 2-10-A
FE Head
NOTE
1. Do not touch the Pinch Roller. (Use gloves.)
2. In case of the Pinch Roller Block and the Pinch Roller
Cam installation, install correctly as Fig. 2-10-B.
Pinch Roller Block
Can be seen the hole of
the Pinch Roller Cam.
• The FE Head is not installed on the Video Cassette Player.
P5 Arm Ass’y
Can be seen the hole of the
Main Cam.
2-13: AHC ASS'Y/CYLINDER UNIT ASS'Y
(Refer to Fig. 2-13)
Fig. 2-10-B
1.
2.
3.
4.
2-11: A/C HEAD (Refer to Fig. 2-11-A)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the screw 1.
Remove the A/C Head Base.
Remove the A/C Head and A/C Head Spring.
1. When you install the Cylinder Unit Ass'y, tighten the
screws from (1) to (3) in order while pulling the Ass'y
toward the left front direction.
1. Do not touch the A/C Head. (Use gloves.)
2. When you install the A/C Head Spring, install as shown in
Fig. 2-11-B.
3. When you install the A/C Head, tighten the screw (1) first,
then tighten the screw (2), finally tighten the screw (3).
(1)
Unlock the support 1 and remove the AHC Ass'y.
Disconnect the following connector: (CD2001)
Remove the Cylinder Unit Ass'y.
NOTE
NOTE
2
Cylinder Unit Ass'y
(3)
2
AHC Ass'y
2
(2)
Fig. 2-12
1
A/C Head
A/C Head Spring
(3)
1
2
(1)
A/C Head Base
2
• Screw Torque: 5 ± 0.5kgf•cm (Screw 1)
2
(2)
Fig. 2-11-A
B2-4
Fig. 2-13
2-14: CAPSTAN DD UNIT (Refer to Fig. 2-14-A)
2-15: MAIN CAM/PINCH ROLLER CAM/JOINT GEAR
1. Remove the Capstan Belt.
3. Remove the Capstan DD Unit.
1. Remove the E-Ring 1, then remove the Main Cam.
2. Remove the E-Ring 2, then remove the Pinch Roller
Cam and Joint Gear.
1
Main Cam
Capstan Belt
2
Capstan DD Unit
Pinch Roller Cam
Joint Gear
Fig. 2-15-A
NOTE
1
1. In case of the Pinch Roller Cam and Main Cam installation, install them as the circled section of Fig. 2-15-B so
that the each markers are met. (Refer to Fig. 2-15-B)
And also can be seen the Main Chassis hole through the
Main Cam maker hole.
1 1
Fig. 2-14-A
NOTE
1. In case of the Capstan DD Unit installation, apply the
silicon bond (TSE3843-W) on the position Fig. 2-14-B
correctly. (If no silicon bond applied, abnormal noise will
be heard on the deck operation.)
(Refer to Fig. 2-14-B, C)
Pinch Roller Cam
Marker
Applied position of
silicon bond
Main Cam
Be careful not to apply the silicon
bond to the Pinch Roller.
Fig. 2-15-B
2-16: LOADING GEAR S/T UNIT (Refer to Fig. 2-16-A)
1. Remove the E-Ring 1 and remove the Main Loading
Gear.
2. Remove the Main Rod, Tension Lever, Loading Arm S
Unit and Loading Arm T Unit.
Fig. 2-14-B
1
Main Loading Gear
Silicon Bond
Main Rod
Main Chassis
Loading Arm T Unit
Tension Lever
Capstan DD Unit
Fig. 2-14-C
Loading Arm S Unit
Fig. 2-16-A
B2-5
NOTE
2-18: CASSETTE GUIDE POST/INCLINED BASE S/T
UNIT/P4 CAP (Refer to Fig. 2-18-A)
1. When you install the Loading Arm S Unit, Loading Arm T
Unit and Main Loading Gear, align each marker. (Refer
to Fig. 2-16-B)
1. Remove the P4 Cap.
2. Unlock the support 1 and remove the Cassette Guide
Post.
3. Remove the Inclined Base S/T Unit.
5. Remove the LED Reflector.
Marker
Main Loading Gear
Marker
Cassette Guide Post
1
Inclined Base S
Unit
Inclined Base T
Unit
P4 Cap
Loading Arm T Unit
Loading Arm S Unit
Fig. 2-16-B
2-17: CLUTCH ASS’Y/RING SPRING/CLUTCH LEVER/
CLUTCH GEAR (Refer to Fig. 2-17-A)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the Polyslider Washer 1.
Remove the Clutch Ass’y and Ring Spring.
Remove the Clutch Lever.
Remove the Coupling Gear, Coupling Spring and Clutch
Gear.
LED Reflector
1
Fig. 2-18-A
NOTE
1. Do not touch the roller of Guide Roller.
2. In case of the P4 Cap installation, install it with parallel
for “A” and “B” of Fig. 2-18-B.
3. In case of the Cassette Guide Post installation, install
correctly as the circled section of Fig. 2-18-C.
Clutch Ass’y
Ring Spring
Coupling Gear
2
Clutch Lever
Coupling Spring
“A”
“B”
Clutch Gear
P4 Cap
Cassette Opener
Fig. 2-17-A
NOTE
Fig. 2-18-B
1. In case of the Clutch Ass’y installation, install it with
inserting the spring of the Clutch Ass’y into the dent of the
Coupling Gear. (Refer to Fig. 2-17-B)
[OK]
Cassette Guide Post
Clutch Ass’y
[NG]
Cassette Guide Post
Coupling Gear
Fig. 2-18-C
Fig. 2-17-B
B2-6
3. REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS
Main Chassis Ass’y
NOTE
1. Do not disassemble the DVD DECK PARTS except listed
parts here. Minute adjustments are needed if the disassemble is done. If the repair is needed except listed parts,
replace the DVD MECHA ASS’Y.
Rack Loading
1
2
6
3
4
3-1: TRAY (Refer to Fig. 3-1-A)
Move it to the direction
of the arrow.
1. Set the Tray opened. (Refer to the DISC REMOVAL
METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY)
2. Unlock the support 1 and remove the Tray.
5
6 Check Lock
4
5
Main Frame Ass’y
1
Tray
Fig. 3-2-B
Main Frame Ass’y
3-3: RACK LOADING/MAIN GEAR/ RACK LOADING
SPRING/ RACK L SPRING (Refer to Fig. 3-3)
Fig. 3-1-A
1. Remove the Rack L Spring.
2. Press down the catcher 1 and slide the Rack Loading.
3. Remove the Rack Loading, Rack Loading Spring and
Main Gear.
NOTE
1. In case of the Tray installation, install them as the circled
section of Fig. 3-1-B so that the each markers are met.
Tray
Rack Loading
Main Gear
Rack Loading Spring
Rack L Spring
Main Frame Ass’y
1
Main Frame Ass’y
Fig. 3-3
Fig. 3-1-B
3-4: CLAMPER ASS’Y/INSULATOR(R)/LEVER SWITCH
3-2: MAIN CHASSIS ASS’Y (Refer to Fig. 3-2-A)
1. Remove the Main Chassis Ass’y from the Insulator (R).
3. Remove the Main Chassis Ass’y.
Remove the screw 1.
Remove the Lever Switch.
Remove the 2 Insulator (R).
Press the Clamper and rotate the Clamper Plate clockwise,
then unlock the 3 supports 2.
5. Remove the Clamper Plate, Clamper Magnet and Clamper.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Insulator (R)
(Green)
1
Insulator (R)
(Green)
Insulator (R)
(Green)
Main Frame Ass’y
Clamper Plate
Clamper Magnet
Main Frame
Fig. 3-2-A
Lever Switch
NOTE
1
1. In case of the Main Chassis Ass’y, install it from (1) to (6)
in order. (Refer to Fig. 3-2-B)
2 2
Clamper
2
B3-1
Fig. 3-4-A
NOTE
Main Chassis Ass'y
1. When installing the Clamper Magnet, install it with the
green face up.
2. When installing the wire of the Lever Switch, install it
correctly as Fig. 3-4-B.
3. When installing the Lever Switch, install it correctly as
Fig. 3-4-C.
4. In case of the Lever Switch installation, hook the wire on
the Main Frame as shown Fig. 3-4-D.
Traverse Holder
Fig. 3-5-B
3-6: SWITCH PCB ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 3-6-A)
2. Remove the Switch PCB Ass'y.
Lever Switch
1
Red
White
Blue
Switch PCB Ass'y
From DVD PCB
Fig. 3-4-B
The Lever should be position
between A and B.
Rack Loading
Main Chassis Ass'y
B
A
Fig. 3-6-A
NOTE
1. When installing the wire of the Switch PCB, install it
Fig. 3-4-C
Switch PCB Ass'y
Black
White
From Relay PCB
Lever Switch
Main Chassis Ass'y
Fig. 3-6-B
3-7: RACK FEED ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 3-7-A)
Fig. 3-4-D
2. Remove the Rack Feed 1 Spring, Rack Feed 1/2 and
Rack Feed Lever.
3-5: TRAVERSE HOLDER/INSULATOR (F)
1
1. Remove the Traverse Holder.
2. Remove the 2 Insulator (F).
Rack Feed 2
Rack Feed 1 Spring
Insulator (F)
(Black)
Rack Feed Lever
Traverse Holder
Rack Feed 1
Main Chassis Ass'y
Insulator (F)
(Black)
Fig. 3-5-A
NOTE
1. After the installing of the Traverse Holder, check if the
wire is like Fig. 3-5-B.
• Screw Torque: 3.5 ± 0.5kgf•cm
B3-2
Fig. 3-7-A
NOTE
3-9: GEAR (Refer to Fig. 3-9-A)
1. After the assembly of the Rack Feed, check if the Rack
Feed 1/2 is moving smoothly. (Refer to Fig. 3-7-B)
2. In case of the Rack Feed Ass’y installation, install correctly as Fig. 3-7-C.
2. Remove the Middle Gear 1/2/3, Idler Gear and Feed Gear.
Middle Gear 2
Middle Gear 1
Moving smoothly
Middle Gear 3
Feed Gear
Idler Gear
Moving smoothly
Fig. 3-7-B
Should not be engaged.
Fig. 3-9-A
Check the position of
the Rack Feed Lever.
NOTE
1. In case of the Idler Gear installation, install correctly as
Fig. 3-9-B.
2. When installing the Middle Gear 2, check if the Middle
Gear 2 is locked correctly as Fig. 3-9-C.
Fig. 3-7-C
3-8: RELAY PCB ASS’Y (Refer to Fig. 3-8-A)
2. Remove the Relay PCB Ass’y.
[OK]
Idler Gear
[NG]
Idler Gear
Idler Arm
Idler Arm
Relay PCB Ass’y
Fig. 3-9-B
Check Lock
1
Fig. 3-8-A
NOTE
1. When installing the wire of the Relay PCB, install it
Middle Gear 2
Fig. 3-9-C
3-10: IDLER ARM (Refer to Fig. 3-10)
1. Remove the Idler Arm.
Idler Arm
Main Chassis Ass'y
Fig. 3-10
Fig. 3-8-B
B3-3
3-11: FEED MOTOR (Refer to Fig. 3-11-A)
2. Remove the Feed Motor.
3. Remove the Motor Gear.
11
Main Chassis Ass'y
Motor Gear
Feed Motor
Fig. 3-11-A
NOTE
1. In case of the Motor Gear installation, check if the value
of the Fig. 3-11-B is correct.
2. When installing the Feed Motor, check if the cable is
positioned as Fig. 3-11-C.
Motor Gear
6.1 ± 0.1mm
Feed Motor
Safety surface for pressing
of the insert.
Fig. 3-11-B
Main Chassis Ass'y
Feed Motor
Pass the cable
between 2 pins.
Fig. 3-11-C
B3-4
3. When IC starts moving back and forth easily after
desoldering completely, pickup the corner of the IC using
a tweezers and remove the IC by moving with the IC
desoldering machine. (Refer to Fig. 4-3.)
4. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF FLAT
PACKAGE IC
REMOVAL
1. Put the Masking Tape (cotton tape) around the Flat
Package IC to protect other parts from any damage.
(Refer to Fig. 4-1.)
NOTE
Some ICs on the PCB are affixed with glue, so be
careful not to break or damage the foil of each IC
leads or solder lands under the IC when removing it.
NOTE
Masking is carried out on all the parts located within
10 mm distance from IC leads.
Blower type IC
desoldering machine
IC
Masking Tape
(Cotton Tape)
Tweezers
Fig. 4-1
2. Heat the IC leads using a blower type IC desoldering
machine. (Refer to Fig. 4-2.)
IC
Fig. 4-3
NOTE
Do not add the rotating and the back and forth directions force on the IC, until IC can move back and forth
easily after desoldering the IC leads completely.
4. Peel off the Masking Tape.
5. Absorb the solder left on the pattern using the Braided
Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 4-4.)
NOTE
Do not move the Braided Shield Wire in the vertical
direction towards the IC pattern.
Blower type IC
desoldering machine
Braided Shield Wire
Soldering Iron
IC
Fig. 4-2
IC pattern
Fig. 4-4
B4-1
4. When bridge-soldering between terminals and/or the
soldering amount are not enough, resolder using a Thintip Soldering Iron. (Refer to Fig. 4-8.)
INSTALLATION
1. Take care of the polarity of new IC and then install the
new IC fitting on the printed circuit pattern. Then solder
each lead on the diagonal positions of IC temporarily.
IC
Thin-tip Soldering Iron
Soldering Iron
Fig. 4-8
Solder temporarily
5. Finally, confirm the soldering status on four sides of the
IC using a magnifying glass.
Confirm that no abnormality is found on the soldering
position and installation position of the parts around the
IC. If some abnormality is found, correct by resoldering.
Solder temporarily
Fig. 4-5
NOTE
When the IC leads are bent during soldering and/or
repairing, do not repair the bending of leads. If the
bending of leads are repaired, the pattern may be
damaged. So, be always sure to replace the IC in this
case.
2. Supply the solder from the upper position of IC leads
sliding to the lower position of the IC leads.
Soldering Iron
Solder
IC
Supply soldering
from upper position
to lower position
Fig. 4-6
3. Absorb the solder left on the lead using the Braided
Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 4-7.)
NOTE
Do not absorb the solder to excess.
Soldering Iron
IC
Braided Shield Wire
Fig. 4-7
B4-2
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
A A/C
ACC
AE
AFC
AFT
AFT DET
AGC
AMP
ANT
A.PB
APC
ASS'Y
AT
AUTO
A/V
B BGP
BOT
BPF
BRAKE SOL
BUFF
B/W
C C
CASE
CAP
CARR
CH
CLK
CLOCK (SY-SE)
COMB
CONV
CPM
CTL
CYL
CYL-M
CYL SENS
D DATA (SY-CE)
dB
DC
DD Unit
DEMOD
DET
DEV
E E
EF
EMPH
ENC
ENV
EOT
EQ
EXT
F F
FBC
FE
FF
FG
FL SW
FM
FSC
FWD
G GEN
GND
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Audio/Control
Automatic Color Control
Audio Erase
Automatic Frequency Control
Automatic Fine Tuning
Automatic Fine Tuning Detect
Automatic Gain Control
Amplifier
Antenna
Audio Playback
Automatic Phase Control
Assembly
All Time
Automatic
Audio/Video
Burst Gate Pulse
Beginning of Tape
Bandpass Filter
Brake Solenoid
Buffer
Black and White
Capacitance, Collector
Cassette
Capstan
Carrier
Channel
Clock
Clock (Syscon to Servo)
Combination, Comb Filter
Converter
Capstan Motor
Control
Cylinder
Cylinder-Motor
Cylinder-Sensor
Data (Syscon to Servo)
Decibel
Direct Current
Direct Drive Motor Unit
Demodulator
Detector
Deviation
Emitter
Emitter Follower
Emphasis
Encoder
Envelope
End of Tape
Equalizer
External
Fuse
Feed Back Clamp
Full Erase
Fast Forward, Flip-flop
Frequency Generator
Front Loading Switch
Frequency Modulation
Frequency Sub Carrier
Forward
Generator
Ground
H H.P.F
H.SW
Hz
I IC
IF
IND
INV
K KIL
L L
LED
LIMIT AMP
LM, LDM
LP
L.P.F
LUMI.
M M
MAX
MINI
MIX
MM
MOD
MPX
MS SW
N NC
NR
O OSC
OPE
P PB
PB CTL
PB-C
PB-Y
PCB
P. CON
PD
PG
P-P
R R
REC
REC-C
REC-Y
REEL BRK
REEL S
REF
REG
REW
REV, RVS
RF
RMC
RY
S S. CLK
S. COM
S. DATA
SEG
SEL
SENS
SER
SI
SIF
SO
SOL
SP
C1-1
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
High Pass Filter
Head Switch
Hertz
Integrated Circuit
Intermediate Frequency
Indicator
Inverter
Killer
Left
Light Emitting Diode
Limiter Amplifier
Loading Motor
Long Play
Low Pass Filter
Luminance
Motor
Maximum
Minimum
Mixer, mixing
Monostable Multivibrator
Modulator, Modulation
Multiplexer, Multiplex
Mecha State Switch
Non Connection
Noise Reduction
Oscillator
Operation
Playback
Playback Control
Playback-Chrominance
Playback-Luminance
Printed Circuit Board
Power Control
Phase Detector
Pulse Generator
Peak-to Peak
Right
Recording
Recording-Chrominance
Recording-Luminance
Reel Brake
Reel Sensor
Reference
Regulated, Regulator
Rewind
Reverse
Radio Frequency
Remote Control
Relay
Serial Clock
Sensor Common
Serial Data
Segment
Select, Selector
Sensor
Search Mode
Serial Input
Sound Intermediate Frequency
Serial Output
Solenoid
Standard Play
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
S STB
SW
SYNC
SYNC SEP
T TR
TRAC
TRICK PB
TP
U UNREG
V V
VCO
VIF
VP
V.PB
VR
V.REC
VSF
VSR
VSS
V-SYNC
VT
X X'TAL
Y Y/C
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Serial Strobe
Switch
Synchronization
Sync Separator, Separation
Transistor
Tracking
Trick Playback
Test Point
Unregulated
Volt
Voltage Controlled Oscillator
Video Intermediate Frequency
Vertical Pulse, Voltage Display
Video Playback
Variable Resistor
Video Recording
Visual Search Fast Forward
Visual Search Rewind
Voltage Super Source
Vertical-Synchronization
Voltage Tuning
Crystal
Luminance/Chrominance
C1-2
SERVICE MODE LIST
This unit provided with the following SERVICE MODES so you can repair, examine and adjust easily.
To enter to the SERVICE MODE function, press and hold both buttons simultaneously on the main unit or on the main unit and on
the remote control for more than a standard time (second).
Set Key
Set Key
FF
CH UP
Standard Time
(seconds)
2
Operations
PLAY/REC total hours are displayed on the screen.
Refer to the “PREVENTIVE CHECKS AND SERVICE INTERVALS”
(CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED).
Can be checked of the INITIAL DATA of MEMORY IC.
Refer to the “WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC”.
CH UP
STOP
2
Adjust the PG SHIFTER automatically.
Refer to the “ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT” (PG SHIFTER).
CH UP
PLAY
2
Initialization of the factory on VCR.
NOTE: Do not use this for the normal servicing.
If you set a factory initialization, the memories are reset such as
the clock setting, the channel setting, and PLAY/REC total hours.
CH DOWN
POWER
2
VCR operation mode at no connection of DVD.
Refer to the “PREPARATION FOR SERVICING”
NOTE: Although the DVD is connected, the DVD mode cannot be selected.
Set Key
Remocon Key
Standard Time
(seconds)
REC
4
Operations
2
Initialization of the factory on DVD.
The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at DVD
mode.
While pressing the Remocon Key for more than the Standard Time,
press the Set Key simultaneously.
REC
6
2
DVD Write mode.
Refer to the “RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE”.
The function will only work at the DVD stop mode.
STOP
1
3
Check for the firmware version.
Refer to the “RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE”.
The function will only work at the DVD stop mode.
STOP
7
3
Releasing of PARENTAL LOCK.
Refer to the “PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL”.
NOTE: The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at
DVD mode.
STOP
CM SKIP
3
Tray cannot be opened.
Refer to the “TRAY LOCK”.
NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting.
Method
Operations
Press the ATR button on the
remote control for more than
2 seconds during PLAY.
Adjusting of the Tracking to the center position.
Refer to the “MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT” (GUIDE ROLLER) and “ELECTRICAL
ADJUSTMENT” (PG SHIFTER).
Make the short circuit
between the test point of
SERVICE and the GND.
The BOT, EOT, and the Reel Sensor do not work and the VCR deck can be operated
without a cassette tape.
Refer to the “PREPARATION FOR SERVICING”
C2-1
PREVENTIVE CHECKS AND SERVICE INTERVALS
The following standard table depends on environmental conditions and usage.
Parts replacing time does not mean the life span for individual parts.
Also, long term storage or misuse may cause transformation and aging of rubber parts.
The following list means standard hours, so the checking hours depends on the conditions.
Time
Parts Name
500
hours
1,000
hours
1,500
hours
2,000
hours
Audio Control Head
2,500
hours
Notes
Clean those parts in
contact with the tape.
Full Erase Head
(Recorder only)
Capstan Belt
Clean the rubber, and parts
which the rubber touches.
Pinch Roller
Capstan DD Unit
Loading Motor
Tension Band
T Brake Band
Clutch Ass’y
Idler Arm Ass’y
Capstan Shaft
Tape Running
Guide Post
Replace when rolling
becomes abnormal.
Cylinder Unit
Clean the Head
: Clean
: Check it and if necessary, replace it.
CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED
PLAY/REC total hours can be checked on the screen.
Total hours are displayed in 16 system of notation.
NOTE: If you set a factory initialization, the total hours is reset to “0”.
1. Connect the set to TV Monitor.
2. Turn on the POWER.
3. Press both CH UP button on the set and the FF button on the set for more than 2 seconds.
The Fig. 1 screen will appear on TV Monitor.
4. After the confirmation of using hours, turn off the power.
INIT 00 0E
PLAY/REC
0010
Fig. 1
C3-1
Initial setting content of MEMORY IC.
PLAY/REC total hours.
= (16 x 16 x 16 x thousands digit value)
+ (16 x 16 x hundreds digit value)
+ (16 x tens digit value)
+ (ones digit value)
PREVENTIVE CHECKS AND SERVICE INTERVALS
CLEANING
2. TAPE RUNNING SYSTEM
NOTE
When cleaning the tape transport system, use the
gauze moistened with isopropyl alcohol.
After cleaning the heads with isopropyl alcohol, do not
run a tape until the heads dry completely. If the heads
are not completely dry and alcohol gets on the tape,
damage may occur.
3. CYLINDER
Wrap a piece of chamois around your finger. Dip it in
isopropyl alcohol. Hold it to the cylinder head softly.
Turn the cylinder head counterclockwise to clean it (in
the direction of the arrow). (Refer to the figure below.)
1. AUDIO CONTROL HEAD
Clean the Audio Control Head with the cotton stick
soaked by alcohol. Clean the full erase head in the
same manner. (Refer to the figure below.)
NOTE
Do not exert force against the cylinder head. Do not move
the chamois upward or downward on the head.
Use the chamois one by one.
Audio Control Head
Cylinder Head
C3-2
RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE
1. Turn on the power, and set the DVD mode.
2. Confirm that the “No Disc” will be appeared on the screen.
3. Open the DVD tray.
4. Press both Channel button (6) on the remote control and the REC button on the set for more than 2 seconds.
5. Press OPEN/CLOSE button on the unit to check if all the keys on the unit do not function.
NOTE: To check if DVD Write mode is set.
When inserting Up-Date Disc at Non DVD Write mode, the read error will happen.
6. Place the Up-Date Disc and close the tray by hand. (Refer to SERVICING FIXTURE AND TOOLS)
7. Automatic read will start and "CD-R UPDATE PROCESS" will be displayed on the screen.
At this time, the horizontal noise lines may appear. But no problem.
8. Approxi. 20 seconds later, the tray will open automatically. Remove the Up-Date Disc.
9. Then, Approxi. 40 seconds later, the above indication will disappear and the tray will close automatically.
When the "No Disc" appears on the screen, the write will end.
NOTE: Do not turn off the unit on the way or push the tray by hand to close it.
Up-Date error will happen and can not be done with the Up-Date of Up-Date Disc.
10. Unplug the AC cord, then plug it in.
11. After the write, set to the initializing of shipping.
Set to the DVD mode, press both Channel button (4) on the remote control and the REC button on the set for more than 2
seconds.
12. The "INITIALIZE 5 ---> COMPLETE" will appear on the screen.
Then unplug the AC cord, and plug it in.
13. CHECK FOR THE FIRMWARE VERSION
Set to the DVD mode, press both Channel button (1) on the remote control and the STOP button on the set for more than
3 seconds.
Firmware version will be displayed on the top left of the screen.
No Disc
GLB3B25N
G L B 3 B 2 5 N
Fixed
Released times on the same date
Release date (Example: 2003.B.25)
When the changed version displays, the Re-write will be completed.
14. Turn off the power
C4-1
A = October
B = November
C = December
WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC
If a service repair is undertaken where it has been required to change the MEMORY IC, the following steps should be taken to
ensure correct data settings while making reference to TABLE 1.
NOTE: INI 34 and INI 35 cannot be set. Because, the total time for the PLAY/REC of the main unit is recorded.
INIT +0
+1
+2
+3
+4
+5
+6
+7
+8
+9
+A
+B
+C
+D
+E
+F
00
0E
52
DE
60
64
64
4A
86
0B
2B
86
32
8A
08
0A
0F
10
AF
97
95
8A
B0
55
31
04
88
A5
9F
3A
00
10
BF
00
20
3A
11
22
70
61
2A
3A
00
0B
00
00
E5
A2
B0
00
---
Table 1
1. Connect the set to TV Monitor.
2. Turn on the POWER.
3. Press both CH UP button on the set and the FF button on the set for more than 2 seconds.
ADDRESS and DATA will appear on TV Monitor as Fig 1.
ADDRESS DATA
INIT 00 0E
PLAY/REC
0010
Fig. 1
4. ADDRESS is now selected and should “blink”. Using the SET + or - button on the remote, step through the ADDRESS
until required ADDRESS to be changed is reached.
5. Press ENTER to select DATA. When DATA is selected, it will “blink”.
6. Again, step through the DATA using SET + or - button until required DATA value has been selected.
7. Pressing ENTER will take you back to ADDRESS for further selection if necessary.
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until all data has been checked.
9. When satisfied correct DATA has been entered, turn POWER off (return to STANDBY MODE) to finish DATA input.
After the data input, set to the initializing of shipping.
10. Turn POWER on.
11. Press both CH UP button on the set and the PLAY button on the set for more than 2 seconds.
12. After the finishing of the initializing of shipping, the unit will turn off automatically.
The unit will now have the correct DATA for the new MEMORY IC.
C4-2
RF SIGNAL CHECK OF DVD PCB
RF signal check can be done at the following A~D resistance points on the DVD PCB.
DVD PCB (BOTTOM SIDE)
B4007
C4095
C
W806
A
D
B
C2626
C2609
C2627
C4-3
SERVICING FIXTURES AND TOOLS
Alignment Tape
Back tension cassette gauge
Torque cassette gauge
(KT-300NR)
Taper nut driver
ST-N5
ST-NF
70909103
70909199
70909228
VTR cleaning kit
VTR lubrication kit
Grease
JG002B Adapter
JG002E Dial Torque Gauge
(10~90gf•cm)
JG002F (60~600gf•cm)
JG022 Master Plane
JG024A Reel Disk Height
Adjustment Jig
JG153 X Value Adjustment
Screwdriver
JG154 Cable
JG176 Up-Date Disc
JG185 Tentelometer
Ref. No.
Part No.
JG002B
APJG002B00
Adapter
Parts Name
VSR Torque, Brake Torque (S Reel/T Reel Ass'y)
JG002E
APJG002E00
Dial Torque Gauge (10~90gf•cm)
Brake Torque (T Reel Ass'y)
JG002F
APJG002F00
Dial Torque Gauge (60~600gf•cm)
VSR Torque, Brake Torque (S Reel)
JG022
APJG022000
Master Plane
Reel Disk Height Adjustment
JG024A
APJG024A00
Reel Disk Height Adjustment Jig
Reel Disk Height Adjustment
JG153
APJG153000
X Value Adjustment Screwdriver
X Value Adjustment
Remarks
JG154
APJG154000
Cable
Used to connect the test point of SERVICE and GROUND
JG176
APJG176043
Up-Date Disc
Up-Date of the Firmware
JG185
APJG185000
Tentelometer
Confirmation of Tape Tension on Playback
PREPARATION FOR SERVICING
How to use the Servicing Fixture
1. While pressing the POWER button on the set for more than 2 seconds, press the CH DOWN button on the set
simultaneously at the Power OFF. Although the DVD is connected, the DVD mode cannot be selected.
2. Short circuit between TP3001 and Ground with the cable JG154.
(The BOT, EOT, and the Reel Sensor do not work and the VCR deck can be operated without a cassette tape.)
3. In case of using a cassette tape, press the STOP/EJECT button to insert or eject a cassette tape.
Turn on the power and re-check the cable before checking the trouble points.
When you servicing with connection of DVD, perform the operations above step 2 to step 3.
D1-1
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS
1-2: CONFIRMATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF TENSION
POST POSITION
1. CONFIRMATION AND ADJUSTMENT
Read the following NOTES before starting work.
1. Set to the PLAY mode.
2. Adjust the adjusting section for the Tension Arm position
so that the Tension Arm top is within the standard line of
Main Chassis.
3. While turning the S Reel clockwise, confirm that the edge
of the Tension Arm is located in the position described
above.
• Place an object which weighs between 450g~500g on the
Cassette Tape to keep it steady when you want to make
the tape run without the Cassette Holder. (Do not place an
object which weighs over 500g.)
1-1: CONFIRMATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF REEL DISK
HEIGHT
1. Turn on the power and set to the STOP mode.
2. Set the master plane (JG022) and reel disk height
adjustment jig (JG024A) on the mechanism framework,
taking care not to scratch the drum, as shown in Fig. 1-1A.
3. While turning the reel and confirm the following points.
Check if the surface "A" of reel disk is lower than the
surface "B" of reel disk height adjustment jig (JG024A)
and is higher than the surface "C". If it is not passed,
place the height adjustment washers and adjust to 10(+2,
-0)mm.
4. Adjust the other reel in the same way.
Standard line of Main Chassis
Tension Arm
0.5mm (Adjusting range)
Fig. 1-2-A
Adjusting section for the
Tension Arm position
Master Plane (JG022)
Tension Band
Reel Disk Height Adjustment Jig
(JG024A)
The Tension Arm top will
move to the inside direction
of the Main Chassis.
The Tension Arm top will
move to the outside direction
of the Main Chassis.
Bend
Fig. 1-2-B
1-3: CONFIRMATION OF PLAYBACK TORQUE AND
BACK TENSION TORQUE DURING PLAYBACK
1. Load a video tape (T-120) recorded in standard speed mode.
Set the unit to the PLAY mode.
2. Install the tentelometer (JG185) as shown in Fig. 1-3. Confirm
that the meter indicates 20 ± 2gf in the beginning of playback.
Fig. 1-1-A
Reel Disk Height
Adjustment Jig
(JG024A)
Reel Disk
Master Plane (JG022)
• USING A CASSETTE TYPE TORQUE TAPE (KT-300NR)
1. After confirmation and adjustment of Tension Post
position (Refer to item 1-2), load the cassette type
torque tape (KT-300NR) and set to the PLAY mode.
2. Confirm that the right meter of the torque tape indicates
50~90gf•cm during playback in SP mode.
3. Confirm that the left meter of the torque tape indicates
25~40gf•cm during playback in SP mode.
(B)
10(+0.2, -0)mm
(C)
Tentelometer
(JG185)
(A)
Height Adjustment
Washer
2.6x4.7xT0.13
2.6X4.7xT0.25
Video Tape
Fig. 1-1-B
P1 Post
D2-1
Guide Roller
Fig. 1-3
1-4: CONFIRMATION OF VSR TORQUE
NOTE
1. Install the Torque Gauge (JG002F) and Adapter (JG002B)
on the S Reel. Set to the Picture Search (Rewind) mode.
(Refer to Fig.1-4-B)
2. Then, confirm that it indicates 120~180gf•cm.
If the torque is out of the range, replace the following parts.
NOTE
Check item
Replacement Part
1-4
Idler Ass'y/Clutch Ass'y
1-5
Install the Torque Gauge on the reel disk firmly. Press the
REW button to turn the reel disk.
1-5: CONFIRMATION OF REEL BRAKE TORQUE
2. CONFIRMATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF
TAPE RUNNING MECHANISM
(S Reel Brake) (Refer to Fig. 1-4-B)
1. Once set to the Fast Forward mode then set to the Stop
mode. While, unplug the AC cord when the Pinch Roller
Block is on the position of Fig. 1-4-A.
2. Move the Idler Ass'y from the S Reel.
3. Install the Torque Gauge (JG002F) and Adapter
(JG002B) on the S Reel. Turn the Torque Gauge
(JG002F) clockwise.
Tape Running Mechanism is adjusted precisely at the
factory. Adjustment is not necessary as usual. When you
replace the parts of the tape running mechanism because of
long term usage or failure, the confirmation and adjustment
are necessary.
2-1: GUIDE ROLLER
1. Playback the VHS Alignment Tape (Monoscope of ST-N5
MODE2).
2. Connect CH-1 of the oscilloscope to TP101 (Envelope)
and CH-2 to TP3002 (SW Pulse).
3. Trigger with SW Pulse and observe the envelope. (Refer
to Fig. 2-1-A)
4. When observing the envelope, adjust the Taper Nut Driver
slightly until the envelope will be flat.
Even if you press the Tracking Button, adjust so that
flatness is not moved so much.
5. Adjust so that the A : B ratio is better than 3 : 2 as shown
in Fig. 2-1-B, even if you press the Tracking Button to
move the envelope (The envelope waveform will begin to
decrease when you press the Tracking Button).
6. Adjust the PG shifter during playback.
(Refer to the ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS)
(T Reel Brake) (Refer to Fig. 1-4-B)
1. Once set to the Fast Forward mode then set to the Stop
mode. While, unplug the AC cord when the Pinch Roller
Block is on the position of Fig. 1-4-A.
2. Move the Idler Ass'y from the T Reel.
3. Install the Torque Gauge (JG002E) and Adapter
(JG002B) on the T reel. Turn the Torque Gauge
(JG002E) counterclockwise.
The position at FF mode.
Pinch Roller Block
Stop at this position.
Cassette
Opener
The position at
STOP mode.
S Reel side: S Reel/Tension Band/Tension
Connect/Tension Arm Ass'y
T Reel side: T Reel/T Brake Band//T Brake
Spring/T Brake Arm
NOTE
After adjustment, confirm and adjust A/C head.
(Refer to item 2-2)
Capstan DD Unit
CH-1
Envelope
(TP101)
Cassette Holder Ass'y
Fig. 1-4-A
Torque Gauge/Adapter
(JG002F/JG002B)
CH-1
Track
CH-2
Track
CH-2
SW Pulse (TP3002)
Torque Gauge/Adapter
(JG002E/JG002B)
Fig. 2-1-A
Entrance
S Reel
Max
T Reel
Fig. 1-4-B
A
Exit
B
A:B≥3:2
D2-2
Max
Fig. 2-1-B
2-2: CONFIRMATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF AUDIO/
CONTROL HEAD
2-3: TAPE RUNNING ADJUSTMENT
(X VALUE ADJUSTMENT)
When the Tape Running Mechanism does not work well,
adjust the following items.
1. Confirm and adjust the height of the Reel Disk.
(Refer to item 1-1)
2. Confirm and adjust the position of the Tension Post.
(Refer to item 1-2)
3. Adjust the Guide Roller. (Refer to item 2-1)
4. Confirm and adjust the Audio/Control Head.
(Refer to item 2-2)
5. Connect CH-1 of the oscilloscope to TP3002 and CH-2 to
TP101.
MODE2).
7. Press and hold the ATR button on the remote control
more than 2 seconds to set tracking to center.
8. Set the X Value adjustment driver (JG153) to the 4 of
Fig. 2-2-B. Adjust X value so that the envelope waveform
output becomes maximum. Then, check if the 5 section
of Fig. 2-2-B is on the center position (or rather to the
cylinder side). In case of the envelope maximum at the
difference position from the center, adjust the matching of
picture and sound again.
MODE2).
2. Confirm that the reflected picture of stamp mark is
appeared on the tape prior to P4 Cap as shown in Fig. 22-A.
a) When the reflected picture is distorted, turn the screw
1 clockwise until the distortion is disappeared.
b) When the reflected picture is not distorted, turn the
screw 1 counterclockwise until little distortion is
appeared, then adjust the a).
3. Turn the screw 2 to set the audio level to maximum.
4. Confirm that the bottom of the Audio/ Control Head and
the bottom of the tape is shown in Fig. 2-2-C.
c) When the height is not correct, turn the screw 3 to
adjust the height. Then, adjust the 1~3 again.
Audio/Control Head
Reflected picture of
Stamp Mark
P4 Cap
Stamp Mark
Fig. 2-2-A
Audio/Control Head
5
[OK]
[NG]
1
3
2
4
Fig. 2-2-B
Audio/Control Head
Tape
0.25±0.05mm
Fig. 2-2-C
D2-3
3. MECHANISM ADJUSTMENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE
4
5
6
3
2
7
1
10
9
1. Tension Connect
2. Tension Arm
3. Guide Roller
4. Audio/Control Head
5. X value adjustment driver hole
8
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
D2-4
P4 Post
T Brake Spring
T Reel
S Reel
Adjusting section for the Tension Arm position
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS
Read and perform this adjustment when repairing the
circuits or replacing electrical parts or PCB assemblies.
1. BASIC ADJUSTMENT
CAUTION
When you exchange IC and Transistor for a heat sink,
apply the silicon grease on the contact section of the heat
sink. Before applying new silicon grease, remove all the
old silicon grease. (Old grease may cause damages to the
IC and Transistor.)
1-1: PG SHIFTER
CONDITIONS
MODE-PLAYBACK
Input Signal-Alignment Tape
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Connect CH-1 on the oscilloscope to TP3002 and CH-2
to TP8001.
2. Playback the alignment tape.
3. Press and hold the ATR button on the remote control
more than 2 seconds to set tracking to center.
4. Press both CH UP button on the set and the STOP button
on the set for more than 2 seconds.
CH-2
6.5H
CH-1
Fig. 1-1-A
CH-2
CH-1
6.5H
Fig. 1-1-B
D3-1
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS
2. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE (WIRING CONNECTION)
AC IN
J8102
SW8101
TP3001
CP102
OS8101
TP8001
TU301
J8002 J8001
J8103
J8101
CD501
VCR PCB
S501
CP8002
CD8002
CP8102
CD102
S502
CP103
FE HEAD
AC HEAD
CP2601
TP101
CP2603
TP3002
CP501
CP4002
CP2602
CP652
DVD PCB
CP651
V651
CD2001
CD681
FRONT JACK PCB
CP601
CP602
J603
J602
J601
CP603
OS601
OPERATION PCB
D3-2
CD2302
CP681
CD2301
CD601
DVD DECK
OPERATION2 PCB
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
(VCR SECTION)
POWER DOES NOT TURN ON
Does display light?
NO
Is the voltage
linked to L506?
NO
Check of T501
and peripheral circuit.
YES
YES
Check of V651
Is the voltage at
NO
Check IC3001.
pin 30 of IC 3001
0V?
YES
Check of T501
E-1
THE POWER SUPPLY CUT
Inserting a casette
and push play button.
Does the power cut
YES
Check CAPSTAN DD UNIT
and CYLINDER UNIT.
after 3 seconds?
NO
Does the power cut
YES
Check Q3006,Q3008
and CAPSTAN BELT.
after about 6 seconds?
NO
Check the POWER BLOCK.
E-2
AT PLAYBACK AND RECORDING,
CYLINDER MOTOR UNLOAD
Is the voltage at pin 8 of
Check 12.6 V line and
NO
POWER BLOCK.
CP3001 about DC12.6V?
YES
In playback,is at pin 12 of
NO
Check IC3001.
CP3001 about DC2.6V?
YES
Change CYLINDER MOTOR.
E-3
AUDIO SHAKES
Is AUDIO HEAD
scratched?
YES
Change AUDIO HEAD.
NO
At playback,is input about
4.5Vp-p of a rectangular
NO
Change CAPSTAN DD UNIT.
wave at pin 9 of IC3001?
YES
At playback,is pin 5 of
NO
Check IC3001.
CP3001 3.5V?
YES
Check AUDIO BLOCK.
E-4
The CASSETTE TAPE
CAN NOT BE INSERTED
Does WORM GEAR of
cassette loading block
Check WORM GEAR
NO
of cassette loading block.
move?
YES
When a CASSETTE can
not inserted, is pin 25 of
NO
Check LED of DECK,
PHOTO SENSOR.
IC3001 5V ?
YES
When a CASSETTE is
inserted, is pin 8 of
CP3001 12.6V ?
YES
Change
LOADING MOTOR.
NO
Check circuit of POWER BLOCK.
E-5
WHEN INSERTING A CASSETTE,
IT EJECTS IMMEDIATELY
Does another CASSETTE
insert?
NO
Defective CASSETTE
or cassette loading block.
YES
Does SW3001 and
REC LEVER
NO
Correctly SW3001
and REC LEVER set.
correctly set ?
YES
After inserting
CASSETTE, is pin 35
NO
Check SW3001.
of IC3001 0V ?
YES
Check IC3001.
E-6
CAN NOT FF/REW
At FF/REW, does voltage
NO
Check of IC3001.
at pin98 of IC3001
change?
YES
Check DECK MECHANISM.
E-7
TAPE LOADING IS OK, BUT
UNLOADS IMMEDIATELY
Does CYLINDER
NO
rotate?
Is the voltage
at pin 2 of CP3001
12.6V ?
YES
YES
At play, is the voltage
at pin 12 of CP3001 2.6V ?
YES
Change CYLINDER unit.
NO
Is there HEAD SW
PULSE at TP3002.
YES
NO
NO
Is PG PULSE signal
inputted to pin 104
of IC3001 ?
YES
Change IC3001.
Check Q3006 and Q3008.
E-8
NO
Check POWER BLOCK.
AT PLAY, THE PICTURE
JITTERS VERTICAL MINUTELY
Is FG wave of CP3001
at pin 11 5V ?
NO
Change
CYLINDER MOTOR.
5V
YES
NO
Change IC3001.
Is pin 12 of CP3001 2.6V ?
YES
Change CYLINDER MOTOR.
E-9
AUTO TRACKING
DOES NOT OPERATE
In auto tracking, is the
voltage at pin 24 of IC3001
more than DC 0.2V?
YES
NO
Does the CTL pulse
signal (about 2.5Vp-p)
appear at pin 7 of IC3001.
2.5Vp-p
YES
Change IC3001.
E-10
NO
Check CONTROL HEAD.
WHEN PLAYBACK, FF OR REW
MODE IS ACTIVE, UNIT STOPS
IMMEDIATELY
Does CAPSTAN DD
MOTOR rotate?
Refer to section "CAPSTAN
NO
DD MOTOR NOT
ROTAING".
YES
Is there REEL SENSOR
PULSE signal at pin 38
and pin 39 of IC3001.
NO
Check Q3001 and Q3002.
YES
Change IC3001.
E-11
AT PLAY, PICTURE JITTERS
HORIZONTALLY
NO
Does a noise on the picture
appear?
YES
By adjusting the MANUAL
TRACKING UP/DOWN
BUTTONS, will the line
NO
Check P/B ENVELOPE.
disappear?
YES
Is a height of GUIDE POST
NO
The height of GUIDE POST
readjust.
maximum?
YES
Is PG SHIFTER
adjustment 6.5H?
NO
Adjust PG SHIFTER.
YES
Is a wave of PB-Y unusual?
Change IC101
NO
YES
Change IC101.
E-12
AT PLAYBACK, THE PICTUER
DOES NOT APPEAR
Does E-E picture
NO
pin 44, 45, 52 and 68 5V?
appear?
YES
Is there video signal
Is the voltage of IC101 at
NO
Check POWER BLOCK.
YES
NO
Change IC101.
of IC101 at pin 26?
YES
NO
Change IC8005.
of IC8005 at pin 2?
YES
of IC3001 at pin 19?
NO
Change IC3001.
YES
Check J8001.
E-13
AT PLAYBACK, THE COLER DOES
NOT APPEAR
Is there color signal in
video signal at pin 26 of
NO
Is there video signal at pin
26 of IC101.
IC101.
YES
YES
Change IC101.
E-14
NO
Change X'tal.
PLAYBACK PICTURE IS NOISY
(EVEN AFTER CLEANING HEADS)
Is noisy a wave of video
signal at pin 26 of IC101?
NO
Check CYLINDER.
YES
Is noisy a wave of video signal
of EMITTER of Q8004
YES
Check Q8004.
NO
Check J8001.
E-15
NO COLOR DURING SELF
RECORDING AND PLAYBACK
Is there CHROMA signal at
pin 30, 32 of IC101.
NO
Check J601, IC8002
and circuit around it.
YES
Is there CHROMA signal at
pin 26 of IC101.
NO
Change IC101.
YES
Check circuit around of J8001.
E-16
AT PLAY, AUDIO DOES NOT
APPEAR
At E-E, does audio appear?
Refer to section"E-E DOES
NO
NOT APPEAR".
YES
Is the voltage at pin 6 of
IC101 about 2.5V?
NO
Check A/C HEAD.
YES
Is there audio signal at pin
10 of IC101?
NO
Check circuit around at pin
10 of IC101.
YES
Is there audio signal at pin
22, 24 of IC701?
YES
Check circuit around at pin
22, 24 of IC701.
NO
Check whether there are not a
damage, dirt in AUDIO HEAD.
E-17
CAPSTAN DD MOTOR NOT
ROTATING
In playback,is there voltage at
pin 2 of CP3001 12V?
NO
Check POWER BLOCK.
YES
In playback,is there voltage at
NO
Change IC3001.
pin 102 of IC3001 2.5V?
YES
DD MOTOR rotate now?
If not, replace it.
E-18
THE AUDIO CAN NOT
RECORD
Is bias level at L101 OK?
NO
In startinAg recording,
is there sine wave at
pin 11 of IC101?
NO
Check POWER BLOCK and
voltage of base of Q103.
YES
YES
Check disconnection
and short of L101.
Check IC701 and
Is there audio signal at
pin 76, 78 and 80 of IC101?
NO
the circuit from TUNER
or audio input jack to IC701 .
YES
Is there voltage
of base of Q103
NO
Change Q103.
about 5V?
YES
Is there a sine wave
at pin 5 of L101?
NO
Change L101.
YES
Check lead wire of A/C HEAD
and CONNECTOR.
E-19
THE CASSETTE INSERT, BUT
THE TAPE DOES NOT MOVE
Does the mode
appear at display?
Check LOADING MOTOR and
NO
MODE SENSOR
RELATION DEPARTMENT.
YES
Does operate with
remote control?
NO
Check IC3001.
YES
Check operation PCB.
E-20
RECORDING MECHANISM WORKS,
BUT NO VIDEO RECORD FROM
INPUT JACK OR TUNER
Check cricuit of video signal from
Is there video signal at
pin 30, 32 of IC 101?
NO
VIDEO IN or
TUNER to IC101.
YES
Is the BASE of
NO
of IC3001 5V?
Q103 5V?
NO
Change IC3001.
YES
YES
Is the voltage at pin 96
NO
Change IC101.
at pin 26 of IC101?
YES
Check CYLINDER UNIT and
circuit around of CP101.
E-21
E-E DOES NOT APPEAR
(THE PICTURE DOES NOT
APPEAR FROM TUNER)
Does normality AUDIO JACK
NO
Connection is done over again.
CONNECT?
YES
Are there thevoltage
of +B(5V),TU(32V)
NO
Check POWER BLOCK.
of TU301?
YES
Check the picture.
NO
Change TU301.
pin 17 of TU301?
YES
at pin 26 of IC101?
NO
Change IC101.
YES
pin 19 of IC3001?
NO
Change IC3001.
YES
Check J8001.
E-22
E-E AUDIO (MONO)
DOES NOT APPEAR
Does E-E AUDIO
Refer to section "E-E AUDIO
NO
(STEREO) DOES NOT APPEAR".
(STEREO) appear?
YES
NO
Check POWER BLOCK.
of IC101 5V?
YES
of IC3001 5V?
YES
Change IC3001.
NO
NO
Check J602, J603.
pin 10, 15 of IC701?
YES
pin 61 of IC701?
NO
Change IC701.
YES
E-23
E-E AUDIO (STEREO)
DOES NOT APPEAR
Is the voltage at pin
25,40,51 of IC701 5V?
NO
Check POWER BLOCK.
YES
Is the voltage at pin
58 of IC701 12V?
NO
Check POWER BLOCK.
YES
Is there Audio signal at
NO
Check J602, J603.
pin 10, 15 of IC701?
YES
Is there Audio signal at
NO
Change IC701.
pin 53, 57 of IC701.
YES
E-24
TUNER AUDIO (MONO)
DOES NOT APPEAR
Does E-E AUDIO
NO
(MONO) DOES NOT APPEAR".
(MONO) appear?
YES
Is there signal at pin
48 of IC701?
Check circuit around of TU301
NO
at pin 14.
.
YES
pin 53, 57 of IC701?
NO
Change IC701.
YES
Is there audio signal
a collector of Q8005
and Q8006?
NO
Check IC701.
YES
E-25
TUNER AUDIO (STEREO)
DOES NOT APPEAR
Does TUNER AUDIO
Refer to section "TUNER AUDIO
NO
(MONO) appear?
YES
Does E-E AUDIO
(STEREO) appear?
NO
YES
At the time of channel
change,does the display of a
stereo come out to the screen?
NO
Change IC701.
YES
NO
Check ciruit around of TU301.
pin 48 of IC701?
YES
pin53, 57 of IC701?
NO
Change IC701.
YES
Is there audio signal
a collector of
Q8005 and Q8006.
NO
Check IC701.
YES
E-26
PB AUDIO (Hi-Fi)
DOES NOT APPEAR
Does E-E AUDIO
NO
(STEREO) appear?
YES
Does NORMAL PB
AUDIO appear?
Refer to section "AT PLAY,
NO
AUDIO DOES NOT APPEAR".
YES
NO
Check circuit of HEAD AMP
and CYLINDER UNIT.
pin 22, 24 of IC701?
YES
NO
Change IC701.
pin 53, 57 of IC701?
YES
E-27
Hi-Fi AUDIO
CAN NOT RECORD
Does E-E AUDIO appear?
NO
YES
AT state of video recording,
is there audio signal at
Check circuit around of J602,
NO
J603 and TU301.
pin 10 and 15 of IC701?
YES
pin 53, 57 of IC701?
NO
Change IC701.
YES
At recording and play,is
NO
Check CYLINDER UNIT.
there signal at pin 7, 8
and 9 of CP101?
YES
Check IC701.
E-28
(DVD SECTION)
DECK DOES NOT ACCEPT
OPEN/CLOSE
Is the voltage at pin 3 and
No
Check P.CON 9V line of
14 of IC2301 about DC9V ?
POWER BLOCK.
Yes
Is the lose connection
Yes
Check CD2602 & CD2603
connection to DECK.
at CD2602 & CD2603 to
DECK ?
No
Check loader block.
E-29
NO PLAYBACK PICTURE
OF AV JACK
Is there a voltage
(beam current) at
Yes
Check loader block.
TP40 and TP42?
No
Is there a signal at pin Yes
9,10,11,and 12 of
Check CP2601
IC2601?
No
Is there a signal at pin
9,10,11,and 12 of
Yes
Check IC2601
IC2601?
No
Yes
Check IC8005
pin 159 of IC4001?
No
Change IC4001.
E-30
NO PLAYBACK PICTURE OF
S-VIDEO JACK
Is there Y signal at
Yes
Check J8013 and peripheral
pin 161 of IC4001 ?
circuit.
No
Is there VIDEO signal
at pin 162 of IC4001 ?
Yes
REFER TO "NO PLAYBACK
PICTURE OF AV JACK ".
No
Change IC4001.
E-31
NO COLOR PLAYBACK PICTURE
OF S-VIDEO JACK
Is there C signal at
pin 162 of IC4001 ?
Yes
Check J8013 and peripheral
circuit.
No
Is there Y signal at
No
PICTURE OF S-VIDEO JACK".
Yes
pin 161 of IC4001?
Yes
Is there VIDEO signal
at pin 162 of IC4001?
PICTURE OF AV JACK" .
No
Is the voltage at pin 25,
64, 93,123,140 and 192
of IC4001 about 1.8V?
No
Check P.CON+3.3V line on
POWER BLOCK.
Yes
Change IC4001.
E-32
NO AUDIO ON PLAYBACK
Is there AUDIO signal at
pin 1 and 7 of IC8101 ?
Yes
Check IC8101 and
peripheral circuit.
No
Is there waveform at pin
7 and 8 of IC7301?
Yes
Check IC7301 and peripheral
circuit.
No
Change IC4001.
E-33
DVD BLOCK DIAGRAM
FLASH 8M
IC4007
SST39VF800A_
70-4C-EK
HA0
Pick up
RF
READ CHANNEL
IC2601
ZR36707TQC
CD, DVD, LD
VCR BLOCK
TX
RX
P.CON+3.3V
FNN, FNP
Loading
Motor
Spindle/
Sled
Motor
HD15
AAF_CE, FE, TE, PI
DEFECT, LINK, MIRR, LDON
SPDL+/–
HA20
SDA0~SDA11
SDD0~SDD15
RFA_SDEN, DATA, SCLK
VBIASS0, S1
Dual OP-AMP
IC2602
BA10358F-E2
~
A, B, C, D, E, F
HD0
~
DVD LOADER
DM II
SDRAM 64M
IC4005
M12L64164A-7T
P.CON+5V
MPEG/MICON
IC4001
ZR36762
P.CON+9V
P.CON+12V
REG+1.8V
IC4003
PQ070XZ01ZP
SPDL_SENS
AT+5V
CP4002
CP8102
HOME, TIN SW, TOUT SW
DVD RESET
I 2 DAT
I 2 CLK
DAC D
SPINDLE, SLED_PWM
TRACK, FOCUS_DAC
TR+/–, FO+/–
SPDL+/–, SLED+/–
Motor Driver
IC2301
LA6560
ADC IN 5, 6, 7
S MUTE
EEPROM
IC4002
AT24C04N-10SI-2.7
DVD VIDEO
DVD AUDIO R
DVD AUDIO L
SYSTEM MUTE
Y/C SEPA
J8102
Y
C
DAC
A, B, C
VIDEO OUT SW
SW8101
SK42H0IG9A
ASDATA0
AMCLK
ABCLK
ALRCLK
STEREO DAC
IC7301
PCM1742
KE/2K
SPDIF
Y
U
V
3
4
2
3
5
Y/U/V OUT
J8103
DVD AUDIO L
AUDIO AMP
IC8101
DVD AUDIO R
NJM4580M(TE1)
AUDIO MUTE
Q8101~Q8105
DIGITAL AUDIO
DRIVER
Q8107
DVD AUDIO
OUT
J8101
2
3
5
OPTICAL
OS8101
F-1
F-2
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP BLOCK DIAGRAM
X101
3.578545M Hz
Q109
50
39
PULL
OUT
DRIVER
TIMMING
L
H.SW
REC
FM-EQ
H
66
CYL
EP/LP_COM
3
EP/LP-CH1 (R)
65
4
SP-CH2 (L)
72
5
SP_COM
6
SP-CH1 (R)
7
HF2 (L)
8
HF_COM
9
H
H.AMP
SW
L
P
Main
CONV
ACC
AMP
KIL
B.D.
P
R
R
DECODER
53
Y/C_CLK
CLAMP
22
3.58M
BPF2
YNR/
COMB
REC AMP
P
SUB
LPF
LINE
AMP
P
8
AUTO BIAS
EQ
AMP
6
34
H. AMP_SW
C. ROTARY
C ROT 57
RF SW IN
H. SW
AUDIO_MUTE-H
SYSCON
R
V-AGC
R
ALC
DET
CLAMP
FBC
ENV DET 59
LPF
1 FE HEAD (HOT)
36
H.AMP SW/
AUDIO 58
MUTE
NC1
PB
AMP
FM
DEM
VCA
N.L.
DEEM
Y/C MIX 1/2
DOUBLE
LIM
P
R
Chara
INS.
ALC
ENV. DET
COMP 60
OUT
24
COMP
DUMMY_V. SYNC
25
MUTE
SYNC
SEP
PB.EE
6dB
26
C.SYNC
Q106
BUFFER
11
5
4
3
2
10
80 78 76
SYSCON
21
PB
FM-EQ
H.SW
7
2 FE HEAD (GND)
P
3.58M
BPF1
CP103
FE HEAD
DETAL
ENH
P
R
PB
PHASE-EQ
9
Y/C_DATA
R
H
L
Y/C_CS
54
Y-LPF
DELAY
74
NL
EMPHA
WC
DC
V/I
CONV
B-UP
AMP
GCA
73
HF1
HF_COM
HF2
CCD
FM
MOD
R
55
SERIAL
CLAMP
C-LPF
FM
AGC
HF1 (R)
HI-FI/DEMODU
LATOR
P
37
KIL
AGC
AMP
CP101
1 EP/LP-CH2 (L)
2
BUFFER
41
49
VX01
67
Q107
BUFFER
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP IC
IC101
LA71206M-MPB
Y/C_VIDEO_OUT
32 30 28
TUNER/JACK
FSC
5
AUDIO PB
COIL, BIAS OSC
L101
Q105
6
AUDIO REC
5
4
CTL+
3
CTL-
1
AE HEAD(-)
2
AE HEAD(+)
CP102
HEAD
AUDIO
CONTROL
2
3
TUNER_V_IN
BIAS CTL
FRONT_V_IN
TO_NORMAL_A
Q104
BIAS OSC
4
FROM_NORMAL_A
DVD V OUT
P. CON + 5V
AUDIO PB SW
HI-FI/DEMODU
LATOR
FSC
1
Q101, Q102
OPERATION/DISPLAY
Q103
SW
DVD
POWER
V.REC_ST-H
CTL+
SYSCON
CTL-
F-3
F-4
SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
V.REC_ST-H
SYSCON/TIMER/SERVO
IC3001 OEC0138B
AUDIO_MUTE-H
IIC_CLK
DVD_POWER_CTL
45 DVD_POWER_CTL
VCR_POWER_ON-L
41 POWER ON-L
POWER_FAIL
37 POWER FAIL
POWER
RX
IIC_DATA
HIFI ENV
ST SELECT
80 OSC 2
HIFI_H.SW
31
ST_SELECT
4 FSC OUT 21
78 OSC 1
4 FSC IN
64 TX
TX
HIFI_ENV.DET
HIFI H.SW 106
65 RX
X1001
10MHz
32
X3003
14.3818MHz
22
C.SYNC
C.SYNC 111
DUMMY_V.SYNC
DUMMY V.SYNC 109
AV_SW2
TUNER/JACK
91 AV SW2
DVD RESET
1G/VCR/T-REC_LED
OPERATION/
DISPLAY
48 1G/VCR/T-REC LED
SEG_5
63 SEG5
SEG_1
55 SEG1
VCR_LED
47 VCR LED
DVD_LED
46 DVD LED
49 2G/DUB/REC LED
2G/DUB/REC_LED
KEY-B
29 KEY-B
KEY-A
30 KEY-A
REM_IN
43 REM IN
AT 5.2V
POWER
25 BOT-H
CENT LED
D3001
BOT SENSOR
Q3008
26 EOT-H
EOT SENSOR
Q3006
P.CON+5V
2
1
2
1
REEL SENS
Q3002
REEL SENS
Q3001
4
3
4
3
39 REEL-T
CP3001
11 CYL FG/PG
12 CYL DRIVE
10 LDM CTL
CAPSTAN 5 I LIMIT
DD UNIT 9 CAP CTL
1 CAP FG
4 CAP.M F/R
2 CAP VCO
8 LD/CY_VCO
38 REEL-S
103 CYL SPEED UP
C.ROTARY
Y/C CS
93
Y/C CS
AUDIO MUTE-H
95
AUDIO_MUTE-H
H.AMP SW 100
H.AMP_SW
V.REC ST-H
96
V.REC_ST-H
V ENV
24
ENV.DET
CTL(+)
3
CTL+
CTL(-)
4
CTL-
Y/C DATA
54
Y/C_DATA
Y/C CLK
53
Y/C_CLK
COMP 101
92
CV IN1
CV IN2
16
17
SW_V_ OUT
POWER MUTE L
87
POWER_MUTE-L
AFT S.CURVE
33
AFT-S.CURVE
CV OUT
19
VIDEO_OUT
VCR-H
86
TV/VCR
IIC CLK
61
IIC_CLK
IIC SDA
62
IIC_DATA
VIDEO MUTE H
40
VIDEO_MUTE-H
SYS_MUTE
88
SYS_MUTE
RF_CH_SW
94
TAB SW
35
108 CAP PWM
AV_SW1
AT+12.6V
2
POWER
1
2
1
MS_SEN B
Q3004
3
4
3
4
6 SCL
1
SYSTEM
RESET
5 SDA
2
EEPROM
IC3099
AT24C04N-10SI-2.7
AT+5V
POWER
SEG 10
CAP FG
SEG 9 71
SEG 9
98 CAP FWD-L
SEG 8 68
SEG 8
SEG 7
67
SEG 7
28 MS SEN-A
SEG 6
66
SEG 6
3G/TV/VCR_LED
27 MS SEN-B
MS_SEN A
Q3005
SEG 10 73
TUNER/JACK
RF_CH_SW
REC SAFTY
SW
IC3003
PST3231NR
RESET 77
Y/C/AUDIO/
CCD/HEAD AMP
COMP
AV SW1
102 CAP FULL
9
F-5
99
97 LD M CTL
84 CAP LIMIT
P.CON +5V
C.ROTARY
104 DFG/PG
107 DRUM PWM
H.SW
VIDEO H.SW 105
44 DVD/RESET
HI-FI/
DEMODULATOR
3G/TV/VCR LED
50
4G/TIME SHIFT LED
51
4G/TIME SHIFT_LED
5G/CB/BS LED
52
5G/CB/BS_LED
SEG 2
58
SEG 2
SEG 3
59
SEG 3
SEG 4 60
SEG 4
OPERATION/
DISPLAY
F-6
OPERATION/DISPLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM
V651 LTG-0366AM-J
14 15 13 12 11 10 8
9
5
7
4
6
2
1
3
Q651
5G/CS/BS_LED
5G SW
Q652
SEG10 SW
SEG10
Q653
SEG9
SEG9 SW
Q654
4G SW
4G/T_SHT_LED
Q655
SEG8
SEG8 SW
Q656
SEG7 SW
SEG7
Q657
SEG6
SEG6 SW
Q658
FRONT AV JACK
AUDIO L
J602
AUDIO R
J603
2
2
3
Q659
SEG5 SW
SYSCON
3G/TV/VCR_LED
3G SW
VIDEO
J601
SEG5
Q660
SEG4 SW
2
SEG4
Q661
2G SW
2G/DUB/REC_LED
Q662
SEG3 SW
SEG3
Q663
SEG2 SW
SEG2
Q664
SEG1 SW
SEG1
Q665
1G SW
CP601
VCR LED
D602
OS601
4 VCR_LED
FRONT V IN 12
12
FRONT A IN L 10
10
FRONT A IN R 8
8
4
VCR LED
4
4
1
2 REM_IN
2
REM IN
2
2
2
1 AT+5.2V
1
AT+5.2V
1
1
5
KEY-B
5
KEY-B
5
5
6
KEY-A
6
KEY-A
6
6
CP603
REC/OTR
STOP
CH DOWN
FF/CUE
POWER
VCR EJECT
PLAY
REW/REV
CP602
CP681
FRONT_V_IN
FRONT_A_IN_L
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/
HEAD AMP
HI-FI/
DEMODULATOR
FRONT_A_IN_R
VCR_LED
REM IN
CP651
KEY-A
2
2
KEY-A
KEY-B
1
1
KEY-B
DVD LED
5
5
SYSCON
DVD_LED
DVD LED
D685
Q666
DVD LED SW
CH UP
1G/VCR/T-REC_LED
CP652
AT+5.2V
POWER
VCR/DVD
OPEN CLOSE
F-7
F-8
Hi-Fi/DEMODULATOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
HIFI AUDIO/H.AMP/DEM IC
IC701
AN3663FBP
AGC
L/R
MIX
REC
LPF
VCO
9
HF1
22
AMP
INPUT SW
HF2
HF_COM
24
AMP
21
OUTPUT
SW
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD
/HEAD AMP
10
FRONT_A_IN-R
15
FRONT_A_IN-L
2
DVD_A_OUT-R
4
DVD_A_OUT-L
14
REAR_A_IN_L
REAR_A_IN_R
AUDIO_OUT_R
AMP
53
AMP
57
AUDIO_OUT_L
RFC
59
RF_CONV_A.OUT
TUNER/JACK
PNR
VCO-FO
ADJ
LOGIC
BPF
48
FSC
45
FROM_NORMAL_A
62
TO_NORMAL_A
61
FM LIM
DBX
NOISE
REDUCTION
P.CON+5V
POWER
P.CON+12V
SIF OUT
30
DEM
BLOCK
29
V. REC_ST-H
28
HIFI_ENV. DET
27
HIFI_H.SW
36
AUDIO_MUTE-H
42
IIC_CLK
51
43
IIC_DATA
58
56
ST_SELECT
25
F-9
OPERATION/
DISPLAY
40
LOGIC
SYSCON
F-10
TUNER/JACK BLOCK DIAGRAM
REAR OUT JACK
J8001
2
VIDEO MUTE H
SYSCON
3
5
REAR IN JACK
J8002
6
4
3
2
Q8004
VIDEO_OUT
BUFFER
Q8003
VIDEO
MUTE SW
SW V OUT
FSC
P. CON+12V
POWER
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/
HEAD AMP
TU/REAR_V_IN
+32V
Y/C VIDEO OUT
P.CON+5V
Q8005
MUTE SW
FRONT_A_IN-R
TU301
FRONT_A_IN-L
AUDIO_OUT_R
3
Q8006
Q301
5
MUTE SW
MUTE SW
HI-FI/
DEMODULATOR
AUDIO_OUT_L
Q8007
DVD_A_OUT-R
DVD_A_OUT-L
RF_CONV_A. OUT
MUTE SW
1
15
SIF OUT
18
POWER MUTE_L
4
TV/VCR
10
IIC_CLK
11
IIC_DATA
14
SYSCON
2
RF_CH_SW
17
AV SW2
AFT-S. CURVE
12
AV SW1
AV SW
IC8002
MM1501XNRE
SYS_MUTE
DVD_RESET
6
6
1
2
1
2
4
Vcc 3
4
Vcc 3
CP8002
AV SW
IC8005
MM1501XNRE
F-11
DVD_RESET
7
SYS_MUTE
6
DVD_VIDEO
5
DVD_AUDIO_L
3
DVD_AUDIO_R
1
F-12
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Q508
AT+12.6V
SYSCON
P.CON+12V
TUNER/JACK
VCR POWER ON-L
SYSCON
AT+5.2V
OPERATION/DISPLAY
3.3V CTL
L501
D505, D506
D502, D503
T501
2
AC IN
Q510
P.CON+12V
SW
11
Q509
7
P.CON SW
Q511
13
3.3V OUT
14
4
Q507
15
Q503
3.3V CTL
P.CON+5V SW.
Q506
M-CON
POWER SW.
P.CON+5V
Q504
M-CON+5V SW.
AT+5V (M-CON)
SYSCON
Q513
Q514
POWER FAIL
SW.
POWER FAIL
SW.
POWER FAIL
DVD POWER CTL
9VREG
IC502
KIA78R09API
IC501
KIA431
Q502
Q501
SW.
CONTROL
IC503
PS2561L1-1-V(W)
PHOTO
COUPLER
Q530
PROTECT
VOLTAGE
CTL. IC
3
1
Y/C/AUDIO/
CCD/HEAD AMP
P.CON+5V
Q531
PROTECT
4
1
P.CON+5V
HI-FI/
DEMODULATOR
2
P.CON+12V
Q505
P.CON 5V
SW.
P.CON+5V
TUNER/JACK
AT+5.2V
+32V
RX
SYSCON
TX
CP501
F-13
TX
1
RX
2
P.CON+3.3V
3
P.CON+3.3V
4
P.CON+5V
7
P.CON+9V A
8
P.CON+9V A
9
P.CON+12V
11
AT+5V
12
DVD
F-14
G-1
R2651
W862
R2305
R2313
R2309
R2314
C4087
J8102
SW8101
C8145
C8136
L8103
C8132
J8103
C8122
R8130
OS8101
C8124
C8141
W820
C8123
W865
R8118
R8119
J8101
R8132
B8101 R8131
W801
R2301
R2308
C8140
W819
L8104
C8137
R8123
C8120
R8120
CP8102
W802
C2301
D8111
C2302
C2303
D8107
R2303
C4080
D8110
C8135
L8102
C8131
R2304
C2305
D8106
R2319
L8101
C8134
C8130
W864
C8139
W818
C8138
W817
C8133
R2316
C8144
C8146
D8113
C2660
C7302
Q8103
C2659
R2321
C2306
C4065
R4004
R2324
R2322
R2325
W805
D8109
C2658
R2334
R2326
C8115
R4003
C2657
C2309
R2327
C2312
R2328
W855
W860
C8113
157
R2330
R2337
C4066
R4002
C2308
C2307
W808
R2329
C4092
C4091
R4022
R2652
R2331
C2311
B2603
B2605
R8121
C2645
B2604
C8112
Q8102
R2653
C2642
W810
C7310
R8111
R8129 R8128 R8110
C8106
C8118
R8108 R8106
C7306 R8104
R8103 C8102 IC8101
R7307
C8111
R8102 R8107
R7306
C7304 C7301
C7305 R8101 C8105
R8105
C7308
R8109
C7303
C8114
C8101
IC7301
C8119
W833
Q8101
R2650
W807
C2647
R4001
C4070
Q8106
C2623
17
C2615
X4001
C4079 R4042
C4035 R4012
C4069
IC4003
D8102
R2611
IC4002
C4031 C4029
R4024
R4043
R4044
C4071
C4068
C4083
C4011
C4067
R4032
R4034
C4009
C4084
D8101
C2632
C7311
105
C4026
C4064
R4047
R4021
R4020
R4019
53
C4078
IC4001
R4005
C4097
IC4005
R4027
R4025
R4026
C4094 R4035
R4031 C4093
C4025
C4023
R4008
C4021
1
C4036
C4098
C4045
C4046
C4018
C4063
R4046
C4015
C4040
C4047
B4008
C4007
C2611
C2609
W874
C4041
R4048
C4051
R4049
C4004 C4006
B4005
B4001
Q2602
C4012
B4006
B4004
C4074
B4003
C4075
W811
C4072
C4082
C4073
B4002
C4076
R4040
C4001
C2627
C4013
C4022
C4002
D2601
C4014 C4010 C4008
C4003
C4090
C2641
R2615 C2640
R2616
C4062
C2626
C4096
C4032
D8103
C4085
C4016
C4019
Q2601
C2638
C2639
C2636
R2618
C2637 B2602
R2617
B2601
W857
R4050
R4052
R4051
R2323
C4017
C4020
CP2601
C2608
C2633
C4089
R2614 C2629 C2624 C2635
C2628 C2625
C2604
C2603
C4088
C2607
C2606
C2605
R2649
1
C4024
W837
W854
IC4007
R4053
R4054
CP2603
C2634 C2648
49
C4005
W832
W829
W836
R4041
C4081
33
C4028
C2617
R2603
R2604
R2601
C4039
W828
R4033
C4095
B4007
W872
C4077
Q8105
C4033
C2618
R2643
C2616
IC2601
C2619
HS2301
R2607
C2620R2605
R2608
C2646
R2609
C2622
R2648
R2646
C2655
C2614 R2602 R2645
C2613
C2612
W835
C2610
C2644
R2318
R2306
W827
C4086
C4050
C4027
W873
R2612
R2613
C2643
C2621
R8113
C4038
R4039
R2619 R2621 R2622
Q2603 Q2604 Q2605
R2624
R2620 R2647 R2623
R2610
C4044
C4030
Q8104
R4045
W876
R2627 R2626
R2628 R2631R2632
R2630 R2629 R2625
C2310
R2312
C2304
R2307 W863
R2310
L4001
R4023
R4016
R4038
R4037
R8135
C2654
R2644
R4014
R8117
R8112
R8124
R4036
R8133
IC2602
W861 R2635
R4018
R8116
R8122
B8102
B8103
CP2602
R8115
C8121
C8129
C8126
R8136
R8137
IC2301
C8107
R8114
C8147
C8125
R8134
C2649
C4037
W869
C8110
C8148
C8149
CP4002
W806
B7301
C8142
C8143
R8151
DVD (TOP SIDE)
Q8107
W831
D8108
D8112
L8105
L8106
DVD (BOTTOM SIDE)
B7302
G-2
VCR (INSERTED PARTS)
SOLDER SIDE
V651
W299
W289
W006
W005
R513
W004
W007
R533
D537
D536
IC
50
2
L505
D535
L506
W832
CP501
D518
W867
C531
D507
W009
D532
W012
W010
W292
C518_2
W868
W870
D522
D515
D534
W304
W015
03
IC5
D511
C522_1
T5
01
D509
C513
W831
R516
R512
C5
25
C515
W305
W823
R506
D510
D503
D505
D502
C8075
R514
R502
D506
01
CP8002
R5
02
C5
FH502
F501
FH501
CD501
W873
W076
W308
W164
W168
S501
W075
W074
W073
W162
W072
TP3001
W309
Q8004
L501
W082
S502
W077
W169
D8003
R8009
C8015
W165
W163
D8001
W231
L8008
W083
W081
W080
W079
W078
W170
W173
W167
W166
CP102
J8001
TP8001
C540
W084
C101_1
W232
R723
C8040
HS501
Q503
W064
W818
D8008
W171
C104
C112
C8042_1
W068
W139
W140
D702
L102
W861
W285
W281
W283
W284
W280
W282
W234
W879
C728_1
Q501
W085
L101
C115_1
C516
C511_2
W849
W062
R8059
C120_1
Q104
C313_1
C318_1
C123
Q105
W859
W016
D523
W145
C174
W235
TU301
C110_1
W286
01
L704
W821
C103_2
R508
W141
W063
C105_2
C727_2
W144
W143
C119_2
C714_2
CP101
L3002
1
W147
W142
W275
C509
R504
W876
C3029
W146
R109
D524
D504
Q502
W066
C124_1
W864
R524
R517
W150
W148
C163_1
C761
B50
W151
R140
W229
J8002
W070
W069
W067
W065
W297
W296
W152
C519_1
D531
W071
30
03
P1
C
C136
C720
W159
W155
C131_1
C708_2
C8003
Q3008
W161
W157
C138
W054
W816
W160
W156
C742_2
W288
C3033_2
CP
W809
W158
C711_1
W120
W803
C135
X101
C741_2
C706_1
L301
C528
W295
W055
W117
C132
W287
R545_1
W137
D701
R137
W219
W221
W218
C142_2
C702_1
W274
R541
R3038
W122
W116
W871
D530
R3015
L103
W119
W118
C759_1
C709_1
R544
W836
X3001
W109
D3001
W835
W226
W224
W230
C735
C750_1
W277
W127
W125
W121
W013
W056
W128
W126
R123
C731
C758_1
W276
W057
W130
C134
C151
C152
L107
C705
W059
W058
W129
W014
C504_1
D3007
W123
C754
C756_2
C703
L3003
W131
C148_1
W863
C740_1
W862
C752_1
W278
W223
W193
W194
C747
C743_1
C704_1
C3016
W303
W061
W060
W132
C530_1
D539
C501_1
IC501
R554
W037
C3052_1
W034
W135
W124
W306
R553
L105_1
L703
W279
W220
C737
W260
W259
W258
W190
W263
W261
W262
W040
C3013_1 W042
C3032
W036
W035
W134
W133
C140_1
C146_1
C739_1
W046
W039
W106
W105
W104
W138
W136
R527
Q511
W844
W293
W041
R528
W298
W001
W806
W294
W043
D656
C510_1
C506_1
C521
D513
D538
D526
W050
W048
W038
C137_1
D528
D3009
W214
W201
W200
W203
C3045
W051
5
00
Q3
W302
L106_1
W217
W264
W845
W192
W266
W265
L702_1
W267
W191
W270
W820
W268
W825
W805
Q3006
W269
L701_1
W225
W222
W273
W195
W248
W807
Q3002
W813
W812
W052
W204
W198
W205
W249
G-3
W086
W087
W088
W213
W209
W212
L8004
W210
C8053_1
TP101
C315_1
W114
W112
C505_1
C514
W020
W019
W206
TP701
C309
Q3004
W175
W176
W177
W178
W179
W211
Q3001
W236
CP652
C8031
TP3002
W022
W290
W837
Q505
Q504
W838
W111
C8032
W028
W021
R3050
C3021_1
Q510
W291
W023
W089
W272
W029
W091
R3011
W256
W027
W092
W025
W026
W093
R3019
CP651
W031
W090
W180
W241
W094
D514
W008
W097
W098
W096
R3028
R3002
W183
C3023
W307
W102
W100
W840
W184
W033
W101
W839
W185
W186
W841
W853
W188
W242
SW3001
W187
D
51
2
W189
RISK OF FIRE
- REPLACE AS MARKED.
B502
C8013
G-4
G-5
R3046
R509
Q665
Q661
R668
Q658
Q514
57
Q651
Q664
Q662
Q655
Q663
C3009
85
Q656
Q653
C3002
C8057
R141
R122
Q106
Q107
R143
R127
R126
41
R714
R718
C760
R721
C755
R701
R719
R704
49
R722
C763
R702
1
C707
Q8007
R108
Q301
R710 R707 R706
C301
R301
R304
R306
R302
R8010
R8014
C308 C307
C303
C8014
R8011
R8016
R8001
R8017
Q8006
C762
C719
C721_1
R712
C8059
R8032
C757
C107
R709
C717
C718
R708
C710
C716
C715_1
R705
C713
C712
17
C701
C729
C724
C725
C722 C723 C726
C114
R107
C106
R101
R8056
R8015
W880
C129
C116
C109
R142
C162
33
IC
70
1
C169
C165
C166
C738
C730
R103
R102
Q8005
C746 C748 C751
C749
C734 R717
R716
R133
C744
C158
C154
C145
61
C147
C156
R129
21
IC
10
1
C126
1
C736
R131
R121
C141
R3009
R3029
R110
C144
Q3003
R106
R113
C117
C127
R116
R119
C118
R117 R114
R112
C125
C122
R111
R115
C121
R3056
C108
Q103
C139
Q3007
Q102
C143
C133
R124
R105
C3008
Q101
C155
R3003
C172
R136
C3041
C3020
R3008
IC8002
C732
R3031
R120
R3032
R3014
R3001
C3027
R3020 R3007
R3017 C3010
C159
C3040
R538
R537
Q8003
C3005
R138
R139
C3004
C3007
C3015
C3019
C3001 C3031
R3043
C3049 C3038
R3063
C3034
C3018
R3010 R3025
C3044
1
R3016
C3065
R3062
C3053
C3050 C3024 R3033
C3025 R3049
R3034
IC
30
01
29
C3061
R664
Q513
R3027
C3030
R675
C3036 R3026
C3017
R3053
C3014
R661
R3083
C3022
R3004
C3006
C527
C508
R507
R3035
R3044
R671
R669
R511
R518
C524
R520
R521
R519
R3030
R663
R662
Q666
R3087
R667
R666
R665
Q506
R3055
R552
Q531
R674
Q507
R3047
Q508
R532
R543
R540
R522
R510
R523
R536
R515
R542
C507 C541
Q530
R670
Q509
C534
R535
R534
R526
R525
R673
R672
R683
R530
C517
C512
R531
R529
VCR (CHIP MOUNTED PARTS)
SOLDER SIDE
R305
R711
Q109
R703
R132
R3022
R3012
R3057
IC8005
IC3003
R3051
R3006
Q654
Q659
R3037
Q660
Q652
Q657
IC3099_1
R3045
G-6
OPERATION 1
SOLDER SIDE
C604
SW605
SW604
SW603
R607
R606
R603
D602_1
R605
SW602
SW601
OS601
R602
R604
CP603
VECA42A
OPERATION 2
SOLDER SIDE
CP681
SW690
SW687
FF/CUE
R685
R686
PLAY
REW/REV
SW685
SW686
R691
R689
R687
STOP
SW689
R690
R692
SW691
VCR/DVD
D685
OPEN/CLOSE
DVD LED
VECA43A
FRONT JACK
RELAY/SW (INSERTED PARS)
RELAY/SW (CHIP MOUNTED PARS)
SOLDER SIDE
SOLDER SIDE
SOLDER SIDE
R601
B
D601
VIDEO
J601
CP601
G-7
C601
SW2
VECA44A
VIDEO B
AUDIO L
J602
CP1
B
AUDIO R
CP602
S1005Y
S1005X
J603
S1004Y
S1001X
S1003X
S1002X
S1004X
G-8
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
MPEG/MICON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(DVD PCB)
P.CON+3.3V
DAC_VIDEO_D
DAC_VIDEO_A
C4076 0.1 F
C4075 0.1 F
C4074 0.1 F
C4073 0.1 F
16V 47 YK
C4072 0.1 F
16V 47 YK
C4071
16V 47 YK
C4070
16V 47 YK
C4069
C4067
16V 47 YK
C4068
C4007 0.1 F
C4003
104 RAMDAT(0)
4.7K
R4045
4.7K
R4018
R4023
4.7K
C4079 100P CH
1M
R4012
22P CH
0.1 F
R4016
C4081
0.1
TP4014
R4019
R4020
R4021
R4047
33
33
33
33
RESET
100
F
HOME
LDON
TP4004 ML
TP4006
MC
TP4005 MD
TP4007
V_SW
GND
I2CCLK
C4031
0.01 B
IAMCLK
R4025
AMCLK
220
IABCLK
IALRCLK
R4026
R4027
100 ABCLK
100 ALRCLK
5
3.2
4.7K
6
3.2
SDA
SCL
GND
NC
4
3
0
0
C
0.1 F
NC
NC
2
0
1
0
REG+1.8V IC
IC4003
PQ070XZ01ZP
V_IN V_C V_OUT V_ADJ GND
6
1
2
3
4
5
3.3
3.3
1.9
1.2
0
SPDIF
BOOT2
BOOT1
R4014
C4026
4.7K
0.1 F
6.3V 100 YK
C4015
0.1 F
C4012
C4009
6.3V 100 YK
C4011
C4083
16V 47 YK
F
C4082
0.1
TP4011
0.1 F
C4024
3.3
C4092
100P CH
C4091
100P CH
3
TP4015
TP4016
FCM2012H-102T04
C4025
0.1 F
8
VCC
ASDATA0
P.CON+3.3V
FROM/TO POWER
C4066
1
B
CP4002 (CP501)
A2001WV2-12P
DUPRD1
DUPTD1
P.CON+3.3V
P.CON+5V
D_GND
P.CON+A5V
L4001
2.2uH 0305
W827
P.CON+9V
TP4003
M_GND
W802
W801
TX
1
RX
2
P.CON+3.3V
3
P.CON+3.3V
4
GND
5
GND
6
P.CON+5V
7
P.CON+9V A
8
P.CON+9V A
9
MOTOR GND
10
P.CON+12V
11
AT+5V
2
12
0.01 B
C4087
SD_D1
SD_D15
SD_D0
SD_D13
SD_D2
SD_D14
SD_D12
SD_D3
SD_D4
SD_D10
SD_D5
SD_D11
SD_D7
SD_D9
SD_D6
100
D
PCB130
VMC298
1
DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)
NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS
MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER
DURING PLAYBACK.
NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME
OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
B
0
WP
P.CON+12V
AT+5V
SD_D8
R4008
RAMCLK
RAMWE#
RAMDQM
RAMCS1#
RAMRAS#
RAMCAS#
SD_A11
RAMCS0#
SD_BA0
SD_A9
SD_A10
SD_A8
BOOTSEL1
C4023
0.1 F
0.1 F
C4020
C4021
0.1 F
C4019
C4018
1K
7
4
0.1 B
0.1 F
4.7K
R4035
C4037
I2CDAT
C4030
R4031
C4036
I2CCLK
I2CDAT
C4084
0.1 F
0.1 F
C4029
16V 47 YK
TP4010
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
0.1 F
16V 47 YK
R4054
1K
5
TP4008
TP4009
B4006
R4053
6
0.01 B
56 RAMADD(2)
C4028
C4035
C4065
103 RAMDAT(15)
X4001
100BT02701
27MHz
F
C4097
55 RAMADD(5)
0.1
0.01 B
102 RAMDAT(1)
TIN_SW
SMUTE
C4027
GND
54 RAMADD(3)
TOUT_SW
W805
101 GNDP
B
510 +-1%
53 RAMADD(4)
0.001
10
100 RAMDAT(14)
TP4013 C4096
R4034 1K +-1%
0.1 F
0.1 F
IC4001
ZR36762
B
0.9
0.3
1.0
0
1.0
3.3
0
1.0
0.2
0
0.2
1.8
1.9
0
0.2
3.3
0
3.1
0.5
0
3.1
0.2
3.2
3.3
3.2
0
0
1.6
3.3
2.1
0
1.3
0.8
0.8
3.3
1.7
1.3
0.5
0
0.9
1.8
1.4
0
0.5
3.3
2.0
0.4
1.5
0
0.8
1.2
1.5
C4016
C4017
MPEG/MICON IC
0.001
R4033 R4032
HD0
HA4
RD
HA3
HA2
MEMCS0
HA1
HA0
157 GNDDACD
C4032
F
0.1 F
205 SLEDPULSE
VR_SEL
TP4012
0.1
C4014
158 CVBS/G/Y
DUPTD0
DUPRD0
EEPROM IC 100P CH
IC4002 AT24C04N-10SI-2.7
HD2
HA17
HD9
HA7
HD1
HA6
HD8
HA5
159 CVBS/C
206 SPINDLEPULSE
F
100P CH
C4093
HD10
HA18
207 SSCCLK
0.1
DUPTD1
DUPRD1
C4094
HD11
HD3
HA19
160 VDDDAC
C4033
HOME
SPDL_SENS
TOUT_SW
TIN_SW
RFA_SDEN
RFA_DATA
RFA_SCLK
AAF_CE
AAF_FE
AAF_TE
AAF_PI
VR_SEL
FNN
FNP
VBIASS0
VBIASS1
DEFECT
LINK
MIRR
LDON
SMUTE
TRACK_DAC
FOCUS_DAC
SPINDLE_PWM
SLED_PWM
P.CON+A5V
P.CON+3.3V
P.CON+9V
P.CON+5V
ADCIN_7
ADCIN_6
ADCIN_5
D_GND
M_GND
FCM2012H-102T04
10P CH
0.1 F
208 SSCTXD
DUPTD1
DUPRD1
VDD-IP
DUPTD0
DUPRD0
GNDP
IDGPCI/O(3)
GPCI/O(34)
ICGPCI/O(5)
GPCI/O(33)
ICGPCI/O(4)
GPCI/O(32)
VDDP
GCLKA
GCLKP
XO
VDDA
RESET#
GNDA
IDGPCI/O(2)
GPCI/O(31)
VID(0)
VID(1)
VID(2)
VID(3)
V SW
D1 2
D1 1
VID(7)
VDDP
STBY-L
GNDP
HSYNC
VDDC
VSYNC
GNDC
AIN
VDDP-A2
AMCLK
GNDP-A2
ABCLK
ALRCLK
GPAI/O
AOUT(0)
AOUT(1)
AOUT(2)
SPDIF
IDGPCI/O(0)
ICGPCI/O(0)
GNDP
GPCI/O(20)
VDDP
3.3
5.1
3.3
3.3
5.0
0
3.3
0 TRAY_OPEN
3.3
0 TRAY_CLOSE
0
3.1
3.3
0
R4042
0
1
68
0
1.8
3.3
0
5.0
HOME
3.3
3.3
3.3
DJTDO
0
DJTDI
0
DJTMS
0
ICETCK
3.3
ICETDO
3.3
ICETDI
3.3
A_MUTE
3.3
3.3
0
3.3
1.6
3.3
0
3.3
R4024
3.3
4.7K
1.7
0
1.7
1.6
0
NC
0
0
0
1.6
0
NC
0
NC
0
0
3.3
C4098
0.1 F
NC
FROM/TO RF AMP/DSP
B4004
FCM2012H-102T04
B4005
7
B4003
FCM2012H-102T04
0.01 B
C4080
DAC_VIDEO_C
DAC_VIDEO_B
FOCUS_DAC
C4006 0.1 F
RFINN
RFINP
C4005 0.1 F
C4004 0.1 F
AFE_GND
0.1
F
S_GND
0.1 F
C4002
IRRCV
FPCSTRB
B4002
B4001
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156
C4013
BOOTSEL2
A
75 +-1%
FCM2012H-102T04
1
H-1
TRACK_DAC
FNN
FNP
B
0.001
C4086
0.001 B
C4085
R4001
390 +-1%
R4044
R4043
R4022
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
22P CH
C4022
W833
RAMADD(6)
VDDP
RAMADD(1)
RAMADD(7)
RAMADD(0)
GNDP
RAMADD(8)
VDDC
RAMADD(10)
GNDC
RAMADD(9)
VDDP
RAMADD(11)
RAMCS(0)# RAMBA(1)
RAMBA(0)
GNDP
RAMCS(1)#
RAMRAS#
RAMCAS#
VDDP
RAMWE#
RAMDQM
GNDPCLK
PCLK
VDDPCLK
RAMDAT(8)
GNDP
RAMDAT(7)
RAMDAT(9)
RAMDAT(6)
VDDP
RAMDAT(10)
RAMDAT(5)
RAMDAT(11)
GNDP
RAMDAT(4)
VDDC
RAMDAT(12)
GNDC
RAMDAAT(3)
VDDP
RAMDAT(13)
RAMDAT(2)
C4010
HD12
WR
HD4
SD_A1
SD_A7
SD_A0
4.7K
R4039
0.1 F
4.7K
R4038
C4001
HA10
HD14
HA9
HD6
HA8
HD13
HD5
HA20
SSCRXD
MEMCS(1)
VDDP
MEMAD(15)
MEMAD(16)
MEMAD(14)
MEMAD(13)
MEMAD(12)
MEMDA(15)
MEMAD(11)
MEMDA(7)
GNDP
MEMAD(10)
MEMDA(14)
MEMAD(9)
MEMDA(6)
MEMAD(8)
MEMDA(13)
MEMDA(5)
MEMAD(20)
VDDP
MEMDA(12)
MEMWR#
MEMDA(4)
VDDC
MEMDA(11)
MEMDA(3)
MEMAD(19)
GNDC
MEMDA(10)
MEMAD(18)
GNDP
MEMDA(2)
MEMAD(17)
MEMDA(9)
MEMAD(7)
MEMDA(1)
MEMAD(6)
MEMDA(8)
MEMAD(5)
VDDP
MEMDA(0)
MEMAD(4)
MEMRD#
MEMAD(3)
MEMAD(2)
MEMCS(0)#
MEMAD(1)
MEMAD(0)
GNDP
VDD-IP
VDDP
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
DAC_VIDEO_C
DAC_VIDEO_B
DAC_VIDEO_D
DAC_VIDEO_A
ASDATA0
ABCLK
ALRCLK
AMCLK
MD
MC
ML
SPDIF
V_SW
RESET
AT+5V
P.CON+12V
P.CON+3.3V
P.CON+A5V
P.CON+5V
GND
D_GND
V_GND
GND
3.3
3.3
4.3
0.7
3.3
VDDP
3.3
ICGPCI/O(7)
0
GNDP
3.3
ICGPCI/O(6)
0
DEFECT
0
PWMCO(6)
0
PWMCO(5)
3.3
VDDPWM
3.3
PWMCO(4)
0
GNDPWM
2.9
PWMCO(3)
2.9
PWMCO(2)
1.8
VDDC
1.5
PWMCO(1)
0
GNDC
0.7
PWMCO(0)
0
PWMACT(1)
0
PWMACT(0)
0
GNDAFES
1.1
VBIASS1
1.7
VBIASS0
1.6
ADCIN(0)
1.8
ADCIN(1)
1.7
ADCIN(2)
0
ADCIN(3)
0
ADCIN(4)
1.6
ADCIN(5)
1.5
ADCIN(6)
1.7
ADCIN(7)
3.3
VDDAFES
0
GNDAFERF
1.2
RFINN
1.2
RFINP
3.3
VDDAFERF
0
GNDDACDS
0.8
DACDRIVE(1)
3.3
VDDDACS
0.9
DACDRIVE(0)
0
GNDDACPS
0
GNDDACBS2
0
GNDDACP
1.2
RSET
1.2
C/B/U
1.1
Y/R/V
3.3
1.2
1.1
0
0.1 F
3.3
3.3
NC
3.3
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.3
3.3
0
0.5
2.6
0
0
1.9
0
0
0
2.1
2.0
0
3.3
0.6
3.3
2.6
1.8
2.7
2.9
0
0
0.5
0
0
0.6
0
0.6
2.7
2.7
0.6
0.4
5.5
3.3
0.4
3.3
0
0
0
3.1
3.1
3.2
0
3.3
3.3
SD_A4
SD_A3
SD_A5
SD_A2
SD_A6
4.7K
R4037
W857
FPCTX
FPCCLK
FPCRX
C4008
HA15
HA16
HA14
HA13
HA12
HD15
HA11
HD7
0.1 F
C4078
2
82 +-1%
FCM2012H-102T04
NC NC
C4077
3
B
75 +-1%
R4004
R4005
0.01 B
C4090
0.01
75 +-1%
R4003
208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157
52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4.7K
R4036
D_GND
P.CON+3.3V
SD_A0
SD_A1
SD_A2
SD_A3
SD_A4
SD_A5
SD_A6
SD_A7
SD_A8
SD_A9
SD_A10
SD_A11
SD_D0
SD_D1
SD_D2
SD_D3
SD_D4
SD_D5
SD_D6
SD_D7
SD_D8
SD_D9
SD_D10
SD_D11
SD_D12
SD_D13
SD_D14
SD_D15
RAMCS0#
RAMCS1#
RAMRAS#
RAMCAS#
SD_BA0
RAMDQM
RAMWE#
RAMCLK
C4089
R4002
+1.8V
+3.3V
6
HA0
HA1
HA2
HA3
HA4
HA5
HA6
HA7
HA8
HA9
HA10
HA11
HA12
HA13
HA14
HA15
HA16
HA17
HA18
HA19
HA20
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8
HD9
HD10
HD11
HD12
HD13
HD14
HD15
MEMCS0
RD
WR
C4088
0.01 B
8
FROM/TO AUDIO/VIDEO
W831
FROM/TO MEMORY
4
W832
P.CON+5V
7
5
R4052
DUPRD0
R4051
DUPTD0
R4050
R4046
DUPRD1
R4049
4.7K
DUPTD1
4.7K
C4038
0.01 B
VBIASS1
VBIASS0
AAF_PI
AAF_TE
AAF_FE
AAF_CE
LINK
10K ADCIN_5
10K ADCIN_6
10K ADCIN_7
SPINDLE_PWM
SLED_PWM
RFA_SCLK
DEFECT
RFA_SDEN
RFA_DATA
SPDL_SENS
MIRR
8
E
F
G
H
H-2
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
MEMORY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(DVD PCB)
8
DQ1
A7
DQ8
A6
DQ0
A5
1.5
RAMCLK
W837
R4048 3.3
2
HA19
HD8
0.9
HD0
1.6
2.6
RD
A4
DE#
16
17
18
1.4
19
HD1
20
1.4
21
HD9
28
47K
1.6
HA18
0.7
HA17
1.4
HA7
1.6
HA6
1.6
HA5
1.3
0
NC
0
SD_A11
SD_A9
0.2
SD_A8
0.2
SD_A7
1.0
SD_A6
1.0
SD_A5
1.0
SD_A4
0.9
0
HA4
LDQM
UDQM
CLK
CAS
CKE
RAS
NC
CS
WE
A11
BA0
A9
BA1
A8
A10/AP
A7
A0
A6
A1
A5
A2
A4
A3
VSS
VDD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.1 F
10
1.3
11
NC
C4045
12
VDD
3.3
13
VSS
0.9
14
DQ7
VSSQ
0.5
15
DQ8
0
16
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
VDDQ
DQ6
0.4
17
RAMDQM
44
0
43
0
NC
DQ9
42
C4039
0.1 F
DQ5
41
0
DQ10
0.8
18
A17
RESET
VDDQ
0.1 F
3.3
19
32
DQ9
2.1
VSSQ
C4050
1.5
20
A18
15
34
33
DQ2
31
1.2
A19
30
HD2
0
DQ10
29
1.3
3.3
DQ4
C4044
0.1 F
3.3
21
4.7K
HD10
SD_D8
DQ3
DQ11
40
W835
C4041
0.1 F
DQ12
39
WR
VSSQ
38
WP#
0.8
VDDQ
37
3.3
0.1 W829 R4041
DQ3
1.7
DQ2
36
VPP
SD_D10
SD_D9
HA20
0.1 W828
DQ11
0
DQ13
35
RP#
0.5
HA19
0
VDD
0.4
DQ1
34
WE#
0.1 F
SD_D11
0
DQ4
3.3
DQ14
33
5
6
7
8
46
45
44
43
A20
C4040
VDDQ
32
HD3
DQ12
2.0
VSSQ
31
1.6
A19
SD_D13
SD_D12
0
DQ5
1.5
DQ0
30
1.6
HD11
HA8
SD_D14
VDD
DQ15
29
3.3
0.1 F
1.5
0
VSS
28
C4062
HA9
W836
1.6
HD4
1.6
9
0.8
HA10
10
HD12
A8
1.3
11
0.7
DQ13
HA11
12
HD5
A9
2.5
13
0.6
DQ6
0
1.2
SD_D15
22
HA12
23
1.5
7
64M SDRAM IC
IC4005
M12L64164A-7T
24
HA13
14
HD13
A10
42
1.2
DQ14
41
HD6
A11
40
1.3
DQ7
39
HD14
A12
38
1.9
DQ15
37
HD7
A13
36
0.7
HD15
VSS
35
0
25
HA14
0.8
0.1 F
26
1.0
27
1
A14
HA15
2
VCCQ
1.7
3
48
A15
SD_D0
SD_D1
SD_D2
0.8
SD_D3
SD_D4
6
SD_D5
SD_D6
0
1.3
SD_D7
3.3
C4046
0
0.1 F
RAMDQM
3.2
RAMWE#
3.2
RAMCAS#
0.2
RAMRAS#
3.1
RAMCS1#
0.5
SD_BA0
3.1
RAMCS0#
1.9
SD_A10
0.2
SD_A0
0
SD_A1
0
SD_A2
0.3
SD_A3
3.3
5
4
C4047
2.5
HA0
B4007
CE#
A2
A0
A1
22
A3
23
2.6
W854
VSS
24
MEMCS0
27
0
26
0.1 F
25
4
3.3
A16
1.7
HA3
2.5
HA2
1.6
HA1
4.7K
5
C4064
R4040
6
1.2
HA16
47
SD_A0
SD_A1
SD_A2
SD_A3
SD_A4
SD_A5
SD_A6
SD_A7
SD_A8
SD_A9
SD_A10
SD_A11
SD_D0
SD_D1
SD_D2
SD_D3
SD_D4
SD_D5
SD_D6
SD_D7
SD_D8
SD_D9
SD_D10
SD_D11
SD_D12
SD_D13
SD_D14
SD_D15
RAMCS0#
RAMCS1#
RAMRAS#
RAMCAS#
SD_BA0
RAMDQM
RAMWE#
RAMCLK
HA0
HA1
HA2
HA3
HA4
HA5
HA6
HA7
HA8
HA9
HA10
HA11
HA12
HA13
HA14
HA15
HA16
HA17
HA18
HA19
HA20
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8
HD9
HD10
HD11
HD12
HD13
HD14
HD15
MEMCS0
RD
WR
4
FLASH IC
IC4007
SST39VF800A-70-4C-EK
FROM/TO MPEG/MICON
7
8
FCM2012H-102T04
D_GND
6.3V 470 YK
C4051
C4063
B
C4095
0.01
FCM2012H-102T04
6.3V 100 YK
B4008
P.CON+3.3V
3
3
FROM AUDIO/VIDEO
RESET
2
2
DURING PLAYBACK.
PCB130
VMC298
1
1
A
H-3
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
H-4
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
RF AMP/DSP SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(DVD PCB)
F
4.7K
R2632
F
C2645
B
C2649
0.1
16V 47 YK
16V 47 YK
C2644
0.1 F
C2643
1K
R2329
3.3K
R2323
5.6K
R2318
10K
4.7K
1K
8.2K
R2334
TP140
4.7K
R2322
R2324
TP45
W864
R2319
27K
51K
TP139
R2327
470
220P CH R2309
R2337
10K
1K
TP24
18
2.5
R2330
17
TP141
VIN1+B
VIN2
VIN216
0 2.5
TP67
19
VIN1-B
15
2.5
20
VIN1+A
VIN2+
VIN3
14
9.1 2.5
21
VIN1-A
13
VIN1
12
2.5 3.0
22
VCC1
VD1-
11
TP66
23
VIN3-
VIN3+
VD1+
REG-IN
VD2-
10
5.3 3.1 4.2 4.2
TP55
TP68
TP69
TP65
TP64
37
24
3
R2328
R2325
4.7K
C2640
470
R2331
B
0.1
C2310
1K
F
10
3.9 R2616
C2311
6.8K
TP40
6.3V 100 YK
C2302
0.1 B
R2303
2.2
C2641
C2303
0.1 B
6.3V 100 YK
R2304
2.2
C2307
0.1
B
C2308
0.1
B
1
2
MOT_SLED-
MOT_SLED+
MOT_SPDL-
10
MOT_SPDL+
TP42
FO-
TP41
R2617
3.9
1K
CD LD CTL
Q2602
2SA1036K
R2618
FO+
4.5
TR-
1.0
2
TR+
F
FCM2012H-102T04
0.1
B2602
C2639
0.1
F
CDLD
C2637
2
9
4.1
2.5 2.6 2.5
25
3
D2601
KDS120RTK
5
P.CON+9V
4
16V 47 YK
1.0
0.1
C2638
0.1
C2636
F
DVDLD
4.5
C2312
0.001 B
0.1
B2601
FCM2012H-102T04
C2304
8
REG-OUT
7
26
VD2+
6
0
5
27
38
TP56
VIN1-SW
VD3+
4
NC NC
0 2.5
0 0
C2306
DVD LD CTL
Q2601
2SA1036K
0.1 F
C2642
VREF-IN
VD4-
3
9.1 0.2 0.2 4.0 4.3 4.3
NC NC
28
VREF-OUT
VIN4+
VD4+
29
VIN4-
30
VLD+
31
VIN4
2
0
32
VLD-
1
0
NC
2.5 2.6 5.0 0
33
MUTE
SGND
34
VCONT
RX
F
W808
35
VD3-
0 3.3 2.5 2.5
36
S-GND
R2604
0
W861
P.CON+3.3V
ADCIN_6
C2309
0.001 B
0.01 B
R2615
4.7K
R2651
W863
R2305
2.2K
C2655
0.1
MIRR
C2611
LDON
CDPD
DVDPD
0.1 F
OPU_VREF
OPU_F
C2609
TP39
4.7K
TP043
TP138
R2646
ADCIN_7
ADCIN_5
M_GND
20K
LINK
27K
DEFECT
TP33
R2316
F
HS73
HS2301
763WSA0023
0.1
VBIASS1
20K
C2615
R2645
TP38
TP35
1K
B
VBIASS0
R2307
0.1
3.3
TP26
R2301
5.1K
+-1%
C2618
51K
B
R2610
RF_GND
TOUT_SW
22K
0.1 F
R2321
C2623
TIN_SW
100
R2650
OPU_E
C2608
100
R2653
C2647
AAF_PI
VCC2
OPEN
220P CH
0.0056 B
W862
C2617
SLED_PWM
R2326
C2622
SPINDLE_PWM
F
GND(D)
3
1.5K
R2629
R2609
R2605
+-1%
1.8M
FOCUS_DAC
AAF_TE
1.7 10K
0
SMUTE
C2305
3.3
0
FCM2012H-102T04
5.6K
0.1
2
R2630
0.0056 B
5.6K
C2621
C2301
CLOSE
R2652
16V 47
YK
AAF_FE
P.CON+A5V
3
1
16V 47 YK
FROM LODER
C2646
0.0056 B
5.6K
C2620
REV
37
36
34
33
560P CH
13K
CP2603
A2001WV2-3P
22K
R2628
1.6
6
B2604
TRACK_DAC
C2619
FWD
47
46
45
44
43
42
38
1.2K
1.8 R2608
1K
R2648
P.CON+3.3V
R2306
R2314
R2607
1.7
+-1%
TP25
TP31
TP30
TP29
TP34
TP28
TP27
4.7K
2.2K
13K
+5V
5.6K
AAF_CE
27
28
29
30
31
32
0 2.7 2.2 2.3 2.9 0.2 R2602
R2601
R2312
5.6K
R2313
1.8
NC
B
100
25
26
0 3.3
0.1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2.6 2.6 5.1 5.1 3.7 5.1 0.2 0.2
MEVO
MOT_SPDL+
R2649
HOME
MLPF
2.6
MIN
MOT_SPDL-
P.CON+A5V
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
TP46
MEV
DFT
R2310
TP18
MOTOR DRIVE IC
IC2301
LA6560
VNA
48
FNN
FNP
TPH
TP17
P.CON+5V
B2605
0.01 B
R2644
7
D_GND
R2308
R2614
C2633
C2629
0.001 B
DIP
DIN
BYP
RFAC
VPA
12K +-1%
0.001 B
0.033 B
0.001 B
C2627
C2628
RFAC
0.001 B
AIP
ATON
CD_C
CD_B
1
4.1
R2643
0
0.1
F
C2632
0.1
4.1
0.1
2.7
DUAL OP-AMP IC
IC2602
BA10358F-E2
FNN
FNP
0.1
C2626
F
4.7K
R2624
ATOP
V125
NC
8
V25
LINK
35
2.7
CD_D
33
16 CD_A
MB
100P CH
100P CH
C2659
100P CH C2660
C2657
2.7
A
OUT1
2
4.1
B2603
C2654
1.2K
2.6
OPU_A
-IN1
3
5.2
4.2 C2616
TP22
MOT_SLED+
7
RFSIN
PI
OUT2 VCC
3.3
R2603
GND
B
4.7K
RFA_SCLK
1.2K
2.7
4.7K
R2613
8
SPDL_SENS
TOUT_SW
TIN_SW
RFA_SDEN
RFA_DATA
RFA_SCLK
AAF_CE
AAF_FE
AAF_TE
AAF_PI
VR_SEL
FNN
FNP
VBIASS0
VBIASS1
DEFECT
LINK
MIRR
LDON
HOME
8
GND
TP16
3.3
TP21
C2614
6
TE
39
2.7
220P CH
LIMIT SW
100P CH C2658
4.7K
R2635
MOT_SLED-
SP1+
5
C
TP20
OPU_C
F
C2613
4
FE
MP
SP1-
D
0.033 B
3
CE
CN
R2612
5.2
7
GND +IN1
4
0
RFA_DATA
1K
C2612
SLD+
MNTR
-IN2
TP15
1.5
27K +-1%
OPU_D
OPU_B
SLD-
CP
40
2.7
P.CON+A5V
CP2602
00_6232_008_006_800
READ CHANNEL IC
IC2601
ZR36708TQC
TP19
5
FROM/TO LODER
LCN
D2
+IN2
RFA_SDEN
4.7K
P.CON+5V
7.3
6
D_GND
0
470P CH
41
GND(PDIC)
2
VR_SEL
P.CON+5V
3.7
C2634
0.1
LCP
33P CH
OPU_VREF
Vref
1
4.7K
3.7
VCC
0.1 F
C2648
4
R2622
C2607
C2
MIRR
24
C2606 0.0022 B 2.5
OPU_E
1M
0.7
5
W806
RF_A5V
W811
SCLK
SDEN
0.0068 B
23
OPU_F
0
49
C2610
E
0.0022 B 2.5
LDON
F
21
C2605
OPU_D
0
50
V33
TP36
20
OPU_A
0
51
B2
VNB
D
0
0
52
48
TP37
A
19
0.0022 B
W807
R2611
DVDRFP
CDPD
18
C2604
OPU_B
R2631
W876
RF_GND
SDATA
1
DVDPD
B
A2
CDLD
17
0.0022 B 2.5
DVDLD
C
C2603
OPU_C
VC
16
22
OPU_RF
RF
DVDRFN
VPB
15
0
NC
NC
14
6
100
CDPD
CD_E
MON(COM)
CD_F
13
1
GND(CD)
0
NC
2
12
VR_CD
RF_GND
R2627
W810
0 3.1 3.1 4.3 4.3 5.1 2.4 2.6 3.5 3.5 2.3
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
3
VOL(CD)
TP9
FNP
4
LD(CD)
11
FNN
5
10
1.5
64
CDLD
RFDC
LD(DVD)
6
9
DVDLD
7
GND(DVD)
TP10
0.001 B
3
8
8
VR_DVD
9
VOL(DVD)
C2635
OPU_RF
NC
7
C2624
6
TP8
AIN
DVDPD
MON(DVD)
4.7K
S 0
C2625 0.001 B
FO+
4.7K
TP12 TP11
10
5
S
0
11
F+
FO-
12
4
TR+
VR SEL CTL
Q2605
2SK3018
D 0
R2623
0.7
G
13
F-
R2647
G
0
4.7K
VR CD CTL
Q2604
2SK3018
MOT_SPDL- R2626
5.2
14
3
TR-
0.5
4.7K
MOT_SPDL+
4
15
T+
D
FROM/TO MPEG/MICON
R2625
1.5K
16
7
T-
VR_CD
R2620
G
0.7 4.7K
S 0
VR DVD CTL
Q2603
2SK3018
CP2601
09-5000-024-001
2
R2621
D 0
FROM/TO LODER
1
100
R2619
VR_DVD
8
PCB130
VMC298
D_GND
1
A
H-5
1
B
C
DURING PLAYBACK.
D
E
F
G
H
H-6
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
D8113
MCL4148
8
MCL4148
D8111
MCL4148
D8112
D8110
(DVD PCB)
MCL4148
AUDIO/VIDEO SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
C8146
C8144
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
D8107
D8108
D8109
W818
C8138
W855
DAC_B[R]V_VIDEO
6
7
8
10K
H
S/CVBS
COMP
VIDEO OUT SW
SW8101
SK42H01G9A
NC NC
NC
6
R8151
DAC_C[B]U_VIDEO
33P CH
C8143
1
33P CH
5
Y
C8148
6
2
Y/C SEPA
J8102
MDC-070V
C8147
3
10P CH
10P CH
1uH 0305
C8142
12P CH
L8104
4
L
NC
5
H1
H2
5
4
3
2
1
E
H1
E
YUV OUT
J8103
MSP-213V1-652_NI_LF
5
W874
220
C
3 4
12
9
W820
2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
0.33uH
0305
L8106
8
C8137
DAC_VIDEO_D
4
C8129
E
0.33uH
0305
L8105
C8140
1uH 0305
5
1
W872
W869
C8139
150P CH
150P CH
W819
12P CH
L8103
C8141
2
C8133
R8137
C8132
0.1 B
C8126
R8136
H2 H1 H1
E
68
R8131
1.5K
0
3.3K
R8132
1.7
C8136
DAC_VIDEO_B
3
0305
W873
GND
D AUDIO DRIVER
Q8107
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
R8133
C8124
C8122
16V 47 YK
SPDIF
W860
0.1 F
2.2K
1.2
16V 47 YK
C8121
R8130
0.01
B
C8123
0.022 B
FCM2012H-102T04
C8125
3 GND
100P CH
B8102
FCM2012H-102T04
1
150P CH
2 VCC
B8101
C8131
DVD AUDIO OUT
J8101
MSP-213V1-732_NI_LF
1uH
150P CH
1 INPUT
SPDIF
7
B8103
FCM2012H-102T04
11
NC
12P CH
L8102
150P CH
OPTICAL
OS8101
OFTG038101
7
C8135
DAC_VIDEO_C
470
0305
DAC_D_DVD_VIDEO
V_SW
470
100K
AT+5V
P.CON+12V
V_SW
RESET
MC
MD
ML
AMCLK
ABCLK
ALRCLK
ASDATA0
1uH
6.3V 470 YK
10
150P CH
C8130
R8134
DVD_AUDIO_L
DVD_AUDIO_R
R8135
5
150P CH
12P CH
L8101
150P CH
DAC_VIDEO_A
DAC_VIDEO_A
DAC_VIDEO_C
DAC_VIDEO_B
DAC_VIDEO_D
P.CON+5V
P.CON+3.3V
6
C8134
C8145
YK
W865
D8106
P.CON+A5V
7
6.3V 470
W817
FROM/TO MPEG/MICON
6.3V 470 YK
33P CH C8149
8
D_GND
AT+5V
56
C8113
R8111 R8114
10K
220P CH
MCL4148
D8103
220
D8101
MCL4148
470
R8116
50V 22 YK
1K
3.3K
MUTE SW.
Q8103
KRA101SRTK
MUTE SW
Q8105
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
0
R8124
-0.3
0.3
0.6
0
5.0
0
MUTE SW. 0
Q8102
KRC103SRTK
MUTE DET
Q8101
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
TO TUNER/JACK
(CP8002) CP8102
IMSA-9604S-08C
DVD_AUDIO_R
1K
DVD_AUDIO_R 8
0
6
R8115
C8114
C8110
12K
R8109
100P CH 10K
47K
0.0015 B
C8102 R8107
C8101
50V 33 YK
ASDATA0
ALRCLK
ABCLK
AMCLK
ML
MC
MD
R8105
C8105
10K
4.7K
R8120
VCC
47K
R8101
ZERO
R8113
50V 4.7 YK
100K
11.6
R8121
3.1
5.8
8
C8115
2.9
5.8
-0.2
MCL4148
3.0
5.8
5.0
5.0
D8102
3.0
R8106
7
16V 100 YK
NC
R8102
6
0.1 F
3.0
5
C8111
2.9
+
-
50V 10 YK
C7311
2.6
+
1K
16
DVD_AUDIO_R
1
470K
SCK
15
3
5.8
2
R8118
ML
14
5.8
3
R8119
MC
13
5.8
4
10K
MD
12
ZERO
SYS_MUTE
10K
ZEROL/NA
11
6.3V
470
R8117
ZEROR/ZEROA
10
2.6
5
50V 2.2 YK
1
C8119
50V 22 YK
A_GND
3.1
12K
R8112
10K
100K
2
R8103
3.1
L_AUDIO
3
BCK
3.1
VCOM
VCC
4
DATA
0
LRCK
5
DGND
3.2
VDD
6
9
0
2
5.2
VOUTL
VOUTR
7
AGND
STEREO DAC IC
IC7301
PCM1742KE/2K
2.6
R8110
C8107
R8108
10K
0
8
YK
C8120
50V
R8104
YK
3
2.6
P.CON+12V
YK
50V 2.2
MUTE SW 0
Q8106
KRC104SRTK
3.2
4.7K
C8112
AUDIO_AMP IC
IC8101
NJM4580M(TE1)
10K
4
R8123
0.0015 B
C7308
R7306
2.2
C8118
C8106
10K
YK
R_AUDIO
2.2
100P CH
50V
10K
R8129
C7310
R7307
1K
R8128
C7306
820P CH
C7305
FCM2012H-102T04
CH
C7304
B7302
FCM2012H-102T04
820P
B7301
0.1 F
50V 22 YK
C7302
F
C7303
RESET
0.1
4
C7301
TO MEMORY
16V 100 YK
P.CON+12V
DVD_AUDIO_L
DVD_AUDIO_L
0
DAC_D_DVD_VIDEO
R8122
7
DVD_AUDIO_L
6
GND
5
1.25m FFC
CD8002
2F080601
2
DAC_D_DVD_VIDEO 4
SYS_MUTE
1K -0.3
0
MUTE SW
Q8104
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
GND
RESET
NC
SYS_MUTE
3
DVD_RESET
2
1
PCB130
VMC298
1
PLAYBACK COLOR SIGNAL
PLAYBACK LUMINANCE SIGNAL
PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL
AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)
DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)
A
H-7
R.SIGNAL + COMPONENT SIGNAL(U)
B.SIGNAL + COMPONENT SIGNAL(V)
B
C
D
DURING PLAYBACK.
E
CAUTION: DIGITAL TRANSISTOR
1
F
G
H
H-8
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(VCR PCB)
1 B
C155
P.CON+5V
L105_1
L106_1
12K
R129
1.8K
100uH
0305
P.CON+5V
BUFFER
Q109
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
22uH 0305
Y/C_CLK
Y/C_DATA
H.SW
Y/C_CS
22K
R139
4.9
3.9
7
0.01
3.3K
C144
B
FSC
R132
C152
16V 47 YK
0.1 F
P.CON+5V
8
3.3
C156
R137
FROM POWER
7
12K 1/4W
22K
R136
R138
C.ROTARY
AUDIO_MUTE-H
ENV.DET
COMP
H.AMP_SW
8
GND
KA
50V 1
C146_1
FE HEAD(HOT)
A
16V
47 YK
C159
R123
40
39
38
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
2.3
1.4
P
28
V.SYNC
SEP
R
Y-VCC
COMP
ENV.DET
F
FRONT_V_IN
27
3.6
4.1
5.0
4.4
3.2
35V 22
Y-GND
15
16
MAIN
EMPHA S
DET
FIL
17
0 2.6
18
2.6
B
19
1K
C140_1
16V 4.7
KANP
0.2
2.8
KA
H.SW
C.SYNC
R143
R141
DVD_V_OUT[DAC_D]
4
1K
16
YK
Y/C_VIDEO_OUT
C.SYNC
DUMMY_V.SYNC
R121
W809
P.CON+5V
1K
2.1
20
H.AMP_SW
4.2
R120 3.6
220
BUFFER
Q106
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
3
6.3V
0
2
19
DURING PLAYBACK.
C
CTL+
C139
18
V.ENV
TP101
NC
D
E
PCB010
VMC300
RECORD COLOR SIGNAL
RECORD LUMINANCE SIGNAL
AUDIO SIGNAL(REC)
AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)
TUNER VIDEO SIGNAL
HOT
B
CTLTU/REAR_V_IN
50V 0.22 YK
5
AUDIO_MUTE-H
C138
50V 1 KA
4.7K
FM
AGC
FIL
2.0
DUMMY_V.SYNC
C.ROTARY
C132
14
Y/C_CS
100K
V.REC_ST-H
1.6
26
R
2.1
NC
B
50V 1 KA
C172
13
1.1
2.3
25
P
Y/C_DATA
R122
22P CH
1.1
C134
100 KA
4.8
12
C137_1
0.1
24
6DB
C127
8.2K
8.2K
330K
C118
11
4.1
1 F
C131_1
0.8
22P CH
R126
KA
C148_1
50V 1
AGC
TC2
QV/QH
SUB
LPF
50V 1
R110
R111
0.0012
R112
C120_1
C117
22K
2.3
20K
C122
0.01 B
C110_1
2.3
10
R114
25V 10 KA
BIAS OSC
Q104
KTC3203_Y
0
9
2.6
C133
SOPB
C124_1
2.3
8
1K
1/4W
0.01 B
10V 33 KA
6.3V 220 KA
7
6.8K
2.3
PB
FM EQ S-EQ
R117
2.3
6
2.6
15K
2.3
5
4
220
10K
0
FM
DEM
MAIN
DE-EM
AUTO PHASE PHASE
EQ
EQ
BIAS
fo-ADJ Q-ADJ
R116
3
3.3
Y/C_CLK
82K
C136
SYNC
SEP
VHS
REC:LP<EP
PB:EP
C119_2
C101_1
R103
0
0
P
MUTE
820
2.3
R108
1
C112
5.2
DOUBBLE
LIM
FM
AGC
3.2
23
69
70
71
72
73
2
1
R
2.5
R
NORMAL
REC
FM-EQ
P
REC
AMP
PB,EE
R113
GND
VREF
EQ
AMP
SP,LP
Vref
2.3V
C114
0.7
0.7
0
100uH 0305
20
R102
10K
CP103
B2013H02-2P
2 FE HEAD(GND)
3
0
LINE
AMP
LPF
P
PB,EE
5.2
0
AUDIO PB SW
Q102
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
0
TO FULL ERASE HEAD
4
L102
3.3K
FFC
CD102
2H061504
R
ALC
DET
0.1 B
560
AUDIO PB SW
0
Q101
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
2
R107
AE HEAD(-)
1
5
0.01 B
AE HEAD(+)
1
6
0.015 B
2
R101
CTL-
MMTS
CTL-
100V 0.022
CTL+
3
BIAS CTL
Q105
KTA1266
BAL
TC1
R
Y/C
MIX
NC1
R
A-VCC
C115_1
5.3
CTL+
4
COIL,BIAS OSC
L101
1626009
C106
AUDIO PB
1/4W
C107
5
2.2K
C104
AUDIO REC
SW
Q103
DTA124EKA
0
6.3V 220 KA
6
ALC
R109
5.2
R140
V.REC_ST-H
PB-C
Y-LPF
NL
EMPHA
R-EQ
TEST
1
2
3
2.3
4FSC
C135
1/2
FBC
FM
MOD
A-GND
FROM/TO HEAD AUDIO CONTROL
CP102
IMSA-9604S-06C
P
P
C116
P.CON+5V
CLAMP
NL
EMPHA
R
N.L.
DEEM
P
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP IC
IC101
LA71206M-MPB
C174
6.3V 47 KA
H
P
0.1 B
0.01 B
680
1 B
C108
R106
C129
1K
3
2.3
2.2
R124
R
R
P
R
REG
4V
VIDEO
AGC
YK
C109
PB-C
P
C123
0
R105
1
2
3
YNR/COMB
50V 4.7
4.9
2.3
TO_NORMAL_A
R
ACC
DET
DETAIL
ENH
FRONT_V_IN
FROM/TO SYSCON
1.6
0
50V 1 YK
3.58M
BPF1
Sub
CONV
C121
22 KA
ACC
AMP
50V 1 KA
A.VCC
16V
HA
PRE GND
0.1 F
16V 22 KA
2.3
3.2
22
67
68
0
C105_2
VCP
4.21M
BPF
74
1.8
0
BUFFER
Q107
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
50V 1 KA
P
L
75
1.8
C103_2
CLAMP
B.D
B-UP
AMP
P
76
1.6
0
4
VCA
+
77
EP/LP-CH2 (L)
Main
CONV
IN
VCA
PB
AMP
3.58M
BPF2
C-LPF
78
1
R
L
79
EP/LP COM
HA VCC
80
2
1K
EP/LP-CH1 (R)
R142
3
C162
SP-CH2 (L)
5.0
1.8
0.1 B
4
22uH 0305
C163_1
SP_COM
6.3V 47 KA
5
L107
P.CON+5V
B
SP-CH1 (R)
C158
HF2 (L)
6
0.1
7
CCD
CLAMP
1.6
21
P
H
P
AUTO-BIAS
P
R
1.8
DRIVER
OUT
CNC
R
FROM_NORMAL_A
HF_COM
1.8K
B
C147
0.022
1.5K
AFTER
R115
8
OUT
BGA
BGA
P
0.0027 B
HF1 (R)
TIMMING
0
1.8K
62
R131
BEFORE
P
R
66
9
VSS
PLL
VSS
ACC
DET
BGA
1.9
1.8
H-8
B
CHROMA
DET
REC
AFC
PB
APC
CLOCK
4Fsc
390P CH
CP101
TOC-C09X-A1
ALWAYS VDD
5V
B
R
P
REC
APC
SLD
R119
1.8
320FH
VCO
VX01
HA
GND
65
0.047 F
5.6uH
6
C-VCC
SERAIL
DECODER
FROM OPERATION/DISPLAY
4FSC
180P CH
1.6
64
0.047 F
C165
FROM/TO CYL
2.9
63
0
C169
AUDIO C-ROT C-GND
MUTE RF-SW
HA SW IN
FSC
L103
NC
0 5.2 5.2 5.2 4.9 2.1 4.8 4.1 3.2 3.3 3.2
4.9 4.9 1.2 2.2 0.8
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
0 5.2
58
57
COMPOUT ENV
DET
KILL
DET
0.01 B
0.1 B
2.1
C141
680K
C126
C166
0.068 B
R127
C125
HF2
A.VCC
61
HF_COM
Y/C_VIDEO_OUT
F
37
4.8 4.8
60
59
1
TU/REAR_V_IN
2.2K 1/4W
HF1
1
3.579545MHz
X101
100DT3R528
FROM_NORMAL_A
2
0.022
R133
C151
8.2K 50V 1 KA
C145
B
FSC
5
DVD_V_OUT[DAC_D]
17
TO_NORMAL_A
6
6.3V 47 KA
C143
0.1
C154
W859
FROM/TO HI-FI/DEMODULATOR
FROM/TO TUNER/JACK
C142_2
F
1
G
H
H-10
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SYSCON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(VCR PCB)
TP3002 H.SW
NC
AT+5V[M-CON]
H.SW
4.7K
R3029
3.3K
R3044
R3045
W840
47K
AT+5V[M-CON]
3.3K
SEG_2
SEG_3
SCL
SEG_4
SDA
1/4W
W839
TX
SEG_5
SEG_6
R3028
SEG_7
SEG_8
SEG_9
FWE
SEG_10
RESET
1K
B
0.01
C3050
C3024
15P CH
0.1 B
55 56
52
51
4.7K
R3009
5.0
2G/DUB/REC_LED
50
3G/TV/VCR_LED
48
47
TV/VCR
5.1
DVD_LED
VIDEO_OUT
44
43
42
41
POWER_MUTE-L
VIDEO_MUTE-H
DVD_RESET
SYS_MUTE
REM_IN
VCR_POWER_ON-L
0
0
R3055
22K
R3038
4.7K
1/4W
5
VIDEO_MUTE-H
AT+5.2V
REC_L/REEL-T
0.1
VSC_L/REEL-S
5.0
V.REC_ST-H
POWER_FAIL
C3036
5.1
0.1
F
HIFI_ENV.DET
AT+5V[M-CON]
0
HIFI_H.SW
TAB_SW
SERVICE
NC
TP3001
0
2.5
3.7
AUDIO_MUTE-H
SCL
SDA
AFT-S.CURVE
ST_SELECT
HIFI_ENV.DET
0
FROM/TO OPERATION/DISPLAY
ST_SELECT
KEY-A
DVD_LED
5.2
KEY-B
VCR_LED
47K 1/4W
1K
R3015
1 F
R3063 C3034
REM_IN
1G/VCR/T-REC_LED
2G/DUB/REC_LED
3G/TV/VCR_LED
AT+5.2V
C3049
100P CH
4G/VSC_LED
5G/CS/BS_LED
SEG_1
3
SEG_2
SEG_4
470K
R3053
0.0015 B
KEY-B
SEG_3
SW_V_OUT
C3031
MS_SEN-A
4
KEY-A
10K
R3046
5.2
10K
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
AFT-S.CURVE
DVD_POWER_CTL
R3047
45
VCR_LED
1G/VCR/T-REC_LED
0
6
SDA
46
49
AV_SW1
AV_SW2
SCL
0.3
29
MS SEN-A
MS SEN-B
EOT-H
BOT-H
V ENV
AVSS (GND)
4FSCIN/2FSCIN
SW_V_OUT
5.0
10K
MS_SEN-B
820P CH
0.001 B
12uH
C3044
12P CH
C3015
1 F
EOT
C3052_1
TAB_SW
RF_CH_SW
4G/VSC_LED
1SS133
R3010
BOT
1/4W
470
L3003
C3038
ENV.DET
16V 22 KA
R3025
22
FROM/TO TUNER/JACK
Y/C_CLK
5.0
D3007
C3017
C3013_1
25
Y/C_CS
Y/C_DATA
Y/C_CLK
4FSC
5G/CS/BS_LED
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
0 2.5 0.1 2.6 2.5 2.3 5.1 2.0 2.0 1.5 0.4
0 3.1 2.6 5.1 2.6
0 0 2.5
0 2.6
0
0 1.3 1.3
NC
6.3V 47 KA
560
AFT S.CURVE
HiFi ENV
4FSCOUT/2FSCOUT
9
OVSS(GND)
8
CV OUT
7
C3016
R3020
53
54
SEG2
VSS (GND)
SEG3
SEG4
IIC CLK
IIC SDA
SEG5
SO1/TX
SEG6
SI1/RX
SEG7
SEG8
REEL S-J
SEG9
REEL T-J
JUST CLOCK
SEG10
X2
FWE
X1
OSC1
6
0 2.5
560
AT+5.2V
/RESET
OSC2
5
TAB SW
SERVICE
4FSC
0.001 B
6.8K
C3010
R3007
CTL-
VSS (GND)
VCL
4
VIDEO_OUT
270K
R3026
LSA-1144EAU
TAB SW
SW3001
47K
3
R3017
CTL+
R3011
MD0
CAP LIMIT
FL CS/VSC SW
86
87
88
89
90
270
R3016
270K
R3004
2
0
(LED_GND)
3
1
OVCC
5.1
AT+5V[M-CON]
AT+5V[M-CON] 0.1 F
EOT
BOT
VSS (GND)
CV IN2
0.4
C.SYNC
DUMMY_V.SYNC
CV IN1
0
29 KEY-B
C3065
0
112 VCC (BACK UP)
470K
56K
DUMMY_V.SYNC
CAP PWM
R3043
2.7
30 KEY-A
V CYNC
R3012
111 C SYNC
C SYNC/H SYNC
B
DRUM PWM
5.6K
0.022
HIFI H.SW
50V 2.2 KA
SW_V_OUT
0
C3004
AVCC (BACK UP)
31 ST SELECT
AFC LPF
0
B
0.001 B
4
EOT SENSOR
Q3006
ST-304L
C3006
5.0
5.0
0.001 B
C3005
D3001
LTE-3271T-012A-O
C3007 0.1
VIDEO H.SW
C3032
R3014 56K 2.7
AT+5.2V
POWER FAIL
AFC OSC
HIFI_H.SW
D FG/PG
R3030
2.5
VSC_L/ REEL S
C3022
2.5
REC_L/ REEL T
470P CH
3.0
H.SW
CAP FULL
CYL SPEED UP
AFC PC
1K
R3001
5.6K
0
21
1M
R3008
CYL_FG/PG
10K
SVCC (P.CON5V)
R3031
H.SW
5.0
POWER ON-L
VIDEO_MUTE-H
1K
CONTROL_IN
2.7
COMP
ENV.DET
Y/C_DATA
W838
5.0
5.0
NC
IC3001
OEC0138B
C.ROTARY
W837
4.8
ZERO
REM IN
H.AMP SW
0
7
COMP
RX DRIVE
Q3007
DTC124EKA
SEG_1
4.7
SYSCON/TIMER/SERVO IC
1 B
R3032
CAP FWD-L
RX
0
3.3
DVD RESET
C3001
CYL_DRIVE
CYL_DRIVE
BOT SENSOR
Q3008
ST-304L
C3009
0
COMP
LDM_CTL
CTL+
H.AMP_SW
0
5.0
DVD_POWER_CTL
CAP FG
24
V.REC ST-H
CAP_FG
CYL_FG/PG
DVD LED
R3056
CYL CTL
0
H.AMP_SW
AUDIO MUTE-H
CTL SMT(I)
12
2.5
C.ROTARY
C3008
0.0047 B
VCR LED
CTL AMP(O)
CYL FG/PG
LDM_CTL
RF CH SW
150P CH 150K
11
CONTROL_IN
1G/VCR/T-REC_LED
B
LDM CTL
Y/C CS
0.0015
CAP CTL
3G/TV/VCR LED
2G/DUB/REC LED
0.1 B
LD/CY VCO
9
Y/C DATA
15K
8
10
0
CAP_F/R
AT+12.6_V
54
C3041
LDM_CTL
1 F
GND
2.4
POWER MUTE-L
CTL FB
MOTOR GND
CAP_LIMIT
87
CTL BIAS
6
3.3K
C3040
SEG1
C3018 R3022
I LIMIT
0
V.REC_ST-H
55
R3027 C3019
5
CAP_F/R
VCR_H
CTL(+)
CAP.M/F/R
0
AUDIO_MUTE-H
86
CTL(-)
4
5.1
RF_CH_SW
P.CON+5V
R3003
0.1
W835
Y/C_CS
CAP_FG
W818 AT+12.6_V
22uH
4G/TIME SHIFT LED
AV SW1
22 KA
VCC
AUDIO_MUTE-H
CTL-
5.1
5G/CS/BS LED
56 VCC (BACK UP)
85
AV SW2
16V
L3002
FL DATA/VSC DATA
SVSS (GND)
5
CAP FG
3
7
5.0
AV_SW1
CP3001
TMC-J12P-B2
CAP VCO
C.ROTARY
0.1 F
Y/C CLK
FL CLK/VSC CLK
91
FROM/TO DECK
AV_SW2
SYS MUTE
92
25V 330 YK
0 4.8 4.8
0
60 59 58 57
93
C3033_2
2
V.REC_ST-H
5.3
94
0
NC
0
NC
5.0
DUMMY_V.SYNC
C.SYNC
5.2
C3061
95
5.1
SYS_MUTE
96
5.0
POWER_MUTE-L
10K
R3035
TV/VCR
97
MOTOR_GND
98
5.0
NC
0
GND
85
22K
AT+5.2V
1
RX DRIVE
Q3003
DTA124EKA
0
NC
NC
NC
NC NC
0 0
0
0 5.1 3.4 2.5
0 0
0 4.8 4.8
0 4.9 5.0 4.8 4.8
0
0 5.1 1.4 1.5
0
3.3
84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61
CTL REF
POWER_FAIL
6
MD0
R3057
CAP_LIMIT
8
FROM/TO Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP
3.4
VCR_POWER_ON-L
112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99
7
1M
47K
P.CON+5V
10MHz
R3034
23
R3037
C3053
AT+12.6_V
C3025
12P CH
X3001
100BT01004
R3062
RX
DVD_POWER_CTL
0.1 B R3033
C3020
TX
0.022 B
FROM/TO POWER
10K
W836
AT+5V[M-CON]
AT+5.2V
8
SEG_5
SEG_6
SEG_7
27
4.9
5
SCL
SDA
A2
VSS
C3023
D3009
1SS133
0
A
H-11
B
C
1
2
0
3
0
2
E
AT+5.2V
TX
MD0
RESET
AT+5V[M-CON]
PCB010
VMC300
4
0
0
1
RECORD COLOR SIGNAL
D
5.0
FWE
1
DURING PLAYBACK.
SCL
SDA
0.1 F
AT+5V[M-CON]
0.01 B
C3014
C3002
18K
R3051
0
6
TEST
5.0
7
A1
3
5.2
8
VCC
2
6.3V 470 YK
1
1 F
A0
0
GND
5.0
4
5.2
IN
C3030
EEP ROM IC
IC3099_1
AT24C04N-10SI-2.7
3
NC
OUT
SEG_10
JG3002 JG3003 JG3004 JG3005 JG3006 JG3007 JG3008
KA
4
0
RESET
6.3V 47 KA
F
C3029
0.1
C3027
W813 VSC_L/REEL-S
REEL SENS
Q3001
RPI-303
SYSTEM RESET IC
IC3003
PST3231NR
47K
R3019
W812
R3006
1
NC
SEG_9
47K
10
3
5.2
2
4
0
25V
1.3
1
1.2
0
5
NC
0
C3021_1
4
2
2.4
NC
50V 0.47 KA
0.4
1.2
R3049
C3045
1.3
R3083
3
1
4
R3050
1
5.1
2
3
0.9
0.9
33K
2
33K
MS_SEN B
Q3004
RPI-352C40N
5.1
100 1/4W
R3087
5.1
R3002
MS_SEN A
Q3005
RPI-352C40N
REEL SENS
Q3002 RPI-303
2
120 1/4W
P.CON+5V
AT+5.2V
47K 1/4W
REC_L/REEL-T
MS_SEN-A
MS_SEN-B
SEG_8
F
G
H
H-12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
TUNER/JACK SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(VCR PCB)
1
CH
2
+B
3
25V 10
7
W864
W863
E
33K
R301
18
19
A.IN
W862
0
0
C315_1
W861
RF MUTE SW
Q301
KTC3875S_Y_RTK 0
TU301
115-V-H015ARE
R304
KA 10K
3
C318_1
8
1K
R305
8
25V 10 KA
2
REAR OUT JACK
J8001
MSP-213V1-432_NI_LF
4
5
H2 H1 H1
L
RF_CONV_A_OUT
E
1
V
R
RF_CH_SW
7
L301
P.CON+5V
22uH 0305
FROM AUDIO/VIDEO
TV/VCR
CONTROL 4
VIDEO OUT
TP8001
NC
R302
R306
W879
0.01 B
FSC
120
SCL
CLOCK 10
SDA
DATA 11
AFT-S.CURVE
A.OUT 13
NC
+32V
NC
NC 16
5
0.1
F
C313_1
TU_V_OUT
V.OUT 17
FFC
CD8002
2F080601
4
2
DVD_AUDIO_R 1
6
0.1 F
R8014
50V 10 YK
390
R8009
DVD_V_OUT[DAC_D]
R8032
470
R8015
R8056
MUTE SW
Q8006
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
VIDEO MUTE SW
Q8003
DTC124EKA 3.3
VIDEO_MUTE-H
0
3.3
0
0
MUTE SW
Q8005
KTC3875S_Y_RTK 0
BUFFER
Q8004
KTA1266
0
R8017
0
0
R8016
0
0
MUTE SW
Q8007
DTA124EKA
2.2K
FSC
AUDIO_OUT_L
TU/REAR_V_IN
Y/C_VIDEO_OUT
5.2
AT+5.2V
5.0
FROM/TO SYSCON
R8059
2.2K
R8011
2.6
AUDIO_OUT_R
470
390
21
25V 10 KA
20
GND
470 1/2W
C303
6
C8014
P.CON+12V
TU 32V 15
SYS_MUTE
DVD_AUDIO_L 3
DVD_A_OUT_R
MTZJ6.8B
W821
SIF OUT 14
7
GND
C8013
AFT 12
8
DVD_RESET
DAC_D_DVD_VIDEO5
DVD_A_OUT_L
C8075
C308
NC
75
R8010
D8003
8
6.3V 470 YK
C309
6.3V 220 YK
DVD_V_OUT[DAC_D]
100P CH
NC 9
DVD_RESET
SYS_MUTE
50V 4.7 KA
6
NC
C307
NC
(CP8102) CP8002
IMSA-9604S-08C
1K
C8015
NC 7
FSC
0.01 F
5
C301
V.IN
4.7K
POWER_MUTE-L
1/4W
DVD_RESET
D8008
1SS133
SCL
VIDEO_OUT
SDA
100
0
5
SYS_MUTE
P.CON+5V
AV_SW1
AV_SW2
TV/VCR
RF_CH_SW
AFT-S.CURVE
W853
4
4
L
2
3
POWER_MUTE-L
5
6
VIDEO_MUTE-H
75
E
1
R8001
E
REAR IN JACK
J8002
MSP-213V2-432_NI_LF
VIDEO_OUT
H2 H1 NC H1
SW_V_OUT
4
V
R
P.CON+12V
47uH
AUDIO_OUT_R
C8053_1
AUDIO_OUT_L
25V 10 KA
Vcc
F
Vin2
L8004
HI-FI_A_OUT_L
3
W825
11.7
4.7 KANP
W805
SW_V_OUT
C8057
C8042_1
25V 10 KA
16V
V OUT
8.4
4
C8032
32
7.0
GND
W820
0
47uH
AUDIO_OUT
HI-FI_A_OUT_R
AV_SW1
0.1
KA
SW1
REAR_A_IN_R
0
1
6
2
50V 4.7
L8008
11.5
Vin1
REAR_A_IN_L
2
Vcc
7.8
C8031
5
Vin2
6.7
AV SW IC
IC8005
MM1501XNRE
3
TU_V_OUT
3
5.7
C8059
V OUT
0.1 F
GND
0
SIF_OUT
5.7
SW1
1
6
Vin1
5
6.4
4
REAR_V_IN
DVD_A_OUT_R
DVD_A_OUT_L
3
AV SW IC
IC8002 MM1501XNRE
MTZJ6.8B
50V 4.7 KA
D8001
C8040
TU/REAR_V_IN
C8003
SIF_OUT
50V 10 YK
RF_CONV_A_OUT
FROM POWER
GND
DVD_V_OUT[DAC_D]
Y/C_VIDEO_OUT
REAR_V_IN
REAR_A_IN_L
P.CON+12V
AV_SW2
REAR_A_IN_R
+32V
2
AT+5.2V
P.CON+12V
TUNER VIDEO SIGNAL
RECORD COLOR SIGNAL
AUDIO SIGNAL(REC)
AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)
1
THESE PARTS MARKED BY
CAUTION:SINCE
CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES
DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY
A
H-13
B
C
D
ARE
2
P.CON+5V
PIECES REPAREES PAR UN
ETANT
ATTENTION:LES
DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE
N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES
DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES
E
F
G
PCB010
VMC300
1
H
H-14
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
OPERATION/DISPLAY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(VCR PCB)
8
V651
8
LTG-0366AM-J
FROM/TO OPERATION1,2/FRONT AV JACK
CP652 (CP601)
TOC-G12X-A1
GND
6
KEY-A
5
KEY-B
4
POWER LED
3
GND
2
1
2.0
DVD_LED
1G/VCR/T-REC_LED
2G/DUB/REC_LED
3G/TV/VCR_LED
R673
4G/VSC_LED
180
SEG3 SW
Q662
DTC124EKA
0
0.4
4.0
R675
FROM/TO SYSCON
VCR_LED
AT+5.2V
AT+5.2V
R672
180
180
820
R671
4.0
5
3.0
KEY-A
KEY-B
1.3
180
R665
180
3G SW
Q659
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
5.2
1.7
180
VCR_LED
820
R669
4.9
SEG6 SW
Q657
DTC124EKA
0
0.4
180 4G SW
Q654
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
1.7
5.2
SEG_5
SEG_6
SEG_7
SEG_8
SEG_9
5.2
SEG_10
REM_IN
KEY-B
KEY-A
0
5
0
TO HI-FI/DEMODULATOR
4.9
R664
SEG_6
3G/TV/VCR_LED
SEG_5
SEG_4
2G/DUB/REC_LED
SEG_3
SEG_2
1G/VCR/T-REC_LED
SEG_1
SEG_4
180
4.0
4
SEG7 SW
Q656
DTC124EKA
3.1
0
R666
R667
SEG_3
SEG8 SW
Q655
4.9
DTC124EKA
3.5
0
R668
6
SEG_2
5G SW
Q651
4.0
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
R670
SEG5 SW
Q658
DTC124EKA
0
1.0
SEG_1
SEG9 SW
Q653 4.0
DTC124EKA
0.4
0
R663
SEG4 SW
Q660
DTC124EKA
0
1.1
4.9
5G/CS/BS_LED
SEG10 SW
Q652
DTC124EKA
0.9
0
R662
180
2G SW
Q661
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
5.2
1.7
4.0
W841
7
180
SEG2 SW
Q663
DTC124EKA
0
0.4
REM_IN
6
1
R674
1G SW
Q665
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
5.2
1.7
4.9
REM IN
2
FRONT_A_IN_L
FRONT_A_IN_R
TO Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP
SEG_10
7
FRONT_A_IN_R
3
820
FRONT A IN R
4
SEG_9
8
FRONT_A_IN_L
5
R661
GND
6
5G/CS/BS_LED
FRONT_A_IN_L
9
7
SEG_8
10
8
SEG_7
GND
SEG1 SW
Q664
DTC124EKA
0
1.9
820
11
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
FRONT_V_IN
FRONT_V_IN
4G/VSC_LED
12
820
7
4
FRONT_V_IN
GND
FROM POWER
D656
LEM_VCC
1N4005-EIC
AT+5.2V
DVD_LED
3
R683
AT+5.2V
5.2
5.2
KEY-A
KEY-B
1
3
GND
2
DVD LED
4
NC
270
5
2
DVD LED SW
Q666
DTA124EKA
0
CP651 (CP681)
IMSA-9604S-05Z13
FROM/TO OPERATION1,2/FRONT AV JACK
W807
3
KEY-B
KEY-A
GND
2
PCB010
VMC300
A
H-15
AUDIO SIGNAL(REC)
RECORD COLOR SIGNAL
1
DURING PLAYBACK.
B
C
D
E
1
F
G
H
H-16
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Hi-Fi/DEMODULATOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(VCR PCB)
AUDIO_MUTE-H
22uH
0305
6.3V 47 KA
L701_1
3.3K
0.01 F
FROM OPERATION/DISPLAY
25V 10 KA
C742_2
KA
10V 33
C740_1
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
HA1
23
22
20
DET
SW15
H
19
REC LPF
21
HA2
+
AGC
LCH VCO
SW11
L
1.8
HIFI_ENV.DET
C732
0.01 F
28
2.5
HIFI_H.SW
C729 0.01 B
0
C722
L704
4.9
0.6
P.CON+5V
0.7
5
C761
6.3V 47
HF2
KA
C724
HF1
0
0
HF_COM
C725
0.1
FSC
B
FROM_NORMAL_A
2.4
C726
0.015
B
TO_NORMAL_A
A.VCC
2.4
17
15
16
0 2.4
GND
1 F
C718
F
C720
50V 33 YK
HIFI_ENV.DET
HIFI_H.SW
AUDIO_MUTE-H
SCL
D
3
F
C716
REAR_A_IN_L
0.0012 B
47K
R711
R710
47K
6.8K
R712
6.8K
1
ST_SELECT
680P CH
C715_1
V.REC_ST-H
1 F
C719
C714_2
R708
47K
R707
FROM/TO SYSCON
1
C713
25V 10 KA
SDA
FRONT_A_IN_R
REAR_A_IN_R
10K
P.CON+12V
F
C712
14
0
P.CON+5V
C727_2
25V 10 KA
C711_1
11
12
13
0 2.0 2.2
25V 10 KA
R706
10K
C710
DVD_A_OUT_R
DVD_A_OUT_L
R704
R703
10
0
9
0
1
8
0.5
6.8K
C709_1
R705
0.1 B
C707
C763
680P CH
R722
7
2.1
680P CH
6
2.4
C708_2
1 KA
C706_1 50V 4.7 KA
5
2.2
50V
0
4
FROM POWER
25V 10 KA
25V 10 KA
4
3
2.3
50V 1 KA C705
C704_1 50V 4.7 YK
1.5K
C703
15K
R702
1.5K
C762
R701
2
0
0.7
2
PCB010
VMC300
E
1
AUDIO SIGNAL(REC)
AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)
C
10uH
C723
0
C721_1
64
VREF1
1
R721
B
SW NOISE
INPUT_SW(L)
NC
V.REC_ST-H
0.01 F
INPUT_SW(R)
2.3
C702_1
A
H-17
-
MIX
R
0.022 B
DURING PLAYBACK.
SW4
S/N
D701
1.8
C728_1
0.6
C755
C701
PNR LCH
L
HIFI ENV.
TP701
1.8
0.01 F
18
2.2
CURR
AMP
-
MIX
2
1
C741_2
KA
50V 4.7
C737
56
59
SW22 L
PB LPF
SW14
SW2
60
2.3
330
3
HOLD
TIMING
PC
6
HI-FI_A_OUT_L
C731
2.1
0.1 B
LINER
SW
SW10
BS
R
C760
1 F
R719
LCH BPF
MIX
HIFI
61
2.4
NOISE
DET
C717
16V 22 KA
RCH BPF
FM UM
DET
B
R723
D702
MTZJ5.1B
470 1/4W
1K
A.VCC
25V 10 KA
R718
FROM_NORMAL_A
4
C756_2
1.0
HPF
MIX
SW16
L
PB LPF
AUDIO
LIMIT
62
16V 47 KA
W803
TO_NORMAL_A
4.3
C759_1
PC
REC LPF
HIFI
FROM 3PIN
63
1 F
C754
RFC
SW17
R
0.015 B
1SS133
25V 10 KA
C757
L
MUTE
L
AMP
0.022
AUDIO_OUT
11.0
0305
SW19
R
USA
KA
100uH
4.3
16V 22 KA
AMP
REC
RCH
VCO
AUDIO
LIMIT
MUTE FROM 1PIN
R SW18 BS
OUTPUT SW
R
L
AMP
PB
SW9
MATRIX
AN3663FBP
50V 3.3
L703
SW12
SW NOISE
SW21
6.8K
C758_1
LOG
AMP
HI-FI_A_OUT_R
2.4 C730
50V 0.22 KA
SW13
0
LOGIC
SUB DEEN
53
2.3
KA
FM
DEMOD
AUDIO_OUT
S/N
COMP
0.0012 B R709
W880
1.2
P.CON+12V
2.4 0.7 2.4
36
35
34
33
MUTE VCO-F0
CTL
ADJ
LOGIC
NORMAL
F
ST_SELECT
HI-FI_A_OUT_L
MAIN
DEEN
680P CH
50V 2.2
3.5M
VCO
54
C750_1
SUB
DET
52
2.5
4.2
16V 22 KA
SUB
BPF
15K
0.1
AM
95HMz
DEMOD BPF
0
0 1.6
38
37
PNR RCH
C749
0.1 F
C752_1
HI-FI_A_OUT_R
CUE
BPF
55
C748
4.5M
TRAP
57
22uH 0305
5
49
4.9
SIF_OUT
DVD_A_OUT_L
ZZ-PROM
LOGIC
F
P.CON+5V
REAR_A_IN_R
47K
0.1
50V 10 YK
L702_1
2.7
REAR_A_IN_L
FRONT_A_IN_L
C751
0 NC
39
0 4.9
41
40
DEM_BLK
50
F
FRONT_A_IN_R
DVD_A_OUT_R
0 3.5 2.1 2.3 4.7 4.7
47
46
45
44
43
42
58
0.1
C747
3.4
7
FRONT_A_IN_L
FROM/TO TUNER/JACK
51
2.2M
C746
27K
R714
HI-FI/AUDIO/HEAD AMP/DEM IC
IC701
2.2
AN3663FBP
48
R717
6
50V 4.7
C735
YK
0.1
B
C734
7
25V 10 KA
C736
R716
KA
C738
50V 0.22
W845
F
C743_1
0.001 B
C744
0.1
C739_1
SCL
P.CON+5V
8
SDA
FSC
SIF_OUT
8
F
G
H
H-18
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
POWER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(VCR PCB)
8
8
TO Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP
P.CON+5V
W876
W806
AT+12.6_V
7
D503
D535
R542
MTZJ12B
220 1/4W
D514
1SS133
R533
R535
22K
R534
YK
C505_1
W844
3
0
TO TUNER/JACK
5.2
R513 5.9
+32V
AT+5.2V
1/2W
5.1
P.CON+5V
10K
390
R532
C514
4
5.0
16V 100 YK
C521
16V 100 YK
47
820 +-1%
50V 22 YK
R530
R531
P.CON+9V
P.CON5V SW
Q505
KTC3209_Y
SW
P.CON+12V
F
1
C517
C512
1 F
C506_1
6.3V 470 YK
+-1%
AT+5.2V
GND
GND
LEM_VCC
AT+5.2V
22uH
W832
5.2
5.2
P.CON+5V
4
TO HI-FI/DEMODULATOR
5.8
P.CON+5V SW
Q503
KTC3209_Y
P.CON+5V
R514
P.CON+12V
220 1/2W
GND
2.2 F
15
10ELS6N
1
F
FROM/TO MPEG/MICON
+32V
820 1/2W
1/4W
AT+5V[M-CON]
C534
4.4
R517
R536
50V 22 YK
150
R545_1
D522
5.1
560K
2.2 F
5.2
R523
1SS133
C541
R511
C507
M-CON +5V SW
Q504
KTA1271_Y
(CP4002) CP501
CH2C0302
0.1
R544
560
5.1
1K 1/4W
0
TX
M-CON POWER SW
Q506
DTC124EKA
RX
W867
P.CON+3.3V
GND
R519
3.3
0.7
0
10K
1/4W
R554
1/4W
3
P.CON+3.3V
4
5
6
P.CON+5V
7
P.CON+9V_A
8
47K
P.CON+9V_A
P.CON+12V
5.3
0
2
P.CON+3.3V
NC
100
470
R552
R540
R553
470
3.3K +-1%
3.3K +-1%
R521
R522
0
PROTECT
Q531
2SA1037AK
P.CON+9V
1
RX
GND
P.CON+5V_DH
POWER_FAIL
0
D526
MTZJ3.3B
MTZJ3.3B
0 PROTECT
Q530
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
2.5
YK
0
D532
0
4.1
100K
4.1
13.2
100K
1
C504_1
IN
2
6.3V 220
GND
3
R510
OUT
R543
2
R520
220
C524
0.022 B
1/4W
VOLTAGE CTL IC
IC501
KIA431
TX
GND
AT+5.2V
1K
R538
5
GND
6.8K
1
2
4
DVD_POWER_CTL
GND
4.1
R518
C528
2
22K
220
R509
6
MOTOR_GND
LEM_VCC
R541
R537
21DQ04N
C522_1
1SS133
1SS133
D518
D534
100 1/4W
1SS133
L506
21DQ04N
D512
1SS133
D504
GND
MOTOR_GND
5.1
16V 100 YK
10K
R525
10K
R507
C508
HS501
763WSA0017
R508
D537
D523
D530
10ELS6N
0.3
MTZJ10B
0.0082 B
0.82 1W
12.5
D536
D531
0
R502
PHOTO COUPLER
IC503
PS2561L1-1-V(W)
3
0.3
1SS133
D524
PROTECT CONTROL
Q502
KTC3203_Y
100 1/4W
C527
0.0082 B R524
MTZJ27B
D510
0.018 M
P.CON+5V
P.CON+3.3V
MTZJ33B
R
C525
2KV 680P
D511
C509
560 1/2W
0.5
1N4005-EIC
D513
96
15
2
GND
9.0
16V 100 YK
14
AT+12.6_V
P.CON+5V_DH
C530_1
16.6
142.0
R504
R529
13
NC 3
39
AT+5V[M-CON]
VCR_POWER_ON-L
TO OPERATION/DISPLAY
1.0
1.0 3.3V CTL
Q508
3.3V CTL
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
Q507
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
1SS133
0.22 1W
R516
0
0
G
0.5
S 0.1
SWITCHING
Q501
STP5NC50FP
POWER_FAIL
1.8
D539
139.3
4
D
19.1
150
38
3.9
1.2K
0
12
3.1
1.8
R526
D515
12.9
1SS133
11
6.3V 2200 ZL
6
R527
10
C518_2
7
3.2
3.9K
R528
0
10V 2200 YK
0
21DQ04N
C519_1
R506
1M 1/2W
8
OUT
1
11.6
3.4
C510_1
1/4W
3.7
0
4
P.ON SW
Q509
DTC124EKA
0
100
IN
100 1/4W
T501
81260074
16.0
5
VCR_POWER_ON-L
9V REG. IC
IC502
KIA78R09API
3.3V OUT
Q511
KTA1241_Y
2.2K
FH502
EYF-52BCY
16V 100
D538
1SS133
D505
W823
FH501
EYF-52BCY
DVD_POWER_CTL
W816
1N4005-EIC
BLACK
TX
RX
AT+5.2V
0
2.7K
1N4005-EIC
P.CON+12V
0305
W5RH3.5X5X1.0
R515
D502
D509
2
FROM/TO SYSCON
12.8
B502
RGP10J-EIC
1
S501
3
16V 2200 YK
C501_1
C515
500V 0.01 B
68K 1W
PK
R512
C540
200V 47
C511_2
500V 560P B
W4BRH3.5X6X1.0X2
BLACK
4
F501
51MS025L
2.5A125V
S502
WHITE
3
2KV 220P R
2.5A 125V
WHITE
C531
22uH
W831
C513
AC120V_60Hz
CD501
09419910
RGP15J
W849
B501
6
BLADE
WIDE
C502
W5T_20*10*10A
200V 47 PK
275V 0.1 ECQUL
L502
L505
D507
1N4005-EIC
COIL,LINE FILTER
L501
0R4A223F20
7
P.CON+12V SW
Q510
KTC3203_Y
12.4
12.2
22K
D528
250V 0.0047 KX
W873
1N4005-EIC
W871
C516
W868
R501
3.3M
1/2W
+-10%
GND
W870
D506
0
AT+5.2V
POWER FAIL SW
Q514
2SC2412K
3
9
10
P.CON+12V
AT+5V
11
2
12
POWER FAIL SW
Q513
2SC2412K
PCB010
VMC300
2.5A 125V
1
CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD,
CAUTION :FOR
REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME TYPE FUSE 2.5A 125V(F501).
UNE PROTECTION CONTINUE LES RISQUES D’INCEIE
ATTENTION :POUR
N’UTILISER QUE DES FUSIBLE DE MEME TYPE 2.5A 125V(F501).
A
H-19
B
CAUTION
:SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY
C
ARE
ATTENTION
:LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN
ETANT
D
E
F
DURING PLAYBACK.
G
1
H
H-20
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
OPERATION1,2/FRONT AV JACK SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
8
8
(OPERATION 1 PCB)
OPERATION1
PCB270
VECA42
1/4W
R607
220
1/4W
R605
100
1/4W
LTL-1CHGT-002A
D602_1
1
B+ 2
GND 3
KA
100
C604
6.3V
EVQ11L05R
Vout
R602
6.8K
CH UP
SW605
KEY-A
EVQ11L05R
KEY-B
6
CH DOWN
SW604
VCR_LED
5
EVQ11L05R
4
OS601
PIC-37143TH5
6.2K 1/4W
REC/OTR
SW603
GND
EVQ11L05R
3
1/4W
R603
VCR EJECT
SW602
REM_IN
POWER
SW601
AT+5.2V
2
56K
EVQ11L05R
6
1
R606
3.3K
FROM/TO AV JACK
CP603 (CP602)
B2013H02-6P
1/4W
7
R604
7
6
5
2
3
4
5
6
REM_IN
GND
VCR_LED
KEY-B
KEY-A
(OPERATION 2 PCB)
FRONT AV JACK
CD602
B2013H02-6P
1
AT+5.2V
CP602 (CP603)
B2013H02-6P
FROM/TO OPERATION1
(FRONT JACK PCB)
OPERATION2
5
R691
220K 1/4W
10
FRONT_A_IN_L
11
GND
EVQ11L05R
GND
1/4W
CP681 (CP651)
IMSA-9604S-05Z13
GND
DVD_LED
5
GND
4
KEY-A
2
KEY-B
1
NC
FRONT_V_IN
EVQ11L05R
9
STOP
SW689
FRONT_A_IN_R
3.3K
VCR/DVD
SW691
8
4
R689
1/4W
EVQ11L05R
GND
6.8K
EVQ11L05R
7
FF/CUE
SW687
KEY-A
R687
OPEN/CLOSE
SW690
KEY-B
6
EVQ11L05R
5
R686
6.8K 1/4W
PLAY
SW686
VCR_LED
R685
13K 1/4W
EVQ11L05R
GND
4
12
3
REM_IN
3
REW/REV
SW685
2
AT+5.2V
DVD LED
D685
1
LTL-1CHGT-002A
CP601 (CP652)
00_6232_012_102
4
3
3
R692
1.5K 1/4W
R690
C601
33K 1/4W
E
2
1
H
E
2
1
FRONT AV JACK
AUDIO R
J603
MTJ-032-04A-01-FE_LF
H
FRONT AV JACK
AUDIO L
J602
MTJ-032-04B-01-FE_LF
R601
75 1/4W
FRONT AV JACK
VIDEO
J601
GND
2
MTZJ6.8B
D601
16V 10 KA
3
NC
E
2
H
1
2
PCB280
VECA43
PCB260
VECA44
A
H-21
DURING PLAYBACK.
1
B
C
D
E
1
F
G
H
H-22
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SW/RELAY/FG SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
8
8
7
7
M2001
JCL9B61
M
M
6
(SW PCB)
PCB640
VEBA17
(RELAY PCB)
SW2
SW1AB-271-10A
CP1
IMSA-9615S-08C-PP
SLD.MTR(-)
7
SLD.MTR(+)
6
SP.MTR(-)
5
SP.MTR(+)
4
L.SW
3
GND
2
FG
1
VCC
S1004X
S1005
S1004
5
S1005Y
S1004Y
S1001X
S1001
S1001Y
S1003X
S1003
S1003Y
S1002X
S1002
S1002Y
R1
PCB68A
VEBA12
S1005X
R2
5
8
4
82K
M2002
BCD3B02
4
3
1
2
560
6
4
D1
SG-107F6
3
3
2
2
1
1
A
H-23
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
H-24
H-24
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
SLED,LOADING MOTOR
VCC
2
FE HEAD (GND)
1
2
CAP VCO
2
VCC
3
CP3001 1
F
20
20
20
F
D
19
19
19
D
P.CON+3.3V
3
3
RX
P.CON+3.3V
4
CAP.M/F/R
4
P.CON+3.3V
4
4
P.CON+3.3V
5
I LIMIT
5
A
18
18
18
A
B
17
17
17
B
GND
5
5
GND
6
MOTOR GND
6
C
16
16
16
C
GND
6
6
GND
7
GND
7
RF
15
15
15
RF
P.CON+5V
7
7
P.CON+5V
8
LD/CY VCO
GND(NC)
14
14
14
GND(NC)
P.CON+9V A
8
8
P.CON+9V A
9
CAP CTL
9
MON(COM)
13
13
13
MON(COM)
P.CON+9V A
9
9
P.CON+9V A
10
LDM CTL
10
GND(CD)
12
12
12
GND(CD)
MOTOR GND
10
10
MOTOR GND
11
CYL FG/PG
11
VOL(CD)
11
11
11
VOL(CD)
P.CON+12V
11
11
P.CON+12V
12
CYL CTL
12
LD(CD)
10
10
10
LD(CD)
12
12
9
9
9
LD(DVD)
8
8
8
GND(DVD)
VOL(DVD)
7
7
7
VOL(DVD)
NC(SW)
6
6
6
NC(SW)
MON(DVD)
MON(DVD)
1
T-
SLD-
1
SLD+
FFC
1
SLD-
2
2
2
SLD+
SP1-
3
3
3
SP1-
SP1+
4
4
4
SP1+
LIMIT SW
5
5
5
LIMIT SW
GND
6
6
6
GND
7
7
7
8
8
8
5
5
4
4
GND
6
6
3
3
DVD_AUDIO_L
GND
7
7
2
2
GND
DVD_AUDIO_R 8
8
1
1
DVD_AUDIO_R
21
17 V.OUT
16 NC
15 TU 32V
14 SIF OUT
CP2603
1
CLOSE
GND(D)
2
GND(D)
OPEN
3
OPEN
NC
13 A.OUT
12 AFT
3
HF1 (R)
9
9
9
HF COM
8
8
8
HF2 (L)
7
7
7
SP-CH1 (R)
6
6
6
SP COM
5
5
5
SP-CH2 (L)
4
4
4
EP/LP-CH1 (R)
3
3
3
EP/LP COM
2
2
2
EP/LP-CH2 (L)
1
1
1
7
6
5
4
3
HI-FI HEAD
SP HEAD
EP/LP HEAD
3
10 CLOCK
1 INPUT
NC
AC120V_60Hz
CD501
2 VCC
BLADE
WIDE
3 GND
VIDEO OUT SW
SW8101
2
4 3
5
6
1
YUV OUT
J8103
E
4
2
H1
3
H2
5
8
7
E
H1
FSC
7
NC
S501 BLACK
BLACK
5
Y/C SEPA
J8102
4
2
4
1
4
6
REAR IN JACK
J8002
DVD AUDIO OUT
J8101
3
5
5
E
1
2
E
H1 H1 H2
VCR PCB
PCB010
VMC300
3
C
E
4
E
1
2
3
REAR OUT JACK
J8001
E
5
6
H2 H1 NC H1
3
1
2
E
V.IN
CONTROL
3
+B
4
2
CH
5
1
A.IN
H2 H1 H1
PIECES REPAREES PAR UN
ETANT
ATTENTION:LES
ARE
B
NC
8
HEAD AUDIO CONTROL ASS’Y
H5001
CD102
FFC
CP102
THESE PARTS MARKED BY
CAUTION:SINCE
1
NC
S502 WHITE
WHITE
9
18
L
S/CVBS
1
H
COMP
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
2
A
7
6
5
FPC
11 DATA
OPTICAL
OS8101
LOADING MOTOR
M101
4
CP101
NC
5
CYLINDER UNIT ASS’Y
UN4001
TU301
+5V
CLOSE
2
FFC
GND
DVD_AUDIO_L
CP2602
1
+5V
5 DAC_D_DVD_VIDEO
7
1
5
D-U OUT
1
4
6
T-
SYS_MUTE
DAC_D_DVD_VIDEO 4
D-V OUT
T+
6
4
2
6
5
2
3
4
2
DVD_RESET
3
D-COM
T+
7
SYS_MUTE
D-W OUT
F-
8
7
3
3
8
2
3
3
1
2
M-GND
3
1
DVD_RESET
WHITE
LM
CP8002
2
F-
CD8002
FFC
CP8102
2
F+
RED
D-PG OUT
4
AT+5V
1
5
4
CAPSTAN DD UNIT
M2001
1
5
4
8
D-PG GND
5
F+
6
1
LD(DVD)
GND(DVD)
G
FE HEAD (GND)
1
1
1
KEY-B
CP103
2
2
KEY-A
FE HEAD (HOT)
3
3
CAP FG
TX
3
AT+5V
7
MR
FG SENSOR
O
FE HEAD (HOT)
2
H5002
KEY-B
1
KEY-A
1
2
3
3
4
4
GND
5
CP501
CP4002
ROTOR
MAGNET
OUT
HALL HALL
SWITCH
VCC
IN
LOGIC
RX
FG SENSER
H-25
CP651
5
DVD LED
REM IN
AT+5.2V
GND
3
1
POWER LED
4
2
KEY-B
5
2
KEY-A
2
6
1
GND
1
7
TX
FRONT A IN R
E
8
21
GND
21
9
21
FRONT_A_IN_L
VCC
E
10
22
GND
22
11
22
FRONT_V_IN
Vref
VCC
SPINDLE MOTOR
4
CP652
GND(PDIC)
23
1
GND
4
CD681
FFC
5
OPTICAL PICK-UP
24
23
MAIN
COIL
AUDIO PB
6
6
6
6
AUDIO PB
AUDIO REC
5
5
5
5
AUDIO REC
CTL+
4
4
4
4
CTL+
CTL-
3
3
3
3
AE HEAD(-)
2
2
2
2
AE HEAD(-)
AE HEAD(+)
1
1
1
1
AE HEAD(+)
AUDIO
CONTROL
CTL-
2
AE
19
5
24
23
HALL
SENSOR
20
DVD
DRIVE
DM-2
24
Vref
2
DVD LED
5
2
H
H
2
FRONT AV JACK
VIDEO
J601
FFC
6
GND(PDIC)
12
DVD PCB
PCB130
VMC298
CP2601
FULL ERASE HEAD ASS’Y
FRONT AV JACK
AUDIO L
J602
CP681
FRONT JACK PCB
PCB260
VECA44
OPERATION2 PCB
PCB280
VECA43
4
NC
3
2
E
1
E
1
1
OPERATION 1 PCB
PCB270
VECA42
7
E
6
1
KEY-A
2
5
KEY-A
3
KEY-B
4
4
KEY-B
5
3
6
6
GND
VCR LED
7
5
GND
VCR_LED
8
4
2
9
3
1
REM IN
10
B+ 2
Vout 1
CP602
AT+5.2V
REM_IN
11
2
12
FROM
TM601
CP603
1
AT+5.2V
GND 3
8
FRONT AV JACK
AUDIO R
J603
CP601
REMOCON SENSOR
OS601
COMMAND TRANSMITTER
TM601
TO
OS601
CD602
FCC
H
8
NOTE: THIS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME
1
D
E
F
G
H
H-26
WAVEFORMS
MPEG/MICON
10ns
100mV
500µs
100mV
1
6
10µs
100mV
11
MEMORY
5ns
20mV
2
10µs
200ns
20mV
100mV
7
12
Y/C/AUDIO/CCD/HEAD AMP
RF AMP/DSP
200ns
20mV
3
200ns
10mV
4
PB
10µs
10µs
100mV
500mV
8
16
10µs
PB
100mV
100ns
100mV
9
17
AUDIO/VIDEO
500µs
100mV
5
PB
10µs
100mV
1ms
100mV
18
10
NOTE: The following waveforms were measured at the point of the corresponding
balloon number in the schematic diagram.
I-1
WAVEFORMS
POWER
PB
PB
200ms
500mV
500µs
1.0V
19
REC
5µs
20V
20
5µs
500mV
24
38
PB
5ms
5µs
5.0V
500mV
25
39
SYSCON
PB
5ms
PB
5ms
1.0V
2.0V
21
27
Hi-Fi/DEMODULATOR
PB
200µs
PB
10ms
1.0V
1.0V
22
28
TUNER/JACK
POWER ON
50ns
1.0V
23
10µs
200mV
32
NOTE: The following waveforms were measured at the point of the corresponding
balloon number in the schematic diagram.
I-2
MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW
206
206
206
202
206
202
117
201
112
PCB010
(VCR PCB ASS'Y)
206
209
209
105
123
209
104
121
203
113
103
106
113
120
203
103
124
110
203
106
102
204
203
PCB130
(DVD PCB ASS'Y)
108
207
205
205
107
PCB260
(FRONT JACK PCB ASS'Y)
114
109
PCB270
(OPERATION 1 PCB ASS'Y)
208
205
111
208
208
203
101C
115
203
101J
101G
101F
101E
205
119
122
203
101H
116
101D
101K
101I
208
203
101L
101A
101B
PCB280
(OPERATION2 PCB ASS'Y)
101K
101
J1-1
MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW
(PACKING DIAGRAM)
118, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136
CD6002, CD6003
TM601
127
129
125
127
126
130
128
J1-2
CHASSIS EXPLODED VIEW (TOP VIEW)
300
505
CD1501
349
M2003
UN4001
333
334
504
501
335
H5002
342
H5001
336
314
324
341
347
503
315
306
323
331
508
508
305
322
301
302
312
AA
313
AA
332
AA
AA
AA
AA
CD1502
M101
318
304
325
309
AA
319
AA 307
AA
AA
506
345
320
AA
346
AA
507
AA
317
316
AA
348
321
510
AA
AA
CLASS
MARK
AA
GREASE
NOTE: Applying positions AA for the grease are
displayed for this section.
Check if the correct grease is applied for
each position.
J2-1
AA
AA
CHASSIS EXPLODED VIEW (BOTTOM VIEW)
300
303
M2001
CD1501
502
AA
CD1502
339
338
AA
502
AA
502
AA
329
337
AA
AA
AA
509
AA
340
AA
311
310
AA
308
AA
344
327
343
AA
326
AA
328
AA
505
330
CLASS
MARK
GREASE
AA
Check if the correct grease is applied for
each position.
J2-2
DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEW
606
608
600
613
606
612
619
AA
AA
614
AA
618
616
SW1
CD2302
AA
AA
701
AA
617
AA
705
AA
615
603
AA
AA
610
602
604
703
704
SW2
CD2001
PCB640
(SW PCB ASS'Y)
605
Do not replace the parts. Because,
minute adjustments are needed if
this condition is disassembled
further more.
If the repair is needed, replace the
DVD MECHA ASS'Y.
607
AA
605
AA
623
621
M2602
601
CP1
PCB68A
(RELAY PCB ASS'Y)
702
CLASS
GREASE
MARK
AA
AA
622
AA
609
620
611
AA
CD2301
Check if the correct grease is applied for each
position.
J3-1
MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
Location No. TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
101
101A
101B
101C
101D
101E
101F
101G
101H
101I
101J
101K
101L
AE002737
AE002738
AE002739
AE002740
AE002741
AE001167
AE001847
AE002742
AE002743
AE001324
AE001848
AD301567
AE002744
A2C533X720
701WPJC500
711WPDA644
712WPBA081
712WPJB967
7230007689
7235490018
736WPJA007
736WPJA008
742WKA0001
743WKA0042
800WFA0051
800WQ00084
CABINET,FRONT ASSY
CABINET,FRONT
PLATE,DISPLAY
FLAP,VCR
FLAP,DVD
SHEET,LED
BADGE,BRAND
BUTTON,FRAME-VCR
BUTTON,FRAME-DVD
SPRING,DVD-FLAP
SPRING,FLAP
CUSHION,LEG
DOUBLE FACE TAPE
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
BZ710577
BZ710658
BZ710466
BZ710331
BZ710498
AE001160
AE002745
AE001166
701WPA0686
701WPA0751
752WSA0230
753WUAA006
85OP700038
702WSAA068
722549A303
7230007673
HOLDER,DECK
HOLDER,DECK
SHIELD,CASE HEAD AMP
SPRING,EARTH HEAD AMP
HOLDER,END SENSOR
PLATE,BOTTOM
SHEET,RATING
SHEET,JACK
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
AE000754
AD301688
BZ710633
BZ710659
AE002746
AE002747
AE001420
AE002690
AD300845
AE001591
7232020748
7260000341
752WSA0275
752WSA0290
761WPA0301
752WUA0006
761WSA0127
702WSAA077
JB5UD500
761WSA0130
SHEET,IC
SHEET,CAUTION
COVER,AC HEAD
SHIELD,COMPO
HOLDER,FFC
SHIELD,3PIN
ANGLE,FRONT
CABINET,TOP
POLYBAG,INSTRUCTION(RED CAUTION)
ANGLE,DVD
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
AE001418
AE001851
AE001852
AE001853
AE001419
AD301577
AE001174
AE002173
AE002749
AE001856
752WSA0359
761WPA0262
8965TS1010
8965TS1017
761WPA0292
791WHA0100
792WHA0489
792WHA0515
793WCDC061
795WCA0662
ANGLE,DVD 2
HOLDER,DECK TOP
CUSHION
CUSHION
HOLDER,DVD
GIFT SHEET
PACKAGE,FRONT
PACKAGE,BACK
GIFT BOX
PAD,DVD/VR
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
AE002694
AE002750
AD301582
AE002751
AE002752
AE002753
AE001184
795WCAA181
A2C533X975
J2A70617
J2C50643A
J2C53301A
J2C53307A
J5F10129A
PAD,L
340x480x160
INSTRUCTION BOOK KIT
REGISTRATION CARD
NETFLIX CARD
INSTRUCTION BOOK
QUICK SET-UP SHEET(SPANISH)
INFORMATION SHEET
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
AE001178
BZ710582
BZ710581
BZ710239
BZ710678
AD301575
AE001854
AE002171
AE002618
8154730414
8109130B94
8109230704
8109I30A04
8109230804
8109K30601
8107130404
8110326A04
810F130804
SCREW,TAP TITE(B)
SCREW,TAP TITE(B) R PAN
SCREW,TAP TITE(B) R BIND
SCREW,TAP TITE(B) WH7
SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND
SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND(3D)
SCREW,TAP TITE(S) PAN
SCREW TAP TITE(P) FLAT
SEMS(F)
K1-1
65TS10-10H L10
65TS10-10H L17.5
155x250
M3x41R
3x29
3x7
3x10
3x8
3x6
3x4
2.6x10
3x8
CHASSIS REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
!
!
!
Reference No.
Description
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
AE001857
AE002754
BZ710682
BZ710193
BZ710515
BZ710094
BZ710112
BZ710516
BZ710517
BZ710518
A2C303N420K
85OA400240
85OA500026
85OP200290
85OP600581
85OP500083
85OP800324
85OA000459
85OA200089
85OA200090
DECK ASSY
PINCH ROLLER BLOCK (VA)
AHC ASS'Y
BELT,CAPSTAN (S)
WORM
BASE,AC HEAD
SPRING,AC HEAD
MAIN CHASSIS ASS'Y
CLUTCH ASS'Y
ARM IDLER ASS'Y
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
BZ710519
BZ710520
BZ710521
BZ710522
BZ710650
BZ710524
AE000442
BZ710526
BZ710527
BZ710528
85OA300065
85OA300066
85OA400223
85OA400232
85OA400235
85OA400231
85OP800367
85OP900736
85OP900748
85OP900749
LOADING ARM S UNIT
LOADING ARM T UNIT
INCLINED BASE T UINT 3S
P5 ARM ASS'Y 2
TENSION ARM ASS'Y 2
INCLINED BASE S UNIT
SPRING,LOCKER
CASS,HOLDER
CASS,SIDE L
CASS,SIDE R
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
BZ710529
BZ710530
BZ710531
BZ710532
BZ710533
BZ710534
BZ710535
BZ710536
BZ710537
BZ710538
85OP900739
85OA900228
85OP000496
85OP200316
85OP200317
85OP200308
85OP200311
85OP200312
85OP200313
85OP300194
LOCKER,R
LINK UNIT
POST,CASS GUIDE
REEL,S (S)
REEL,T (S)
GEAR,IDLER
GEAR,CLUTCH
GEAR,COUPLING
LEVER,CLUTCH
GEAR,MAIN LOADING
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
BZ710092
BZ710093
BZ710366
BZ710762
BZ710540
BZ710541
BZ710763
BZ710543
BZ710544
BZ710545
85OP400490
85OP400492
85OP400520
85OP400542
85OP400533
85OP600573
85OP600584
85OP600577
85OP600578
85OP600579
LEVER,TENSION
HOLDER,TENSION
CAP.P4
BAND,TENSION
CONNECT,TENSION
ARM,BRAKE T
BAND,BRAKE T
CAM,PINCH ROLLER
CAM,MAIN
ROD,MAIN
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
BZ710546
BZ710110
BZ710547
BZ710548
BZ710549
BZ710565
BZ710551
BZ710552
BZ710106
BZ710514
85OP600582
85OP800322
85OP800360
85OP800355
85OP800356
85OP900750
85OP900744
85OP900745
85OP700035
85OP900746
GEAR,JOINT
SPRING,TENSION
SPRING,BRAKE T
SPRING,COUPLING
SPRING,RING
LEVER,LINK 2
LEVER,FLAP
CASS,OPENER
REFLECTOR,LED
BRACKET,TOP 3V
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
BZ710049
BZ710058
BZ710371
BZ710046
BZ710050
BZ710553
BZ710219
BZ710056
BZ710054
8107226804
83ETW30000
8107226404
8102120604
8109126604
810A130404
810A126504
82Q264713N
82P184505N
SCREW,TAP TITE(S) BIND
E-RING
SCREW,PAN
SCREW,TAP TITE(B) PAN
SCREW/WASHER(A)
SCREW/WASHER(A)
POLYSLIDER WASHER
POLYSLIDER WASHER(CUT)
2.6x8
3.0
2.6x4
M2x6
2.6x6
M3x4
M2.6x5
2.6x4.7xT0.13
1.8x4.5xT0.5
510
BZ710017
8107226604
2.6x6
CD1501
CD1502
H5001
H5002
M101
M2001
M2003
UN4001
BZ614292
BZ614339
AD301675
AD301676
BZ710566
AE002696
BZ710657
AD301954
122H071704
122Y021902
1523Q91003
1543Q02014
1596P98001
1510S98040
1589S11017
A2C301N500
CORD JUMPER
CORD JUMPER
HEAD (AUDIO CONTROL)
HEAD (FULL ERASE)
MOTOR (LOADING)
CAPSTAN DD UNIT
MICRO MOTOR
CYLINDER UNIT ASS'Y
2H071704
2Y021902
VTR-1X2RPE22-756
VTR-1X2ERS11-154
MXN13FB12K3
F2QVB33B
I2OAL05
A2C301N500
K2-1
A2C303N420K
DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
!
Reference No.
Description
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
AE002178
AD301822
AE002480
AE002481
AD301825
AD301826
AD301827
AD301846
AE001179
AD301845
A2C518X650
92P100022A
92P100080A
92P100081A
92P100035A
92P200006A
92P200007A
92P100029A
92P300009A
92P100028A
DVD MECHA ASSY
TRAVERSE HOLDER
RACK,FEED 1A
RACK,FEED 2A
LEVER,RACK FEED
INSULATOR(F)
INSULATOR(R)
GEAR,FEED
SPRING,RACK L
GEAR,MIDDLE 3
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
AE002482
AE002179
AD301833
AD301834
AD301835
AE001336
AD301837
AE002647
AD301839
AD301840
92P300019A
92P100040A
92P000001A
92P100019A
92P100020A
92P100039A
92P100023A
92P100082A
92P300002A
92P400002A
SPRING,RACK FEED 1A
ARM,IDLER 2
CLAMPER PLATE
RACK,LOADING
MAIN FRAME M
TRAY
GEAR,MAIN
CLAMPER 2
SPRING,RACK LOADING
MAGNET,CLAMPER
620
621
622
623
AD301847
AD301842
AE002180
AD301844
92P100030A
92P100025A
92P100083A
92P100027A
GEAR,IDLER
GEAR,MOTOR
GEAR,MIDDLE 1
GEAR,MIDDLE 2
701
702
703
704
705
BZ710187
AD301851
AD301852
AD301853
AD301913
8110226804
8110120604
8107220504
8140117254
8110220804
SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND
SCREW,TAP TITE(P) PAN
SCREW,PAN
SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND
2.6x8
2x6
2x5
M1.7x2.5 P3
2x8
CD2001
CD2301
CD2302
CP1
M2602
PCB640
PCB68A
SW1
SW2
AD301855
AD301856
AE000148
AD301858
AD301861
AD301862
AD301863
AD301866
AE001158
122H0O1901
122H080701
06CH232101
069JV80180
1515S98001
A5E601V640
A5E601V680
0515S32001
0500101036
CORD JUMPER
CORD JUMPER
CORD CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
FEED MOTOR
PCB ASS'Y
PCB ASS'Y
SWITCH
PUSH SWITCH
2H0O1901
2H080701
CH232101
IMSA-9615S-08C-PP
BCD3B81
BEC001A
BEC002A
SSS-23-6
ESE22MH22
K3-1
A2C518X650
ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
RESISTORS
!
!
!
!
R101
R102
R103
R105
R106
R107
R108
R109
R110
R111
R112
R113
R114
R115
R116
R117
R119
R120
R121
R122
R123
R124
R126
R127
R129
R131
R132
R133
R136
R137
R138
R139
R140
R141
R142
R143
R301
R302
R304
R305
R306
R501
R502
R504
R506
R507
R508
R509
R510
R511
R512
R513
R514
R515
R516
R517
R518
R519
R520
R521
R522
R523
R524
R525
R526
R527
R528
R529
R530
R531
R532
AE001839
AE001814
AE001814
AE001813
AE001842
AE001832
AE001827
BZ210119
AE001846
AE001846
AE001282
AE001825
AE000851
AE001845
AE001821
AE001843
AE001824
AE001825
AE001813
AE001815
BZ210126
AE001806
AE001824
AE001802
AE001824
AE001820
AE001832
AE001846
AE001827
AE001007
AE001827
AE001788
BZ210126
AE001813
AE001813
AE001813
AE001833
AE001813
AE001814
AE001813
AE001889
BZ210219
AE001780
AE000145
AE001774
AE001814
AD301203
AE001812
AE001815
AE001299
AE001779
AE000934
AE000350
AE001828
BZ210190
AE000483
AE001819
AE001813
AE001795
AE001835
AE001795
AE001843
AD301203
AE001814
AE001786
AD301203
AE001777
AE001826
AE001283
AE001804
AE001814
R904N7561J
R904N7103J
R904N7103J
R904N7102J
R904N7681J
R904N7332J
R904N7223J
R002T4102J
R904N7822J
R904N7822J
R803R9334J
R904N7221J
R803R9203J
R904N7821J
R904N7153J
R904N7682J
R904N7182J
R904N7221J
R904N7102J
R904N7104J
R002T4222J
R803R9823J
R904N7182J
R803R9684J
R904N7182J
R904N7152J
R904N7332J
R904N7822J
R904N7223J
R002T4123J
R904N7223J
R803R9123J
R002T4222J
R904N7102J
R904N7102J
R904N7102J
R904N7333J
R904N7102J
R904N7103J
R904N7102J
R803R9121J
R0G3K2335K
R3X181R82J
R002T2561J
R002T2105J
R904N7103J
R002T4101J
R904N7101J
R904N7104J
R803R9564J
R3X181683J
R002T2391J
R002T2221J
R904N7272J
R63581R22J
R002T2821J
R904N7151J
R904N7102J
R803R9332F
R904N7471J
R803R9332F
R904N7682J
R002T4101J
R904N7103J
R803R9122F
R002T4101J
R002T4392J
R904N7222J
R803R9470J
R803R9821F
R904N7103J
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
R,METAL OXIDE
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
R,METAL OXIDE
RC
RC
RC
R,FUSE
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
K4-1
560 OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
680 OHM 1/10W
3.3K OHM 1/10W
22K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/4W
8.2K OHM 1/10W
8.2K OHM 1/10W
330K OHM 1/16W
220 OHM 1/10W
20K OHM 1/16W
820 OHM 1/10W
15K OHM 1/10W
6.8K OHM 1/10W
1.8K OHM 1/10W
220 OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
100K OHM 1/10W
2.2K OHM 1/4W
82K OHM 1/16W
1.8K OHM 1/10W
680K OHM 1/16W
1.8K OHM 1/10W
1.5K OHM 1/10W
3.3K OHM 1/10W
8.2K OHM 1/10W
22K OHM 1/10W
12K OHM 1/4W
22K OHM 1/10W
12K OHM 1/16W
2.2K OHM 1/4W
1K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
33K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
120 OHM 1/16W
3.3M OHM 1/2W
0.82 OHM 1W
560 OHM 1/2W
1M OHM 1/2W
10K OHM 1/10W
100 OHM 1/4W
100 OHM 1/10W
100K OHM 1/10W
560K OHM 1/16W
68K OHM 1W
390 OHM 1/2W
220 OHM 1/2W
2.7K OHM 1/10W
0.22 OHM 1W
820 OHM 1/2W
150 OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
3.3K OHM 1/16W
470 OHM 1/10W
3.3K OHM 1/16W
6.8K OHM 1/10W
100 OHM 1/4W
10K OHM 1/10W
1.2K OHM 1/16W
100 OHM 1/4W
3.9K OHM 1/4W
2.2K OHM 1/10W
47 OHM 1/16W
820 OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/10W
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
RESISTORS
R533
R534
R535
R536
R537
R538
R540
R541
R542
R543
R544
! R545
R552
R553
R554
R601
R602
R603
R604
R605
R606
R607
R661
R662
R663
R664
R665
R666
R667
R668
R669
R670
R671
R672
R673
R674
R675
R683
R685
R686
R687
R689
R690
R691
R692
R701
R702
R703
R704
R705
R706
R707
R708
R709
R710
R711
R712
R714
R716
R717
R718
R719
R721
R722
R723
R2301
R2303
R2304
R2305
R2306
R2307
BZ210135
AE000374
AE000374
AE001839
AE001825
AE001825
AE001835
BZ210192
AE001819
AE001815
BZ210119
AE001255
AE001812
BZ210118
BZ210182
BZ210107
BZ210060
AE001778
BZ210162
AD301203
AE001555
BZ210135
AE001845
AE001823
AE001823
AE001845
AE001823
AE001823
AE001823
AE001823
AE001845
AE001823
AE001845
AE001823
AE001823
AE001823
AE001845
AE001293
AE001776
BZ210162
BZ210162
BZ210060
BZ210202
BZ210125
AD301301
AE001820
AE001820
AE001814
AE001814
AE001801
AE001797
AE001837
AE001843
AE001801
AE001797
AE001837
AE001843
AE001792
AE001832
AE001791
AE001813
AE001831
AE001821
AE001821
AE000358
AE001783
AE001793
AE001793
AE000854
AE001840
AE001792
R002T4221J
R801R7223J
R801R7223J
R904N7561J
R904N7221J
R904N7221J
R904N7471J
R002T4223J
R904N7151J
R904N7104J
R002T4102J
R65584150J
R904N7101J
R002T4473J
R002T4103J
R002T4750J
R002T4332J
R002T4622J
R002T4682J
R002T4101J
R002T4563J
R002T4221J
R904N7821J
R904N7181J
R904N7181J
R904N7821J
R904N7181J
R904N7181J
R904N7181J
R904N7181J
R904N7821J
R904N7181J
R904N7821J
R904N7181J
R904N7181J
R904N7181J
R904N7821J
R904N7271J
R002T4133J
R002T4682J
R002T4682J
R002T4332J
R002T4333J
R002T4224J
R002T4152J
R904N7152J
R904N7152J
R904N7103J
R904N7103J
R803R9682J
R803R9473J
R904N7473J
R904N7682J
R803R9682J
R803R9473J
R904N7473J
R904N7682J
R803R9273J
R904N7332J
R803R9225J
R904N7102J
R904N7331J
R904N7153J
R904N7153J
R002T4471J
R803R9102J
R803R92R2J
R803R92R2J
R803R9513J
R904N7562J
R803R9273J
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
R,FUSE
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
K4-2
220 OHM 1/4W
22K OHM 1/10W
22K OHM 1/10W
560 OHM 1/10W
220 OHM 1/10W
220 OHM 1/10W
470 OHM 1/10W
22K OHM 1/4W
150 OHM 1/10W
100K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/4W
15 OHM 1/4W
100 OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/4W
10K OHM 1/4W
75 OHM 1/4W
3.3K OHM 1/4W
6.2K OHM 1/4W
6.8K OHM 1/4W
100 OHM 1/4W
56K OHM 1/4W
220 OHM 1/4W
820 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
820 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
820 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
820 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
180 OHM 1/10W
820 OHM 1/10W
270 OHM 1/10W
13K OHM 1/4W
6.8K OHM 1/4W
6.8K OHM 1/4W
3.3K OHM 1/4W
33K OHM 1/4W
220K OHM 1/4W
1.5K OHM 1/4W
1.5K OHM 1/10W
1.5K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
6.8K OHM 1/16W
47K OHM 1/16W
47K OHM 1/10W
6.8K OHM 1/10W
6.8K OHM 1/16W
47K OHM 1/16W
47K OHM 1/10W
6.8K OHM 1/10W
27K OHM 1/16W
3.3K OHM 1/10W
2.2M OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/10W
330 OHM 1/10W
15K OHM 1/10W
15K OHM 1/10W
470 OHM 1/4W
1K OHM 1/16W
2.2 OHM 1/16W
2.2 OHM 1/16W
51K OHM 1/16W
5.6K OHM 1/10W
27K OHM 1/16W
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
RESISTORS
R2308
R2309
R2310
R2312
R2313
R2314
R2316
R2318
R2319
R2321
R2322
R2323
R2324
R2325
R2326
R2327
R2328
R2329
R2330
R2331
R2334
R2337
R2601
R2602
R2603
R2604
R2605
R2607
R2608
R2609
R2610
R2611
R2612
R2613
R2614
R2615
R2616
R2617
R2618
R2619
R2620
R2621
R2622
R2623
R2624
R2625
R2626
R2627
R2628
R2629
R2630
R2631
R2632
R2635
R2643
R2644
R2645
R2646
R2647
R2648
R2649
R2650
R2651
R2652
R2653
R3001
R3002
R3003
R3004
R3006
R3007
AE000851
AE001796
AE001799
AE001799
AE001799
AE001799
AE000851
AE001840
AE001792
AE000854
AD302345
AE001832
AE001783
AE001801
AE001805
AD302345
AD302345
AE001783
AE001783
AE001796
AE001784
AE001784
AD302345
AE001288
AE001286
AE001289
AE001284
AE001817
AE001787
AE001817
AE001291
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AE001285
AE001811
AE001813
AE001813
AE001811
AE001812
AD302345
AE001812
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AE001820
AE001827
AE001820
AE001827
AE001816
AD302345
AD302345
AE001813
AE001790
AE001813
AE001826
AD302345
AE001287
AE001781
AD302345
AD302345
AE001781
AE001781
AE001840
AE001775
AE001832
AE001829
AE001837
AE001843
R803R9203J
R803R9471J
R803R9562J
R803R9562J
R803R9562J
R803R9562J
R803R9203J
R904N7562J
R803R9273J
R803R9513J
R803R9472J
R904N7332J
R803R9102J
R803R9682J
R803R9822J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9102J
R803R9102J
R803R9471J
R803R9103J
R803R9103J
R803R9472J
R8E3P9185J
R8E3P9133F
R8E3P9273F
R8E3P9103F
R904N7122J
R803R9122J
R904N7122J
R8E3P9512F
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R8E3P9123F
R904N7100J
R904N7102J
R904N7102J
R904N7100J
R904N7101J
R803R9472J
R904N7101J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R904N7152J
R904N7223J
R904N7152J
R904N7223J
R904N7105J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R904N7102J
R803R9222J
R904N7102J
R904N7222J
R803R9472J
R8E3P9133J
R803R9101J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9101J
R803R9101J
R904N7562J
R002T4121J
R904N7332J
R904N7274J
R904N7473J
R904N7682J
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
20K OHM 1/16W
470 OHM 1/16W
5.6K OHM 1/16W
5.6K OHM 1/16W
5.6K OHM 1/16W
5.6K OHM 1/16W
20K OHM 1/16W
5.6K OHM 1/10W
27K OHM 1/16W
51K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
3.3K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/16W
6.8K OHM 1/16W
8.2K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/16W
470 OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
1.8M OHM 1/16W
13K OHM 1/16W
27K OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/16W
1.2K OHM 1/10W
1.2K OHM 1/16W
1.2K OHM 1/10W
5.1K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
12K OHM 1/16W
10 OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
10 OHM 1/10W
100 OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
100 OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
1.5K OHM 1/10W
22K OHM 1/10W
1.5K OHM 1/10W
22K OHM 1/10W
1M OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/10W
2.2K OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/10W
2.2K OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
13K OHM 1/16W
100 OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
100 OHM 1/16W
100 OHM 1/16W
5.6K OHM 1/10W
120 OHM 1/4W
3.3K OHM 1/10W
270K OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/10W
6.8K OHM 1/10W
K4-3
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
RESISTORS
R3008
R3009
R3010
R3011
R3012
R3014
R3015
R3016
R3017
R3019
R3020
R3022
R3025
R3026
R3027
R3028
R3029
R3030
R3031
R3032
R3033
R3034
R3035
R3037
R3038
R3043
R3044
R3045
R3046
R3047
R3049
R3050
R3051
R3053
R3055
R3056
R3057
R3062
R3063
R3083
R3087
R4001
R4002
R4003
R4004
R4005
R4008
R4012
R4014
R4016
R4018
R4019
R4020
R4021
R4022
R4023
R4024
R4025
R4026
R4027
R4031
R4032
R4033
R4034
R4035
R4036
R4037
R4038
R4039
R4040
R4041
AE001813
AE001836
AE001814
BZ210118
AE001841
AE001841
BZ210118
AD301004
AE001839
BZ210118
AE001839
AE001822
AE001835
AE001829
AE001821
BZ210118
AE001836
AE001840
AE001816
AE001814
AE001814
AE001816
AD301728
AE001837
BZ210122
AE001838
AE001832
AE001832
AE001814
AE001814
AE001837
AD301203
AE001292
AE001838
AE001827
AE001813
AE001827
AE001813
AE001813
AE001833
AE001833
AE001290
AE001809
AE001809
AE001810
AE001809
AE001812
AE001816
AD302345
AE001781
AD302345
AE001830
AE001794
AE001794
AE001814
AD302345
AD302345
AE001825
AE001812
AE001781
AD302345
AE001808
AE001811
AE001782
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
R904N7102J
R904N7472J
R904N7103J
R002T4473J
R904N7563J
R904N7563J
R002T4473J
R801R7271J
R904N7561J
R002T4473J
R904N7561J
R904N7154J
R904N7471J
R904N7274J
R904N7153J
R002T4473J
R904N7472J
R904N7562J
R904N7105J
R904N7103J
R904N7103J
R904N7105J
R801R7103J
R904N7473J
R002T4472J
R904N7474J
R904N7332J
R904N7332J
R904N7103J
R904N7103J
R904N7473J
R002T4101J
R904N7183J
R904N7474J
R904N7223J
R904N7102J
R904N7223J
R904N7102J
R904N7102J
R904N7333J
R904N7333J
R8E3P9391F
R8E3P9750F
R8E3P9750F
R8E3P9820F
R8E3P9750F
R904N7101J
R904N7105J
R803R9472J
R803R9101J
R803R9472J
R904N7330J
R803R9330J
R803R9330J
R904N7103J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R904N7221J
R904N7101J
R803R9101J
R803R9472J
R8E3P9511F
R904N7100J
R803R9102F
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
1K OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/4W
56K OHM 1/10W
56K OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/4W
270 OHM 1/10W
560 OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/4W
560 OHM 1/10W
150K OHM 1/10W
470 OHM 1/10W
270K OHM 1/10W
15K OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/4W
4.7K OHM 1/10W
5.6K OHM 1/10W
1M OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
1M OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/4W
470K OHM 1/10W
3.3K OHM 1/10W
3.3K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/10W
100 OHM 1/4W
18K OHM 1/10W
470K OHM 1/10W
22K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
22K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/10W
33K OHM 1/10W
33K OHM 1/10W
390 OHM 1/16W
75 OHM 1/16W
75 OHM 1/16W
82 OHM 1/16W
75 OHM 1/16W
100 OHM 1/10W
1M OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
100 OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
33 OHM 1/10W
33 OHM 1/16W
33 OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
220 OHM 1/10W
100 OHM 1/10W
100 OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
510 OHM 1/16W
10 OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
K4-4
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
RESISTORS
R4042
R4043
R4044
R4045
R4046
R4047
R4048
R4049
R4050
R4051
R4052
R4053
R4054
R7306
R7307
R8001
R8009
R8010
R8011
R8014
R8015
R8016
R8017
R8032
R8056
R8059
R8101
R8102
R8103
R8104
R8105
R8106
R8107
R8108
R8109
R8110
R8111
R8112
R8113
R8114
R8115
R8116
R8117
R8118
R8119
R8120
R8121
R8122
R8123
R8124
R8128
R8129
R8130
R8131
R8132
R8133
R8134
R8135
R8136
R8137
R8151
AE001294
AE001814
AE001784
AD302345
AD302345
AE001830
AE001837
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AD302345
AE001783
AE001783
AE001814
AE001814
AE001803
AE000353
AE001844
AE001812
AE001834
AE001834
AE001826
AE001826
AE001835
AE001835
BZ210122
AE001814
AE001815
AE001785
AE001814
AE001797
AE001837
AE001784
AE001784
AE001818
AE001818
AE001814
AE001796
AE001798
AE001783
AE001796
AE001784
AE001784
AE001813
AE001838
AD302345
AE001832
AE001783
AD302345
AE001783
AE001813
AE001814
AE001826
AE001820
AE001832
AE000496
AE001796
AE001796
AE001800
AE001785
AE001784
R904N7680J
R904N7103J
R803R9103J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R904N7330J
R904N7473J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9472J
R803R9102J
R803R9102J
R904N7103J
R904N7103J
R803R9750J
R002T2471J
R904N7750J
R904N7101J
R904N7391J
R904N7391J
R904N7222J
R904N7222J
R904N7471J
R904N7471J
R002T4472J
R904N7103J
R904N7104J
R803R9104J
R904N7103J
R803R9473J
R904N7473J
R803R9103J
R803R9103J
R904N7123J
R904N7123J
R904N7103J
R803R9471J
R803R9560J
R803R9102J
R803R9471J
R803R9103J
R803R9103J
R904N7102J
R904N7474J
R803R9472J
R904N7332J
R803R9102J
R803R9472J
R803R9102J
R904N7102J
R904N7103J
R904N7222J
R904N7152J
R904N7332J
R801R7221J
R803R9471J
R803R9471J
R803R9680J
R803R9104J
R803R9103J
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
RC
C101
C103
C104
C105
C106
C107
C108
C109
C110
AE001773
BZ110263
AE001768
BZ110263
AE001743
AE001746
AE001743
AE001741
BZ210177
P232W1223J
E50HU2220M
E50HU0221M
E50HU2220M
CS0YB0414K
CS0YB04E4K
CS0YB0414K
CS0YB0215K
E02LU2470M
CMP
CE
CE
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
68 OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
33 OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
75 OHM 1/16W
470 OHM 1/2W
75 OHM 1/10W
100 OHM 1/10W
390 OHM 1/10W
390 OHM 1/10W
2.2K OHM 1/10W
2.2K OHM 1/10W
470 OHM 1/10W
470 OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/4W
10K OHM 1/10W
100K OHM 1/10W
100K OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/10W
47K OHM 1/16W
47K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/16W
12K OHM 1/10W
12K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
470 OHM 1/16W
56 OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/16W
470 OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/10W
470K OHM 1/10W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
3.3K OHM 1/10W
1K OHM 1/16W
4.7K OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/16W
1K OHM 1/10W
10K OHM 1/10W
2.2K OHM 1/10W
1.5K OHM 1/10W
3.3K OHM 1/10W
220 OHM 1/10W
470 OHM 1/16W
470 OHM 1/16W
68 OHM 1/16W
100K OHM 1/16W
10K OHM 1/16W
CAPACITORS
0.022 UF 100V MMTS
22 UF 16 V
220 UF 6.3V
22 UF 16 V
0.01 UF 50V B
0.015 UF 50V B
0.01 UF 50V B
0.1 UF 16V B
47 UF 16V
K4-5
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
CAPACITORS
C112
C114
C115
C116
C117
C118
C119
C120
C121
C122
C123
C124
C125
C126
C127
C129
C131
C132
C133
C134
C135
C136
C137
C138
C139
C140
C141
C142
C143
C144
C145
C146
C147
C148
C151
C152
C154
C155
C156
C158
C159
C162
C163
C165
C166
C169
C172
C174
C301
C303
C307
C308
C309
C313
C315
C318
C501
! C502
C504
C505
C506
C507
C508
C509
C510
C511
C512
C513
C514
C515
! C516
AE001768
AE001741
AE001769
AE002756
AE001743
AE001743
AE001544
BZ110074
AE001273
AE001744
AE000467
BZ110074
AE001274
AE001741
AE002969
BZ110278
BZ110150
BZ110074
AE001763
BZ110074
AE001767
BZ110229
BZ110074
AD300788
AE002756
AE001764
AE001743
AE001543
AE001763
AE001743
AE001748
BZ110074
AE001748
BZ110074
BZ110074
BZ210177
AE001741
BZ110278
BZ110151
AE001741
AE001755
AE001741
AE001543
AE001278
AE001738
AE001278
AE001755
AE001543
AE001762
AE001275
AE002826
AE002821
BZ110143
AE001544
AE001544
AE001544
BZ110119
BZ110035
BZ110143
AD301535
BZ110189
AE001740
AE001749
AE001281
BZ110205
BZ110186
AE001763
AE002977
AD301535
AE002978
AE002878
E50HU0221M
CS0YB0215K
E50HU1330M
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YB0414K
CS0YB0414K
E50HU3100M
E50HU5010M
CS0PB04K3K
CS0YB04B3K
E02LU54R7M
E50HU5010M
CS0PCH4N2J
CS0YB0215K
CS0PCH4G2J
CS0RB0216K
E50HU0101M
E50HU5010M
CS0YF0N16Z
E50HU5010M
E02LU5R22M
E02LU4220M
E50HU5010M
E02LU5010M
CS0YF0415Z
E00NU24R7M
CS0YB0414K
E50HU0470M
CS0YF0N16Z
CS0YB0414K
CS0YB04H4K
E50HU5010M
CS0YB04H4K
E50HU5010M
E50HU5010M
E02LU2470M
CS0YB0215K
CS0RB0216K
CS0RF0415Z
CS0YB0215K
CS0YCH4H1J
CS0YB0215K
E50HU0470M
CS0YF04Q4Z
CS0RB04U4K
CS0YF04Q4Z
CS0YCH4H1J
E50HU0470M
CS0YF0414Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PCH412J
CS0PB0414K
E02LU0221M
E50HU3100M
E50HU3100M
E50HU3100M
E02LF2222M
P2122B104M
E02LU0221M
E02LU2101M
E02LU0471M
CS0RF02H6Z
CS0YB04W3K
P1F4T0183J
E02LU5220M
E62QFC470M
CS0YF0N16Z
C0PLRR7H2K
E02LU2101M
C0J0B0514K
CD39E0MQ3M
CE
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CC
CC
CE
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CC
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CC
CE
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CE
CE
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CMP
CE
CE
CE
CC
CC
CP
CE
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
220 UF 6.3V
0.1 UF 16V B
33 UF 10 V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.01 UF 50V B
0.01 UF 50V B
10 UF 25 V
1 UF 50V
0.0027UF 50V B
0.0012UF 50V B
4.7 UF 50V
1 UF 50V
390 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 16V B
180 PF 50V CH
1 UF 16V B
100 UF 6.3V
1 UF 50V
1 UF 10V F
1 UF 50V
0.22 UF 50V
22 UF 35V
1 UF 50V
1 UF 50V
0.1 UF 50V F
4.7 UF 16 V
0.01 UF 50V B
47 UF 6.3V
1 UF 10V F
0.01 UF 50V B
0.022 UF 50V B
1 UF 50V
0.022 UF 50V B
1 UF 50V
1 UF 50V
47 UF 16V
0.1 UF 16V B
1 UF 16V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 16V B
22 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 16V B
47 UF 6.3V
0.047 UF 50V F
0.068 UF 50V B
0.047 UF 50V F
22 PF 50V CH
47 UF 6.3V
0.01 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
100 PF 50V CH
0.01 UF 50V B
220 UF 6.3V
10 UF 25 V
10 UF 25 V
10 UF 25 V
2200 UF 16V
0.1 UF 275V ECQUL
220 UF 6.3V
100 UF 16V
470 UF 6.3V
2.2 UF 16V F
0.0082UF 50V B
0.018 UF 50V
22 UF 50V
47 UF 200V
1 UF 10V F
220 PF 2KV R
100 UF 16V
0.01 UF 500V B
0.0047UF 250V
K4-6
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
CAPACITORS
C517
C518
C519
C521
C522
C524
C525
C527
C528
C530
C531
C534
C540
C541
C601
C604
C701
C702
C703
C704
C705
C706
C707
C708
C709
C710
C711
C712
C713
C714
C715
C716
C717
C718
C719
C720
C721
C722
C723
C724
C725
C726
C727
C728
C729
C730
C731
C732
C734
C735
C736
C737
C738
C739
C740
C741
C742
C743
C744
C746
C747
C748
C749
C750
C751
C752
C754
C755
C756
C757
C758
AE001763
BZ110231
AE001253
AD301535
BZ110205
AE001748
AD301320
AE001749
AD301535
AD301535
AE002979
AE001763
BZ110186
AE001740
BZ110096
BZ110150
AE001748
BZ110217
AE000467
BZ110074
AE001770
BZ110074
AE001741
AE001544
AE001544
AE002980
AE001544
AE001737
AE001763
AE001544
AE001744
AE001763
AE002980
AE001737
AE001763
AE000337
AE001744
AE001741
AE001762
AE001762
AE001741
AE001746
AE001544
AE001544
AE001743
AE001746
AE001771
AE001762
AE001741
AE000467
AE001742
AE001770
AE001762
AE001543
AE001769
AE001544
AE001544
AE001771
AE002756
AE002756
AD301348
AE002756
AE002756
AD301762
AE002756
BZ110263
AE000272
AE001748
AE001544
AE001763
BZ110263
CS0YF0N16Z
E62F00222M
E02L01222M
E02LU2101M
E02LU5220M
CS0YB04H4K
C0PLRR7U2K
CS0YB04W3K
E02LU2101M
E02LU2101M
C0JTB05S2K
CS0YF0N16Z
E62QFC470M
CS0RF02H6Z
E50HU2100M
E50HU0101M
CS0YB04H4K
E50HU53R3M
E02LU54R7M
E50HU5010M
E50HU54R7M
E50HU5010M
CS0YB0215K
E50HU3100M
E50HU3100M
CS0PCH4U2J
E50HU3100M
CS0PF0N16Z
CS0YF0N16Z
E50HU3100M
CS0YB04B3K
CS0YF0N16Z
CS0PCH4U2J
CS0PF0N16Z
CS0YF0N16Z
E02LU5330M
CS0YB04B3K
CS0YB0215K
CS0YF0414Z
CS0YF0414Z
CS0YB0215K
CS0YB04E4K
E50HU3100M
E50HU3100M
CS0YB0414K
CS0YB04E4K
E50HU5R22M
CS0YF0414Z
CS0YB0215K
E02LU54R7M
CS0YB0413K
E50HU54R7M
CS0YF0414Z
E50HU0470M
E50HU1330M
E50HU3100M
E50HU3100M
E50HU5R22M
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
E02LU5100M
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
E50HU52R2M
CS0YF0415Z
E50HU2220M
E50HU2470M
CS0YB04H4K
E50HU3100M
CS0YF0N16Z
E50HU2220M
CC
CE
CE
CE
CE
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CE
CE
CC
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CC
CE
CE
CC
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CE
CC
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CE
CE
CC
CE
CC
CE
1 UF 10V F
2200 UF 6.3V
2200 UF 10V
100 UF 16V
22 UF 50V
0.022 UF 50V B
680 PF 2KV R
0.0082UF 50V B
100 UF 16V
100 UF 16V
560 PF 500V B
1 UF 10V F
47 UF 200V
2.2 UF 16V F
10 UF 16V
100 UF 6.3V
0.022 UF 50V B
3.3 UF 50V
4.7 UF 50V
1 UF 50V
4.7 UF 50V
1 UF 50V
0.1 UF 16V B
10 UF 25 V
10 UF 25 V
680 PF 50V CH
10 UF 25 V
1 UF 10V F
1 UF 10V F
10 UF 25 V
0.0012UF 50V B
1 UF 10V F
680 PF 50V CH
1 UF 10V F
1 UF 10V F
33 UF 50V
0.0012UF 50V B
0.1 UF 16V B
0.01 UF 50V F
0.01 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 16V B
0.015 UF 50V B
10 UF 25 V
10 UF 25 V
0.01 UF 50V B
0.015 UF 50V B
0.22 UF 50 V
0.01 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 16V B
4.7 UF 50V
0.001 UF 50V B
4.7 UF 50V
0.01 UF 50V F
47 UF 6.3V
33 UF 10 V
10 UF 25 V
10 UF 25 V
0.22 UF 50 V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
10 UF 50V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
2.2 UF 50V
0.1 UF 50V F
22 UF 16 V
47 UF 16V
0.022 UF 50V B
10 UF 25 V
1 UF 10V F
22 UF 16 V
K4-7
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
CAPACITORS
C759
C760
C761
C762
C763
C2301
C2302
C2303
C2304
C2305
C2306
C2307
C2308
C2309
C2310
C2311
C2312
C2603
C2604
C2605
C2606
C2607
C2608
C2609
C2610
C2611
C2612
C2613
C2614
C2615
C2616
C2617
C2618
C2619
C2620
C2621
C2622
C2623
C2624
C2625
C2626
C2627
C2628
C2629
C2632
C2633
C2634
C2635
C2636
C2637
C2638
C2639
C2640
C2641
C2642
C2643
C2644
C2645
C2646
C2647
C2648
C2649
C2654
C2655
C2657
C2658
C2659
C2660
C3001
C3002
C3004
BZ110263
AE001763
AE001543
AE001673
AE001673
AE001275
AE002124
AE002124
AE002829
AE002829
AE001275
AE002124
AE002124
AE002820
BZ210177
AE002124
AE002820
AE001747
AE002823
AE001747
AE001747
AE001757
BZ210177
AE001275
AE001277
AE001275
AE000835
AE001756
AE001741
AE001275
AE001758
AE001741
AE001741
AE001759
AE001276
AE001276
AE001276
AE001275
AE001742
AE001742
AE001275
AE000835
AE001742
AE001742
AE001275
AE001742
AE002756
AE001742
AE002756
AE002756
AE002756
AE002756
AE000335
AE000335
AE001275
BZ210177
BZ210177
AE001275
BZ210177
AE001275
AE002756
AE001741
AE001743
AE001743
AE002826
AE002826
AE002826
AE002826
BZ110278
AE001743
AE001748
E50HU2220M
CS0YF0N16Z
E50HU0470M
CS0YCH4U2J
CS0YCH4U2J
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PB0315K
CS0PB0315K
CS0PCH4H2J
CS0PCH4H2J
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PB0315K
CS0PB0315K
CS0PB0413K
E02LU2470M
CS0PB0315K
CS0PB0413K
CS0YB04H3K
CS0PB04H3K
CS0YB04H3K
CS0YB04H3K
CS0YCH4L1J
E02LU2470M
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YB04U3K
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PB03L4K
CS0YCH4H2J
CS0YB0215K
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YCH4Q2J
CS0YB0215K
CS0YB0215K
CS0YCH4S2J
CS0YB04S3K
CS0YB04S3K
CS0YB04S3K
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YB0413K
CS0YB0413K
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PB03L4K
CS0YB0413K
CS0YB0413K
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YB0413K
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YB0413K
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
E02LU0101M
E02LU0101M
CS0PF0415Z
E02LU2470M
E02LU2470M
CS0PF0415Z
E02LU2470M
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YB0215K
CS0YB0414K
CS0YB0414K
CS0PCH412J
CS0PCH412J
CS0PCH412J
CS0PCH412J
CS0RB0216K
CS0YB0414K
CS0YB04H4K
CE
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CC
CE
CE
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
22 UF 16 V
1 UF 10V F
47 UF 6.3V
680 PF 50V CH
680 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 25V B
0.1 UF 25V B
220 PF 50V CH
220 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 25V B
0.1 UF 25V B
0.001 UF 50V B
47 UF 16V
0.1 UF 25V B
0.001 UF 50V B
0.0022UF 50V B
0.0022UF 50V B
0.0022UF 50V B
0.0022UF 50V B
33 PF 50V CH
47 UF 16V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.0068UF 50V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.033 UF 25V B
220 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 16V B
0.1 UF 50V F
470 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 16V B
0.1 UF 16V B
560 PF 50V CH
0.0056UF 50V B
0.0056UF 50V B
0.0056UF 50V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.001 UF 50V B
0.001 UF 50V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.033 UF 25V B
0.001 UF 50V B
0.001 UF 50V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.001 UF 50V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.001 UF 50V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
100 UF 6.3V
100 UF 6.3V
0.1 UF 50V F
47 UF 16V
47 UF 16V
0.1 UF 50V F
47 UF 16V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 16V B
0.01 UF 50V B
0.01 UF 50V B
100 PF 50V CH
100 PF 50V CH
100 PF 50V CH
100 PF 50V CH
1 UF 16V B
0.01 UF 50V B
0.022 UF 50V B
K4-8
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
CAPACITORS
C3005
C3006
C3007
C3008
C3009
C3010
C3013
C3014
C3015
C3016
C3017
C3018
C3019
C3020
C3021
C3022
C3023
C3024
C3025
C3027
C3029
C3030
C3031
C3032
C3033
C3034
C3036
C3038
C3040
C3041
C3044
C3045
C3049
C3050
C3052
C3053
C3061
C3065
C4001
C4002
C4003
C4004
C4005
C4006
C4007
C4008
C4009
C4010
C4011
C4012
C4013
C4014
C4015
C4016
C4017
C4018
C4019
C4020
C4021
C4022
C4023
C4024
C4025
C4026
C4027
C4028
C4029
C4030
C4031
C4032
C4033
AE001742
AE001742
AE001741
AE002981
AE001741
AE001742
BZ110263
AE002756
AE002833
AE001543
AE001742
AE002827
AE001741
AE001748
AE001544
AE001758
BZ110189
AE001753
AE001752
AE002756
AE001543
AE001763
AE001745
AD301762
AE001766
AE001763
AE002756
AE001763
AE001763
AE001745
AE001752
AE000958
AE002826
AE001743
BZ110263
AE001741
AE002756
AE002756
AE002756
AE001275
AE001275
AE002756
AE001275
AE002756
AE002756
AE001275
AE000335
AE001275
AE000335
AE001275
AE001275
AE001275
AE001275
AE001275
AE001275
AE002756
AE001275
AE001275
AE002756
AE002828
AE002756
AE001275
AE002756
AE002756
AE001275
AE001275
AE002756
AE001275
AE001743
AE002820
AE001275
CS0YB0413K
CS0YB0413K
CS0YB0215K
CS0PB04Q3K
CS0YB0215K
CS0YB0413K
E50HU2220M
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PCH4W2J
E50HU0470M
CS0YB0413K
CS0PCH4E2J
CS0YB0215K
CS0YB04H4K
E50HU3100M
CS0YCH4Q2J
E02LU0471M
CS0YCH4E1J
CS0YCH4B1J
CS0YF0415Z
E50HU0470M
CS0YF0N16Z
CS0YB04E3K
E50HU52R2M
E02LT4331M
CS0YF0N16Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0N16Z
CS0YF0N16Z
CS0YB04E3K
CS0YCH4B1J
E50HU5R47M
CS0PCH412J
CS0YB0414K
E50HU2220M
CS0YB0215K
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
E02LU0101M
CS0PF0415Z
E02LU0101M
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PCH4H1J
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YB0414K
CS0PB0413K
CS0PF0415Z
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CE
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0.001 UF 50V B
0.001 UF 50V B
0.1 UF 16V B
0.0047UF 50V B
0.1 UF 16V B
0.001 UF 50V B
22 UF 16 V
0.1 UF 50V F
820 PF 50V CH
47 UF 6.3V
0.001 UF 50V B
150 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 16V B
0.022 UF 50V B
10 UF 25 V
470 PF 50V CH
470 UF 6.3V
15 PF 50V CH
12 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 50V F
47 UF 6.3V
1 UF 10V F
0.0015UF 50V B
2.2 UF 50V
330 UF 35V
1 UF 10V F
0.1 UF 50V F
1 UF 10V F
1 UF 10V F
0.0015UF 50V B
12 PF 50V CH
0.47 UF 50V
100 PF 50V CH
0.01 UF 50V B
22 UF 16 V
0.1 UF 16V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
100 UF 6.3V
0.1 UF 50V F
100 UF 6.3V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
22 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.01 UF 50V B
0.001 UF 50V B
0.1 UF 50V F
K4-9
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
CAPACITORS
C4035
C4036
C4037
C4038
C4039
C4040
C4041
C4044
C4045
C4046
C4047
C4050
C4051
C4062
C4063
C4064
C4065
C4066
C4067
C4068
C4069
C4070
C4071
C4072
C4073
C4074
C4075
C4076
C4077
C4078
C4079
C4080
C4081
C4082
C4083
C4084
C4085
C4086
C4087
C4088
C4089
C4090
C4091
C4092
C4093
C4094
C4095
C4096
C4097
C4098
C7301
C7302
C7303
C7304
C7305
C7306
C7308
C7310
C7311
C8003
C8013
C8014
C8015
C8031
C8032
C8040
C8042
C8053
C8057
C8059
C8075
AE001755
AE002124
AE001275
AE002821
AE002756
AE002756
AE002756
AE001275
AE002756
AE002756
AE002756
AE001275
BZ110189
AE002756
AE000335
AE002756
AE002821
AE000838
BZ210177
BZ210177
BZ210177
BZ210177
BZ210177
AE001275
AE001275
AE001275
AE001275
AE001275
AE001275
BZ210177
AE001751
AE002821
AE001275
AE001275
BZ210177
BZ210177
AE001742
AE001742
AE002821
AE002821
AE002821
AE002821
AE002826
AE002826
AE001751
AE001751
AE002821
AE002820
AE002821
AE001750
AE002756
AD301535
BZ110205
AE002756
AE001760
AE001760
AD301729
AD301729
AD301348
AD301348
AD301348
AE002756
BZ110189
AE001770
AE001764
AE001770
AE001544
AE001544
AE002756
AE001275
AE001770
CS0YCH4H1J
CS0PB0315K
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PB0414K
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
E02LU0471M
CS0YF0415Z
E02LU0101M
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PB0414K
CS0PB0N16K
E02LU2470M
E02LU2470M
E02LU2470M
E02LU2470M
E02LU2470M
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
E02LU2470M
CS0YCH412J
CS0PB0414K
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
E02LU2470M
E02LU2470M
CS0YB0413K
CS0YB0413K
CS0PB0414K
CS0PB0414K
CS0PB0414K
CS0PB0414K
CS0PCH412J
CS0PCH412J
CS0YCH412J
CS0YCH412J
CS0PB0414K
CS0PB0413K
CS0PB0414K
CS0YCH411D
CS0YF0415Z
E02LU2101M
E02LU5220M
CS0YF0415Z
CS0YCH4W2J
CS0YCH4W2J
E02LU52R2M
E02LU52R2M
E02LU5100M
E02LU5100M
E02LU5100M
CS0YF0415Z
E02LU0471M
E50HU54R7M
E00NU24R7M
E50HU54R7M
E50HU3100M
E50HU3100M
CS0YF0415Z
CS0PF0415Z
E50HU54R7M
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CC
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CC
CC
CE
22 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 25V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.01 UF 50V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
470 UF 6.3V
0.1 UF 50V F
100 UF 6.3V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.01 UF 50V B
1 UF 10V B
47 UF 16V
47 UF 16V
47 UF 16V
47 UF 16V
47 UF 16V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
47 UF 16V
100 PF 50V CH
0.01 UF 50V B
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
47 UF 16V
47 UF 16V
0.001 UF 50V B
0.001 UF 50V B
0.01 UF 50V B
0.01 UF 50V B
0.01 UF 50V B
0.01 UF 50V B
100 PF 50V CH
100 PF 50V CH
100 PF 50V CH
100 PF 50V CH
0.01 UF 50V B
0.001 UF 50V B
0.01 UF 50V B
10 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 50V F
100 UF 16V
22 UF 50V
0.1 UF 50V F
820 PF 50V CH
820 PF 50V CH
2.2 UF 50V
2.2 UF 50V
10 UF 50V
10 UF 50V
10 UF 50V
0.1 UF 50V F
470 UF 6.3V
4.7 UF 50V
4.7 UF 16 V
4.7 UF 50V
10 UF 25 V
10 UF 25 V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 50V F
4.7 UF 50V
K4-10
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
CAPACITORS
C8101
C8102
C8105
C8106
C8107
C8110
C8111
C8112
C8113
C8114
C8115
C8118
C8119
C8120
C8121
C8122
C8123
C8124
C8125
C8126
C8129
C8130
C8131
C8132
C8133
C8134
C8135
C8136
C8137
C8138
C8139
C8140
C8141
C8142
C8143
C8144
C8145
C8146
C8147
C8148
C8149
AE000337
AE001751
AE001745
AE001745
AE002826
AE001275
AD301535
BZ110205
BZ110205
AD301729
AE000467
AD301729
BZ110143
AE001756
AE002821
BZ210177
AE001748
BZ210177
AE001275
AE002124
AE002625
AE001754
AE001754
AE001754
AE001754
AE001752
AE001752
AE001752
AE001752
AE001754
AE001754
AE001754
AE001754
AE001739
AE001739
BZ110189
BZ110189
BZ110189
AE000565
AE000565
AE000565
E02LU5330M
CS0YCH412J
CS0YB04E3K
CS0YB04E3K
CS0PCH412J
CS0PF0415Z
E02LU2101M
E02LU5220M
E02LU5220M
E02LU52R2M
E02LU54R7M
E02LU52R2M
E02LU0221M
CS0YCH4H2J
CS0PB0414K
E02LU2470M
CS0YB04H4K
E02LU2470M
CS0PF0415Z
CS0PB0315K
CS0RCH412J
CS0YCH4E2J
CS0YCH4E2J
CS0YCH4E2J
CS0YCH4E2J
CS0YCH4B1J
CS0YCH4B1J
CS0YCH4B1J
CS0YCH4B1J
CS0YCH4E2J
CS0YCH4E2J
CS0YCH4E2J
CS0YCH4E2J
CS0RCH411D
CS0RCH411D
E02LU0471M
E02LU0471M
E02LU0471M
CS0RCH4L1J
CS0RCH4L1J
CS0RCH4L1J
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CC
CC
CE
CC
CE
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CE
CE
CE
CC
CC
CC
33 UF 50V
100 PF 50V CH
0.0015UF 50V B
0.0015UF 50V B
100 PF 50V CH
0.1 UF 50V F
100 UF 16V
22 UF 50V
22 UF 50V
2.2 UF 50V
4.7 UF 50V
2.2 UF 50V
220 UF 6.3V
220 PF 50V CH
0.01 UF 50V B
47 UF 16V
0.022 UF 50V B
47 UF 16V
0.1 UF 50V F
0.1 UF 25V B
100 PF 50V CH
150 PF 50V CH
150 PF 50V CH
150 PF 50V CH
150 PF 50V CH
12 PF 50V CH
12 PF 50V CH
12 PF 50V CH
12 PF 50V CH
150 PF 50V CH
150 PF 50V CH
150 PF 50V CH
150 PF 50V CH
10 PF 50V CH
10 PF 50V CH
470 UF 6.3V
470 UF 6.3V
470 UF 6.3V
33 PF 50V CH
33 PF 50V CH
33 PF 50V CH
BZ410085
BZ410085
BZ410006
BZ410085
BZ410085
BZ410007
BZ410103
AD300069
BZ410033
BZ410033
BZ410085
AD300070
BZ410033
BZ410006
AD300075
BZ410037
BZ410006
AD302208
BZ410006
AD300075
BZ410061
AD302208
BZ410006
BZ410006
BZ410006
BZ410006
BZ410006
BZ410006
BZ410022
D2WXN40050
D2WXN40050
D1VT001330
D2WXN40050
D2WXN40050
D23TGP15J0
D2WXGP10J0
D97U02701B
D28T21DQN4
D28T21DQN4
D2WXN40050
D97U01201B
D28T21DQN4
D1VT001330
D28TELS6N6
D97U03301B
D1VT001330
D97U03R31B
D1VT001330
D28TELS6N6
D97U01001B
D97U03R31B
D1VT001330
D1VT001330
D1VT001330
D1VT001330
D1VT001330
D1VT001330
D97U06R81B
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,RECTIFIER
DIODE,ZENER
DIODE,SCHOTTKY
DIODE,SCHOTTKY
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,ZENER
DIODE,SCHOTTKY
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,RECTIFIER
DIODE,ZENER
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,ZENER
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,RECTIFIER
DIODE,ZENER
DIODE,ZENER
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,ZENER
DIODES
! D502
! D503
D504
! D505
! D506
D507
D509
D510
D511
D512
D513
D514
D515
D518
D522
D523
D524
D526
D528
D530
D531
D532
D534
D535
D536
D537
D538
D539
D601
K4-11
1N4005-EIC
1N4005-EIC
1SS133T-77
1N4005-EIC
1N4005-EIC
RGP15J-G23
RGP10J-EIC
MTZJ27B T-77
21DQ04N-TA2B1
21DQ04N-TA2B1
1N4005-EIC
MTZJ12B T-77
21DQ04N-TA2B1
1SS133T-77
10ELS6N-TA1B2
MTZJ33B T-77
1SS133T-77
MTZJ3.3B T-77
1SS133T-77
10ELS6N-TA1B2
MTZJ10B T-77
MTZJ3.3B T-77
1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77
MTZJ6.8B T-77
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
DIODES
D602
D656
D685
D701
D702
D2601
D3001
D3007
D3009
D8001
D8003
D8008
D8101
D8102
D8103
D8106
D8107
D8108
D8109
D8110
D8111
D8112
D8113
AE001703
BZ410085
AE001703
BZ410006
BZ410020
BZ410121
AD301638
BZ410006
BZ410006
BZ410022
BZ410022
BZ410006
BZ410119
BZ410119
BZ410119
BZ410119
BZ410119
BZ410119
BZ410119
BZ410119
BZ410119
BZ410119
BZ410119
0021E5Q212
D2WXN40050
0021E5Q212
D1VT001330
D97U05R11B
DDARDS1200
0010E00330
D1VT001330
D1VT001330
D97U06R81B
D97U06R81B
D1VT001330
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
DDDRL41480
LED
DIODE,SILICON
LED
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,ZENER
DIODE,SILICON
INFRARED LED
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,ZENER
DIODE,ZENER
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
DIODE,SILICON
IC101
IC501
IC502
! IC503
IC701
IC2301
IC2601
IC2602
IC3001
IC3003
IC3099
IC4001
IC4002
IC4003
IC4005
IC4007
IC7301
IC8002
IC8005
IC8101
AD301643
BZ611019
BZ611089
AD301771
BZ611114
BZ611126
AE002837
AD301770
AE001858
AD301641
AE002757
AE000842
AE002137
BZ611130
AE000843
BZ611129
AD301777
AD301988
AD301988
AE001295
I03F3206M0
I1KJ9A4310
I1KA98R09A
000220001W
I01F63FBP0
I03F065600
ICQK067080
I07E00358F
I54F50138B
I9UF032310
A2C533X015
ICQK067620
ICRJ0C04N0
I0GF9XZ010
IF9J0164A7
ICMJ0800A7
I17F0742K0
I0UF015010
I0UF015010
I0QJ045800
IC
IC
IC
PHOTO COUPLER
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
Q101
Q102
Q103
Q104
Q105
Q106
Q107
Q109
Q301
Q501
Q502
Q503
Q504
Q505
Q506
Q507
Q508
Q509
Q510
Q511
Q513
Q514
Q530
Q531
Q651
Q652
BZ510109
BZ510109
BZ510026
BZ510070
BZ510073
BZ510108
BZ510108
BZ510109
BZ510109
BZ510093
BZ510070
BZ510105
BZ510077
BZ510105
BZ510021
BZ510109
BZ510109
BZ510021
BZ510070
BZ510106
BZ510002
BZ510002
BZ510109
BZ510001
BZ510108
BZ510021
TCAA3875SY
TCAA3875SY
TPYJC05001
TCAT032034
TAATA12660
TAAA1504SY
TAAA1504SY
TCAA3875SY
TCAA3875SY
TJXG5NC500
TCAT032034
TCAT03209Y
TAAT012714
TCAT03209Y
TNYJC05001
TCAA3875SY
TCAA3875SY
TNYJC05001
TCAT032034
TAAT01241Y
T8YJ2412K0
T8YJ2412K0
TCAA3875SY
T6YJ1037K0
TAAA1504SY
TNYJC05001
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
FET
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
LTL-1CHGT-002A
1N4005-EIC
LTL-1CHGT-002A
1SS133T-77
MTZJ5.1B T-77
KDS120RTK
LTE-3271T-012A-O
1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77
MTZJ6.8B T-77
MTZJ6.8B T-77
1SS133T-77
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
MCL4148
ICS
LA71206M-MPB
KIA431
KIA78R09API
PS2561L1-1-V(W)
AN3663FBP
LA6560
ZR36708TQC
BA10358F-E2
OEC0138B
PST3231NR
AT24C04N-10SI-2.7
ZR36762
AT24C04N-10SI-2.7
PQ070XZ01ZP
M12L64164A-7T
SST39VF800A-70-4C-EK
PCM1742KE/2K
MM1501XNRE
MM1501XNRE
NJM4580M(TE1)
TRANSISTORS
K4-12
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
DTA124EKAT146
KTC3203_Y-AT
KTA1266-AT(Y,GR)
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
STP5NC50FP
KTC3203_Y-AT
KTC3209_Y-AT
KTA1271_Y-AT
KTC3209_Y-AT
DTC124EKAT146
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
DTC124EKAT146
KTC3203_Y-AT
KTA1241_Y-AT
2SC2412KT146 R,S
2SC2412KT146 R,S
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
2SA1037AKT146R,S
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
DTC124EKAT146
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
TRANSISTORS
Q653
Q654
Q655
Q656
Q657
Q658
Q659
Q660
Q661
Q662
Q663
Q664
Q665
Q666
Q2601
Q2602
Q2603
Q2604
Q2605
Q3001
Q3002
Q3003
Q3004
Q3005
Q3006
Q3007
Q3008
Q8003
Q8004
Q8005
Q8006
Q8007
Q8101
Q8102
Q8103
Q8104
Q8105
Q8106
Q8107
BZ510021
BZ510108
BZ510021
BZ510021
BZ510021
BZ510021
BZ510108
BZ510021
BZ510108
BZ510021
BZ510021
BZ510021
BZ510108
BZ510026
BZ510112
BZ510112
BZ510113
BZ510113
BZ510113
BZ410107
BZ410107
BZ510026
BZ410106
BZ410106
BZ410097
BZ510021
BZ410097
BZ510021
BZ510073
BZ510109
BZ510109
BZ510026
BZ510109
BZ510067
BZ510107
BZ510109
BZ510109
BZ510088
BZ510109
TNYJC05001
TAAA1504SY
TNYJC05001
TNYJC05001
TNYJC05001
TNYJC05001
TAAA1504SY
TNYJC05001
TAAA1504SY
TNYJC05001
TNYJC05001
TNYJC05001
TAAA1504SY
TPYJC05001
T67J1036K0
T67J1036K0
T27T030180
T27T030180
T27T030180
0002700690
0002700690
TPYJC05001
0002700680
0002700680
0000M00390
TNYJC05001
0000M00390
TNYJC05001
TAATA12660
TCAA3875SY
TCAA3875SY
TPYJC05001
TCAA3875SY
TNAAC05002
TPAAA05001
TCAA3875SY
TCAA3875SY
TNAAD05001
TCAA3875SY
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
FET
FET
FET
PHOTO COUPLER
PHOTO COUPLER
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
PHOTO COUPLER
PHOTO COUPLER
PHOTO TRANSISTOR
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
PHOTO TRANSISTOR
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
COMPOUND TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR,SILICON
L101
L102
L103
L105
L106
L107
L301
! L501
L502
L505
! L506
L701
L702
L703
L704
L3002
L3003
L4001
L8004
L8008
L8101
L8102
L8103
L8104
L8105
L8106
! T501
BZ310114
BZ310041
AE002102
BZ310041
BZ310039
BZ310039
BZ310039
AE001705
AD301539
BZ310039
BZ310091
BZ310039
BZ310039
BZ310041
AD301445
BZ310091
AE000773
BZ310191
AE002183
AE002183
AE000828
AE000828
AE000828
AE000828
AE001704
AE001704
AE001706
031626009R
02167F101J
021LA65R6K
02167F101J
02167F220J
02167F220J
02167F220J
029T000107
02AHB0A0A4
02167F220J
021W7A220K
02167F220J
02167F220J
02167F101J
021LA6100J
021W7A220K
021LA6120J
02167F2R2J
021LA6470J
021LA6470J
02167F1R0K
02167F1R0K
02167F1R0K
02167F1R0K
02167FR33K
02167FR33K
0481260074
COIL,BIAS OSC
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL,LINE FILTER
CORE,FERRITE
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
TRANSFORMER,SWITCHING
J601
J602
J603
AE002109
AE002109
AE002110
060J401096
060J401096
060J421035
RCA JACK
RCA JACK
RCA JACK
DTC124EKAT146
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
DTC124EKAT146
DTC124EKAT146
DTC124EKAT146
DTC124EKAT146
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
DTC124EKAT146
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
DTC124EKAT146
DTC124EKAT146
DTC124EKAT146
KTA1504S_Y_RTK
DTA124EKAT146
2SA1036KT146
2SA1036KT146
2SK3018
2SK3018
2SK3018
RPI-303
RPI-303
DTA124EKAT146
RPI-352C40N
RPI-352C40N
ST-304L
DTC124EKAT146
ST-304L
DTC124EKAT146
KTA1266-AT(Y,GR)
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
DTA124EKAT146
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
KRC103SRTK
KRA101SRTK
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
KRC104SRTK
KTC3875S_Y_RTK
COILS &TRANSFORMERS
1626009
100 UH
5.6 UH
100 UH
22 UH
22 UH
22 UH
0R4A223F20
W5T_20*10*10A
22 UH
22 UH
22 UH
22 UH
100 UH
10 UH
22 UH
12 UH
2.2 UH
47 UH
47 UH
1 UH
1 UH
1 UH
1 UH
0.33 UH
0.33 UH
81260074
JACKS
K4-13
MTJ-032-04A-01-FE_LF
Location No.
TSB P/N
Reference No.
Description
JACKS
J8001
J8002
J8101
J8102
J8103
AE002758
AE002759
AE002760
AD301545
AE002761
060J411031
060J431020
060J411033
063D700005
060J411032
RCA JACK
RCA JACK
RCA JACK
JACK
RCA JACK
SW601
SW602
SW603
SW604
SW605
SW685
SW686
SW687
SW689
SW690
SW691
SW3001
SW8101
AE001707
AE001707
AE001707
AE001707
AE001707
AE001707
AE001707
AE001707
AE001707
AE001707
AE001707
BZ612016
AD301546
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0504R01T38
0508S11001
0510Y24001
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH TACT
SWITCH (LEAF)
SWITCH SLIDE
PCB010
PCB130
PCB260
PCB270
PCB280
AE002762
AE002763
AE002764
AE002765
AE002766
A2C533X010
A2C533X130
A2C533X260
A2C533X270
A2C533X280
B501
B502
B2601
B2602
B2603
B2604
B2605
B4001
B4002
B4003
B4004
B4005
B4006
B4007
B4008
B7301
B7302
B8101
B8102
B8103
BT601
CD102
! CD501
CD601
CD603
CD681
CP101
CP102
CP103
CP501
CP601
CP602
CP603
CP651
CP652
CP681
CD6002
CD6003
CD8002
CP2601
CP2602
CP2603
CP3001
CP4002
CP8002
BZ310122
BZ310121
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
BZ310186
AE000012
AE001719
AE001245
AE001247
AE002982
AE002767
BZ614011
AE001239
AD301649
AE001242
AE000098
BZ614333
BZ614333
AE001711
AE001241
AE001711
AE001243
AE001712
AE001246
AE001710
AD301555
BZ614350
BZ614289
AD301554
AE001240
024HT03563
024HT03553
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
024HC31022
1412004008
122H061504
1209419910
122W0C1004
WDL6006038
122H051202
0697290620
069J760599
067U002019
06CH2C0302
069EVC3020
067U006049
067U006049
069J750019
069WVC001A
069J750019
06CPL02006
06CPBA2003
122F080601
069GYOT079
069EV83010
069S230629
06972C0010
069S2C0629
069J780599
MSP-213V1-432 NI LF
MSP-213V2-432_NI_LF
MSP-213V1-732 NI LF
MDC-070V
MSP-213V1-652 NI LF
SWITCHES
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L05R
LSA-1144EAU
SK42H01G9A
P.C.BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PCB ASS'Y
PCB ASS'Y
PCB ASS'Y
PCB ASS'Y
PCB ASS'Y
VMC300A
VMC298A
VECA44A
VECA42A
VECA43A
MISCELLANEOUS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
CORE,BEADS
BATTERY,MANGAN
CORD,JUMPER
CORD,AC BUSH
CORD,JUMPER
FLAT CABLE
CORD,JUMPER
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
WIRE HOLDER
CORD,CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
WIRE HOLDER
WIRE HOLDER
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
CABLE
CORD,RCA PIN
CORD,JUMPER
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
K4-14
W4BRH3.5X6X1.0X2
W5RH3.5X5X1.0
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
FCM2012H-102T04
R03(AB)E_2P_G
2H061504
9419910
2W0C1004
AWM2468 AWG26 6C BLACK 60MM
2H051202
TOC-C09X-A1
IMSA-9604S-06C
B2013H02-2P
CH2C0302
00_6232_012_102_800
B2013H02-6P
B2013H02-6P
IMSA-9604S-05Z13
TOC-G12X-A1
IMSA-9604S-05Z13
CPL02006
TD-020301-3
2F080601
09-5000-024-001-006
00_6232_008_006_800
A2001WV2-3P
TMC-J12P-B2
A2001WV2-12P
IMSA-9604S-08C
Location No.
CP8102
! F501
FH501
FH502
OS601
OS8101
TM601
! TU301
V651
X101
X3001
X4001
TSB P/N
Reference No.
COILS &TRANSFORMERS
AE001240
AE001715
AE002634
AE002634
AE001713
AE000830
AE001296
AE001237
AE002768
AE001717
AE001716
AD301803
069J780599
081PC2R505
06710T0009
06710T0009
077Q037002
07AQ000009
076D0HL010
0162300038
0040E34003
100DT3R528
100BT01004
100BT02701
CONNECTOR PCB SIDE
FUSE
HOLDER,FUSE
HOLDER,FUSE
REMOTE RECEIVER
OPTICAL DEVICE
TRANSMITTER
RF UNIT
LED DISPLAY
CRYSTAL
CRYSTAL
CRYSTAL
RC...................
CARBON RESISTOR
CC...................
CE...................
CP...................
CPP..................
CPL..................
CMP...................
CMPL................
CMPP................
CERAMIC CAPACITOR
ALUMI ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR
POLYESTER CAPACITOR
POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITOR
PLASTIC CAPACITOR
METAL POLYESTER CAPACITOR
METAL PLASTIC CAPACITOR
METAL POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITOR
RESISTOR
CAPACITORS
K4-15
Description
IMSA-9604S-08C
51MS025L
EYF-52BCY
EYF-52BCY
PIC-37143TH5
OFTG038101
ORV202N18030
115-V-H015ARE
LTG-0366AM-J
HC-49/U
HC-49U/S
HC-49U/S
TOSHIBA CORPORATION
1-1, SHIBAURA 1-CHOME, MINATO-KU, TOKYO 105-8001, JAPAN

SD-V392SU - Electro Tech Online

Transcription

Similar documents

Windwood Studio is offering a DVD of Theatre on Main`s production

to read PAS Magazine`s review of the AVIC-N1.

here - Downtown Dance Factory

Static X

Next Generation Optical Disc Studio Perspectives

Eldersong Holiday Flyer

product offering

SUPPORT OUR TROOPS Sunday, March 13th Greg Norman`s